Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout1966 9 3P 717A -o j s ..y - ON ',sf*t - - ' y ~a # t ! OWNER THE CITY OF DENTON ' DENTON, TEXAS ' SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE DENTON COMMUNITY BUILDING FOR THE CITY OF MNTON DENTON, TEXAS 01NdIL FORD & ASSOCIATES kip;H TECTS 203 McOlurkan Building Denton, Texas 528 King William Street Senn Antonio, Texas OtNell ord, F.A.I.A. Texas Reg. No. 331 ! FEIOENSPAN & PINNSU STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 1200 Bissonnet 1 Houston, Texas i ' D. W. TORRY & ASSOCIATES MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 13,333 North Central Expressway Dallas, Texas i I ! March 1966 1 I ' INDEX TO SPECIFICATIONS ' For the Construction of THE DEYMN COMMUNITY BUILDING for THE CITY OF DENTON, DENTON, TEXit3 Cover Sheet 1 ' Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Advertisement for Bids . . . . . . 3 Information for Bidders . DIVIST,ONS i ' 1 General Conditions and Supplements . . . . 1-1 - 9 2 Special Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 - 10 3 Excavating and Grading . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 - 2 ' 4 Reinforced Concrete, Forme, and Concrete Finishing . . . 4-1 - 9 5 Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 - 6 6 Structural Stel, General Structure . . . . . . . . 6-1 - 2 ' 7 Carpet . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 8 Roof Deck, Wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 9 Roof Deck, Poured Gypsum . . 9-1 - 2 10 Roof Insulation 10-1 ' ll Roofing . . . . . 11-1 - 3 12 Waterproofing, Dampproofing and Caulking . 12-1 13 Dry Wall and Coiling Construction . . . . 13-1 14 Miscellaneous metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 - 2 15 Mass and Mating 15-1 - 2 16 Wood Block Flooring 16-1 - 2 17 Clay and Ceramic Tile 17-1 i8 Carpentry and Finish Woodwork 18-1 - 4 19 Metal Toilet Partitions and Toilet Accessories 19-1 - 4 20 Metal Doors, Frames and Metal Window Frames 204 - 2 ' 21 Door Schedule . 21-1 - 3 22 Finish Hardware 22-1 - 5 23 Painting and Finishing . . . . . . . . . . 23-1 - 3 ' 24 Room Finish Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1 - 2 25 Ceramic Light Fixture Shells 25-1 - 2 26 Erection of Suspended Roof. 26-1 ' Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning. M-1 - 26 Electrical. .E-1 - i8 Plumbing. . P-1 - 23 2 r ' *DVERTIUMT FOR BIDS OWNER r City of Denton ' Denton, Texas ' Separate sealed bids for the construction of the Denton Community Building for the City of Denton, Denton, Texas, will be received by the City of Denton at the Municipal Building, Denton, Texas, until 2„9„0 of olook P..M., C.S.T., April 5` 19660 and then at said place ' publicly opened and read aloud. ' The Information for Bidders, Form of Bid, Form of Contract, Plana, Speoifications, and Forms of Bid Bond, Performance and Payment Bor.d, and other contract documents may be examined at the office of O'Nell Ford do Associates, 203 McClurkan Building, Denton, Texas or 526 King William Street, San 'ntonio, Texas, Copies may be obtained by approved bidders at said offices upon payment of $50.00 for each set. Any unsuccessful r bidder, upon returning such set proaptly and in good condition, will be ' refunded his payment, and any non-bidder upon so returning such a set will be refunded 640.00. ' The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities or to reject any or all bids. Each bidder must deposit with his bid, security in the amount, and subject to the conditions, provided in the Information for Bidders. No bidder may withdraw his bid within 30 days after the actual date of the opening thereof. 1 1 ' 3 1 INFORMATION YOR -BIDDERS 1. RECEIPT AND OPENING 0,? BIDS: The City or Denton (herein called the "Osier"), invites bids on the form attached hereto, all blanks of which must be appropriately filled in. Bids will be received by the Owner at the Municipal Buildings Denton, Texas, until 2.04 o'clock P..M., C.S.T., 1y66, and then at said place publicly opened and read aloud. The enve opes containing the bids must be sealed, addressed to City Manger, The City of Denton, Denton, Texas, and designated ass "BID FOR THE D$HTON C0A WITY BUMING". The Owner sway consider informal any bid not prepared and submitted in accord- ance with the provisions hereof and may waivM, any informalities or reject any and all bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any bid received after the time and date specified shall not be considered. No ' bidder may withdraw a bid within 30 days after the actual date of the open- ing thereof. I 2. PREPARATION OF BIDS Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed form. All blank spaces for bid prices must be Mle(l in, in ink or typrwrritten, in both words and j figures. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope beaming on the outside ' the name of the bidder, his address, and the name of the project for which the bid is submitted. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed as specified in the bid form. 3. TEUGUPHIC WDIFICIL .r is Any bidder may nodiry his bid by telsgraphic coimmasnication at say time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Was provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing time, ands provided.furthsr, the Owner is satisfied that a written con - firmation of the talegraphio miodifiastion over the signature of the bidder` eras mailed prior to the closing time. The telegraphic communication should not reveal the bid price but should provide the addition sr sub- traction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the sealed bid is opened. If written confirma- tion is not received within twso days from the closing time, no considera- tion will be given to the telegraphic modification. k. tT1iQ,D OF BIDDING: The Owner invites the followiy g bi-.: Complete oonstructiGn of the Community Building, ai described in the Contract Documents. 4 . r. i r ITEM NO, 4 INFOR!VSATION TOR EUDERS F- a, Refer P of BQecia"tians, PM aph a t' t Delete and liauidatad dama } l 1of(lilal !t': (.tf`Il ZI .I.}il?I(1 - i'.1 1 fr'.. Jf J.~ , 1..']`~(i"~~t~l ~N1 i11. f,) •1'( 1,51. ~ iJ 1. `~~f t~ t°. _.r~ LAW 1 i i i i 1 5. QUALIFICATIONS Of OXRN.A: The Owner my make sued investigations as he deems necessary to determine t the ability of the bidder, to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evi- dence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligation of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Conditional bids will not be accepted. b. BID SECURITY: w~ Each bid must be accompanied by cash, cortifistd check of the bidder, or a bid bond, duly executed by the bidder asp principal and having as surety thereon a surety company approved by the Owner, in the amount of 5% of the bid. Such cash, checks or bid bonds will be returned to all except the three lowest bidders within three days after the opening of bide, and the remaining cash, checks, or bid bonds will be returned promptly after the Owner and the accepted bidder have executed the oontract, or, if no award has been made within 30 days after the data of the opening of bids, upon demand of the bidder at any time thereafter, so long as he has not been notif.+sd of the acceptance of his bid. 7. LIQUIDATED DAldr GiZ FOR FAILURE TO ENTER INTO CONTRACT: The successful bidder, upon his failure or refusal to snout* and deliver ' tha contract and bonds required within 10 days after he has received notice of t", acoeptance of his bid, shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquldated damages foc such failure mr refusal, the security deposited with Us bid. 1 'i , B. ! OF COIL~TION AND l~ MLA1DROMM tio. Bidder must agree to commence work on or before a date to be spelified in e a written "botice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the pro;!ect within this stated nnmbw df ealandar dads indidated on'Ms bid. " . . 9. OONPITION3 OF 00: f Each bidder must irtorm himself fully of the 'condition relating to the construction of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve c successful bidder of his obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to carry out the provisicne of his con- tract. Insofar as possible the contractor, in carrying out his work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or interference with the work of any other contractor. 10. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS- No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. Fvezy request for such lnterpretati.on should be in writing addressed to O'Nsi3. Ford & Aiisociates, 203 MoClurkan Building, Denton, Texas, with 5 copies to O'Neil Ford & Associates, 528 King William Street, San Antonio, Texas, and, to be given consideration mist be r---rived at least three days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. MW and all such inter- pretations and any supplemental instructions Will be in the fors of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than two day& prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the contract documents. 11. SECURITY FOR FAITHFUL PERF'ORWOZ: ' Simultaneously with his delivery of the executed contract, the Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds in the amount of 100% of the contract price as security for faithful performance of this contract and for the pay- ' n*nt of all persons performing labor on the project under this contract and furnishing materials in connection with this contract, as specified in the General Conditions included herein. The ourety ors such bond or bonds shall ' be a duly authorized surety company satisfactory to the Owner. 12. MiER OF ATTORNEY: 1 Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or oontraat bons must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. 13. LAWS AND REGULATIONS: The bidderts attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State ' 11we, municipal ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all author"'- ties having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the contract the same as though herein written out in full. 14. M- ELMD OF AWARD - LOWEST QUkWIED BIDDER Y If at the tine this contract is to be awarded, the lowest base bid submitted ' by a responsible bidder does not exceed the amount of funds then estimated by the Owner as available to finance the contract, the contract will be awarded on the base bid only. If such bid exceeds ouch amount, the Owner Lvq reject all bids or may award the contract on the base bid combined with such deductible alternates listed in the Form of Bird, as produces a net amount which is within the available funds. 15. OBLIGATION OF SI1 'D ' At the time of the opening of bids Bach bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site and to have read and to be thomughl,y familiar with the plans and contract documents (including all addenda l. The failure or ' omission of any bidder to examine any form, instrument or document shall in no way rol ieve any bidder from any obligation in respect of his bid. L 6 lb. DRA_=OD SPECIFICATIONS: For UA convenience of bidders, subcontraotors and material men, drawings and specifications shall be placed on file as followes Office of F. W. Dodge Corporation in Dallas, Fort Worth and Wichita Falls, Texas. Office of The Texas Contractors' Association, Dallas, Texas. ' SCAN, 1040 Mockingbird Law, Dallas, Texas 75307 i 1 r t i - ' DIVISION - (F+,NF.RAL CONDITIONS AND SUPPLERTS ' a) "UNMiAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT", as issued by The American Ihet'ltute of Architects, form a part of these specifications, b) "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT", A.I.A., the not bound herewith, but are on filo in Architect's office, where they may be examined, c) Tho following Supplemontary General Conditiono shall take precedence over Find modify any Artiste or atRtement of "GENERAL C(AiDITIONS" (A.I.A.) and shall be used in eonyiutetion with them as a part of the contract docuwnts. ' Artiole 1 - Definitions Article 2 - Documents Article S - Shop Drawings (Shop Drawings and Brochures) Article 8 - Samples Article 11 - Sf,rveys, Permits, Laws, Taxe9 rind Regulations Article 12 - Protection of Work and Property ' Article 16 - Claims for Extra Cost Article 17 - Deductions for Uncorrected Work Article 20 - Correction of Mork after Viral Payment Article 23 - 'rho Contractor's ?fight to Stop Work or Terminate Contract Article 24 - Application for Payment Artiols 25 - Certificates for. Payment Article 27 - Contractor's Liability Insursnos (Contractor's Insurance) Article 24 - Fire Insuranco with Extended Coverage (Fir., Insurance) Article ~O - Guaranty Bonds Article 32 - Liens ' Article 34 - Mutual Responsibility of' Contractors Article 38 - Architect's Statue Article 39 - Architect's Decisions Article 40 - Arbitration (Arbitration and Suits) ' Article 45 - References Article 46 - Standards of Quality Article 47 - All Legal Provisions Deemed Included ' Article W - Job Meati.ngs MD,;,F.Uh I NS AND SUFFLEMUM: 2. Article-1- - D fin t ones Omit (h) and add in its placet 'ine term "by others" shall refer to work to be furnished by the Owner, or by Contractors other than the C.ntractor to whom this Contract in awarded or by this Contractor under an agrooment other than this Con- tract. Add the following definitional ' (i) The terms "as shown", "as indicated", "as noted", and the like unn1 in the Contract Documents, refer to and should be supplemonted by the phrase "on the drawings" and/oil "i.n the seecifi.cations". 1-1 Whers typical or reprewsntative dstai:Ls are shown, such details shall constitv've standards in material, workmanship and construction required throughout in similar and/or eorroisponding parts of the work. (k) The term "substantial completion" as used in the Codtrant Documents shall be construed to mean the condition of the structure existing when it has been made suitable and satisfactory to the Omer for the intended use but still requires miscellaneous work to complete Contract require- ments including all modifications thereof. (1) When the words "General Contractor" are used in these Contract Documents, they shall mean the Contractor specifically contracting with the Omor to perform or have executed all General Construction work in the project. (m) When the term "Contractor" is used in these Contract Documents, it shall mean the Contractor or Subcontractor performing any part of the work and dots not necessarily limit its meaning to the General Contractor. ' (n) The term "Specifications" shall mean all written descriptions, provisions and requirements, togethor with all written agreements aide or to be made pertaining to the method and manner of performing the uvrk, or to the quantities and qualities of materiels to be furnished under this Contract. (o) The term "extra work" as used herein refers to and includes work j required by the Owner, which in the judgment of the Architect involves changes in or additions to that required by the Contract Documents in their Contract form. 1 (p) Whenever they refer to work or its performance, "directed", "required", "rermitted", "ordered", f'designated", "prescribed", and words of like import, shall imply the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Architect; and "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory", "in the judgment of", and words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable to or satisfactory to or ir. 1 the judgment of the Architect. (q) When the term 'bqubd" is used in this specification, it shall mean ' equal in the opinion of the Architect, who will consider appearance as well as function and quality. Contractors may propose substitutions in writing, and if approved, such approval will be given in the form of approved shop drawings or in the form of a change order. (r) Wherever the terms ''as approved", "as directed" and similar expres- sions appear in the Contract Documents, they shall be interpreted to mean "as approved by the Architect", "as directed by the Architect.", etc. (s) Owner - City of Denton, Texas. ' (t) l.rchitect - O'Neil Ford and Associates, Architects. 1-2 • ~ • iii. _ (u) Inspector - An authoritea represe+atative of the Architect, assigned to mako any and all necessary observa'.ions of the work performed, and aWLerials furnished by the Contracto•;. ' (v) Site - The area designated on the Plot nen located on the property of the City of Denton, Texas. ' 3. Article 2 - Documents r Add the followings In event of conflict between Contract Documents, Specifications shall take precedence over drawingej large scale drawings ehall, take precedence over general drawings, figures shall take preeedence over scaled dimen- sions, and descriptive notes shall take precedence over pherol notes or ' code indications. k. Ar&iole S - 8hoc Qtawinas: r ft enge title to Shop Drawings and Br;achures. In the 4th line, change "3 copieet' to 111. sepia ccipy". In the 12th line, change 112 corrected copies" '.a '13 correcte3 copies". Add the following paragraph: Furnish to the Architect for approval, five conies of brochures for all equipment and materials furnished under hhia acction. These brochures shall be published by the manufacture- of the -equipment or materiels, and shall contain complete and detailod engineering and dimensional information. To facilitate the checking of these brochures, the follow- ing procedure must be strictly followed. I2 the broshv-s a are not com- p1led in the manner described below, they will be rel od for r,asubmit- tal. Submit brochures that contain only that information which is rola- tive to the particular equipment or materials to be furnished. Do not submit catalogs that deneribe several items other than those to be used, unless all irrelevant information is eompletuly marked out, leaving only the information that pectaine tc thy, items submitted for approval. ' S • Article a - Saxplest /add the following sentence: Normally, sections of products will be sufficient, but where full size submissions are required, they may be incorporated into the work if settsfactory. b. Article 11 - Surge. Permits, Lowe. 'Faxes and He atiota : Add the following paragraphs The Contractor shall comply with applicable provisions of the labor laws and all other state laws and federal and local statutes, ordinances and regulations which are applicable to the performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall require all Subcontractors likewise to comply and conform with all such federal, state 4nd local labor laws, ordinances and regulations. 1-3 S S 41, s Y K YYI ea->t~ Y .X 7. ~tiale 1_- 2„~ro ion o~ f Weric PMr v= Add the following paragraphs: The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, lifts and watchmen to protect itf and wh.ansver evidence is found of such damage, the Architect may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by they Contractor at his cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the mainte- nance of barricades, signs, and lights, for providing watchmen shall not ceyass until the project shall have been accepted by the Owner. All broken gls_iss shall be replaced at once and all scratched and defec- tive glass shall be replaced, all at the Contractor's expense. ' 8. Article lb - Claims for &tja Goo s Add the follovingi No extra costs will be granted unless presented in writing and approved by Architect sad Owner before execution of the work. Such extra work Mill be authorised by separate agrasasnts or Change Orders issued by Architect. 9. Article 17 IfY - uezs•~,s for Uncerrea ibM[i Omit and add in its placei If, in the opinion of the Architect, it !s undesirabla to replace any detective or damaged materials or to reconstruct nr correct any portion, of the work injured or not perforawed in accordance with the Contract Oooumsnts, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor hereunder shah be reduced by such amount as in the judgment of the Architect shall be equitable. 10• Artiole 20 - Correctign of v..rk Attar e,__. ZAMat: r AM the following paragraphs In the event notice of observed defects has been given to the Contractor by the Owner or architect within one year from date of final paywt or from date of Ownerfs substantial occupancy of the project, 'Adohsver is earlier, and ell observed defects have not been rredied by the Contraa- tor within the year, the Contractor shall be responsible for and at his own cost shall remedy remaining defects and damage resulting therefrom until, in the opinion of the Owner and the Architect, defects and damage have been completely removed. If after ten dugs after the sending of the written notice of wq► defect, the Contractor fails to remedy such defect, Wo placer may do so with his own employees or by any other means be deer sacpsdient. In the event of an emergency, the Omer shall not be required to give any notice but mV forthwith remedy the defect or deficiency. Taw Contractor small be liable for and agrees to pal the cke»sr, cc demand, say sums expended by him pursuant to this section. All inarantee provisions contained in the Contract Documents are in addi tLon/~t~o~ and not in limitation of the statutory and common law rights of he Owner. ` 11• Lttiitsle 23 -rtes Cantractor~s sht to StOR*rk_or 1~srmin~ to 22drAds ' . # , In tie Belt paragraph, omit, tbs Last of the sentence reading "sad mW psi $ A*od # l.9es Upon MW plant Or we d reosorAW* p vfit vW s I 4r,, :7 t .q . - _ . 12. AL_rJi 24 - Agdicl&ion forYan?taI Omit the first paragraph and add in its places The Contractor shall submit to the Architect an application for each e payment. Each application for payment, excepting the first such applica- tion, shall be accompanied by receipts or waivers proving layments for materials and labor to date, including all payments to Subcontractors as required by Article 37. Application for payment shall be submitted to the Architect at least ten days before payment is duo to permit proper audit. t After the last paragraph add the following paragraphai Payment date shall be the first day of each month axe"* when on Saturday or Sunday, then it shall be on the following Monday. Payments shall be ' mods on work completed and materials purchased and 4elivered. Each pay- ment shall have 10% withheld until 75% of the Contract is couplets. Thereafter, 5% of payments shall be withheld, Final payeient shall be due fifteen days after completion and acceptance of the building by the Owner. No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by tbs Coebraod- tar or by any Subcontmetor subject to any chattel mortgage, or under a ootdiLioral sale, or other agreement by which an interest is retained- b(f the Seller. The Contractor warrsnte that be bas good title to Au a terials and supplies used by his in the work. ' 13. krt oie 25 - QSdifleat`fo_r P a nth: : :R Add" after the first sentence of the second paragraphs u When advised by the Contractor that the work is substantially oamplstsd, ' the Architect and the Contractor shall, within a reasonable times make an inspection of the work and if the Architect shall determine that the work is substantially ocmpleted, he shall then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor. 14. Article 27 - CM& raptor's Liabaity Insurancb: ' Omit and add in its places The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all of the insurance required under this Article sad until such insurance has been approved by the Owner or the Architect. Thr Contrac- tor shall not allow a Subcontractor to canwnce work on his subcontract until all the insurance required of the Subcontractor has been obtained. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner and Architect certificates in ' triplicate indicating oarriage of all ineuran a required by the Contract Documents. Such certificates mhv l provide for not less than ten (10) days written notice to the Owner and Architect in the event of change in or cancellation of any coverage. ' ~a) COMPFAUTION INSURANCE. The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of his Contract, workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of his employees oWloyed at the site of this :Zz project and, in case any wont is sublet, the Contractor shall rr'» n quire sack Subcontraotor similarly to provide WoPiassa,'s Compsasatiai In ► for all the l.atter's *WloyMa vmisss Such saploys" Ve sV - . OZ& 1 ♦r a a i f oovI by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employees engaged under this Contract in hazardous work at the site of the project are not protected under the Workmen's Com- pensation statute, then the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide adequate insurance for protec- tion of his employees not, otherwise protected. (b) PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE. The Contractor shall take out and shall maintain for the life of the Contract, such public liability &I property damage insurance as shall protect him, ' the Owner and the Architect from claims for damages for bodily injury, including accidental death, as wall as from claims for property damage, which arise from operations under this Contract, whether such operations he by himaeL' or by vW Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them and tha amounts thereof shall be as follows: Public Liability. Insurance in an amount not less than $200,003 for injuries, eluding wrongful death, to any one psrbon and subject to the same limit for each person, in an amount not less than 6500,000 on account of any one occurrence. t Property Damao ,J,n in an amount not less than X200,000 for des on account of any one occurrence and is as not less than $200,000 for damages on account of all oocu rs. 7NA (o) CONTiN NT LIABILITY. The above policies for public liability lmd property damage insurance shall be written to innluds ooret# VM't liability and contingent property dsmaa*e insurance to protect the Contractor against claims arising from operations of Fubcontractore engaged by him. (d) CO1VL3W OPERATIONS OOVERAGE. The policies required for public - liability and property damage insurance shall be continued in force during the life of the Contrary and shall be augmted by ooeapleted operations covilrage (in the (+ame anrwnts stated in paragraph b) above) to cont?nue in force throughout the period of guarantee as described in Article 20 of the General Conditions of the Contract as amended above. (e) INDEMMICATION COVERAGE. The Contractor shall take out and shall maintain for tbo life of the Contract, such insurance as shall indemnify and save harr2sas the Owner and the Architect from and agatnat any and all loss, damage, claims, demands, suits, costs or expenses which the Owner and/or Architect may suffer, sustain or be subject to, directly or indirectly, caused wholly or in part by reason of the performance of the work. 15. ArtigJ2 29 - Fire Insurance with FAgnded_ Coyeraiee s Omit and add in its place: j The Owner will effect and maintain fire insurance including extended c~"rage protection against windstorm, vandalism and malicious mischief ca the work to be performed under this Contract to 1000 of the insurable value thereof, including labor and materials in place on the site and too used as pert of the work, ierol nS surplus materigl.e, miste2lana" mgt. ram" y4i q 5 S c fi~f k 06'0'X. Y 4.c.~#.~E' Y 'f .efv Ex i materials and scaffoldings, stages and equipment not owned or rented by the Contractor, the cost of which is included in the cost of the work, provided they are on the site. The Owner will not insure tools owned by mechanics nor tools, shanties, storage sheds, temporary office, etc, owned or rented by the Contractor, whether or not upon the site. In case of lose, proceeds from insurance shall be distributed in accordance with agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or under an award of arbitrators appointed one by the Owner, one by the Contractor and another by joint action of other partl.es in interest, other procedure being as provided below herein for arbitration. The Owner, Contractor and al Subcontractors hereby waive all ribtts, each spinet the others, i r damages caused by fire or other perils oivered by insurance provided for under the teems of Article 29, except such rights as they may have to proceeds in case of lose. 16. Article 3 - Ouarsnty Bonds% ' Omit paragraph and add in its places The Owner shall have the Contractor furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder: in such form as the Owner may prescribe and with such sure- ties as he may approve. The premium shall be paid by the Contractor as part of the cost of the work.; " 17. Article 32 - Li.~ " Omit paragraph and add in its places Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained psrcentage shad become due until the Contractor shell deliver to the Owner a complete release of all liens and all claims for which liens may be filed arising out of this Contract, properly executed for record and an affidavit that such release includes all labor and material for which a lien might be filed; but the Contractor may, if any Subcontractor refuses to furnish 5. release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner, indemnifying him agair►st any lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are :Dade, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in dischargeing such lien, includ- ing all. costs and attorneyve fees, is. Article 14 - Mutual Respo s b :tZ of Qontractorsr ' Omit paragraph and add in its places Should the Contractor cause damage to any separate Contractor on the work, the Contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such Con- tractor by agreement or arbitration, it he All so settle. If such separate Contractor sizes the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Contractor's expense. If any judpmt against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall satisfy it and ` pay all costs incurred by the Owner. 19. LrjiGl0 36 - Acwtget10 ~StstwI Omit the third paragraph and in its place adds In cue of the termination of the employssent of the Architect, the Osaser shad appoint a ispable and lvputsblo Architect rhos: status under the Contract shall be that of thr. forwr Anhitecto k t. s s t t Ing rv d. awl 7 r After this paragraph add the following paragra s ' Inspectors, employed by the Architect and/or Owners shall be authorised to observe all work executed and materials furnished. Sueb inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and to the prepa.•ation or ' manufacture of the materials to be used. In cane of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the Inspectors as to materials furnished, or the manner of performing the work, the inspector shall have the authority to reject material or suspend the work until the question at issue can be referred to, and decided by the Architect. The Inspector shall not be authorised to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax or release any requirements of the specifications, nor to approve or accept any portion of the work, nor to issue instructions contrary to the drawings and specifications. '.r he Inspector shall in r►o case act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor. Any advice which the Inspector may give the Contractor shall in no way be construed as binding the Architect in any way, nor releasing the Contractor from the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. 20. Article 39 - Architect's Rjcislonst Gait the second and third paragraphs and adds The Architect's decision in all smatters, except those relating to the payment of monies, stall be final if within the terns of the Contract Docuosnts, 21. icle 40 - AWtraL ms Omit this Article and adds 't cle 40 - Arbitration and- Ouital vontrary provisions of the Contract Documents notwithstanding, no provi- sion of this Contract nor any questions concerning the execution of the work shall be submitted to arbitration without the express written con- sent of the Owner and the Contractor. Any action, suit or proceedings Lietituted hereunder shall be triable only in courts located within the county where this construction takes place. 22. ADD: Ji bolo 45 - References: The following references shall apply where they appear in the specifica- tions. Item qualified by any of the abbreviations shall conform to the latest standards and specifications of the institution referred to: a' A3HREPIATIalV ACI American Concrete Institute ASTM American Society :for Testing and Materials v Also American Instituta of Steel Construction AWS American Welding 4"isty i ASH&Z American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Condi- tioning Engineers ASA American Standards Association AGA American Gas Association ' ASHE American Society of Mechanical Engineers CS Coamereial Standard FS Federal Specifications ' NEC National Electric Code NF A National Electric Manufacturers' Association UL National Hoard of Fire Underwriters Laboratories AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AM American Institute of Electrical En&nssre 23. as Article fib -Standards of Quslitys Catalog numbers and manufacturers' names as noted throughout the draw- ings and specifications denote standards of quality required. The Cat- tmotor is hereby cautioned to maintains the high standards of quality implied herein while selecting equipment and material to be mubdtted to the Architect for approval. *tsrial which, in the Architect's opinion, is inferior to that specified or is unsuited for the intse4d use trill be rejected. Wherever the phrases "or egnai", "apprsavsd r~gstt", 'and the like appear in the Contract A teats, the meaning of such 6hou rT be construed as "equal in the opinion of the Architect". y4 ?u 24. Artial1.7 - All Decal Provisions 22 o¢ Inclu r It is the intent and understanding of the parties to this Contract that each and every provision of law required to be inserted in this Contract shall be and is inserted herein. Furthermore, it is hereby stipulated that every such provision is to be deemed to be inserted herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not insertea, or is not inserted in correct'form, then this Contract shall forthwith, upon the application of either party, be amended by such insertion so as to { comply strictly with the law and without prejudice to the rights of either party hereunder. 25. 1cle48 - Job Xostj&&j s Whenever the Architect deems it necessary, he shall call a meeting at the site or at the office of the Owner or Architect, at which time the Contractor shall be present to discuss all details relative to the prog- Q' rose of the project, or shall bs represented by an employos authorised to act on behalf of the Contractor on matters discussed. A zwpresenta- tive of the Architect shall preside over these meetings. >1 Ail QW. s PIVISION 2 • MIAI, CONDITIM a) Site for this construction is located on the property of the City of Denton, Texas. b) Before submitting a Proposal for this work, each bidder shall be held responsible to have examined the premises and satisfied himself as to the existing conditions under which he will be obliged to operate and that will in arty manner affect the work under this Contract. No allowance shall be made subsequently in this connection in behalf of Contractor for any error or negligence on his part, nor for slight discrepancies on drawings as to grades, elopes and elevationc o) No trees outside of the actual building area shall be removed and all trees not removed and within the limits of these operations shall be pro- tooted in a manner acceptable to Architect= such protection shall be re- moved upon completion of the Contract. 2$_ a) Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, transportation, apparatus, light, uwrgy, scaffolding, barricades and tools necessary for the eutlre, r~ proper, and substantial oompletion of his work and shall installs mai!YWA, and remove upon oosipl.etion all equipment of the construction. its shall be responsible for the safe, proper, and lawful construction, maintenance and use of same, sod shall construct in the beat and w.#, woftmanlilp Macaw these improvements and sverythU6,L properly incidental thereto, as shown on F plane, stated in these specifications, or reasonably implied therefrom or in accordance with the Contract Documents, b) Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all of the materials in the building shall be new and of the best of the kinds or grades specified, and all workmanship shall be up to the best recognised standard k:wwn to the various trades. ' 3. g&&M►S AND SPECInCATI4iV3i a) Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, with ten (10) copies of drawings and specifications, b) Any additional copies of above required by the Contractor will be furnished to him at cost. "r o) Addltional instructions and detail drawings as may be required to fully explain the wrrk will be furnished during tho course of the job, ' d) All copier, of drawings and specifications, &xcept the Ccntractor's executed contract sets, remain the propsray of the Architect and shall be returned to him at the completion of the projeo'a. s} Anything mentioned in the specifications an ki not ton the dwxings, or vioe versa, shall be considered as mentioned on both. ~7*t,"IYjI' f) The drawings and specifications are entitleds DENTON COMMITY BUILDING FOR ' THE CITY OF DENTON, MUS g) The drawings are eAvided into sections and with the numbers in each ' section runnings Architectural 1 that .4 Structural Sl thru 36 Mechanical (Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning) M1 Electrical EI thru ES Plumbing PI thru nl h) The specifications consist of one bound volume with sections as listed in the specification index. X' i) §oecitication Scokgi Wherever materials, operations, methods or devio" are mentioned, listed or noted in the specifications and unless eons are spooMoally =*Ioned as furnished and/or installed by others, said mate- rials, operations, methods and devices (including all necessary material, " labor and appliances in connection therewith) shall be furnished and in- stalled by the Contractor as part of this Contract, 3) Qt c! 3 cat one: Wherever the specifications have been separated o individu trade divisions, the separation is intended to simplify procedures for estimating and bidding and to provide a means of ';tr easy reference for persona using the specifications. Any division of the overall work to t:uboontraotors shall be at the sole discretion of the Con- tractor. It is the essence of the Contrast that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the overall, proper, complete performance of the work. Furthermore, the Architect shall not be expected to .at nrr will he act as arbiter in determination of subcontract limits, 4. SUBRITUTION OF MATERW. a) All materials shall be of very best grade of standard manufacture and first-class in every respect, Every brand nontioned in the specifications is intended to represent quality and type of material which will be demandede b) Should the succeaeful Contractor desire to use .;terial. other than that specified, he shall, xjthjn thirty(3QZ data Ater i,ward_At hem try, re- quest in writing the approval of the Architect. Request shall be accompented R?. by caoplete'opecifications, performance data, photographs, drawings, and ditlsreace in cost each eubet:t-tion will make in the &tract aeries, c) It Architect dea s not consider theme items to be equal to thov* specified, he has the authority to •,equire the Contractor to furnish those specified. After a list of eateris'.s has been agreed upon in writing, no further changes v an to be trade , j i ~Y d we i htr , r ! aA 5, ONTUCTS: Contractor shall submit to the Architect, within five (5) days after award ' of Contract, a complete list of Subcontractors. No subcontracts shall be let until Subcontractors are approved in writing by the* Architect. b. WASM ANTS: Before ordering any material or doing any work, Contractor shall verify all measurements at the building and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No extras will be alloyed for variation from drawings in existing conditions or for work performed under this Contract. Any discrepancies found shall be submitted to Architect for instructions before proceedinH, 7, C•0WDANCE WITH ORDJMNCES AND PUBLIC SAFSTY: Contractor shall secure and pay for all necessary permits and shall comply 1 with all Ordinances. He shall provide and maintain suitable temporary walk- ways, where needed; fences and other structures required by Law and neces- sary to protect passersby. Work shall be done in such a manner as not to interfere with pedestrian traffic. He shall leave access to fire hydrants and protect adjacent property at ill times during progress on this Contract. Proper signs shall be posted at truck entrances and all other possible safe- ty precautions observed, Contractor shell also be guided by instrnotions of Structural Engineer as regards proper method of shoring. S. JA UT OF HUILOM: a) The General Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent Civil Engineer and cause him to establish a p3rmanent bench to which easy access ' may be had during the progress of the work for determining all lines and grades and to verify same, from time to time, as the worts progresses. He shall keep on the job, at all times, a complete level and complete transit, and keep was in good working condition, and allow the Architect unrestricted use of aaiae at all times, b) he the work progresses, the General Contractor shall lay out on the forms or rough flooring, the exact location of all partitions, as a guide to all trades, o) The Contractor shall verify all grades, lines, levels, and dimensions as shown on the drawinge, and shall report any errors or inconsistencies to the Architect before commencing work. d) The rrlneral Contractor shall provide and maintain datum points, and such points shall be established in duplicate in separate locations, pro- tected from injury, r Q . AXFC4011NG: a) The (~,+neral Contractor shall provide, install, maintair_, and remove at completion of work, all interior and exterior scaffolding required for the moution of the General Contract. Yt,~ n +i r m. YR f h t i h R+'q. R -0 r mob& b) Scaffolding for all other work shall be providtd, installed, aaintained and removed at completion of work by the Contractor requiring such scaffold- ing. ' c) Trades whose work is to be built into masonry, or whose work progresses with masonry work shall be allowed the use of scaffolding that .a provided for masonry work. d) All scaffolding that is erected on the fob shall be built in accord with the requirements of all State and Local Laws end Regulations governing such installation. They shall be maintained at all times in a safe condition to adequately prevent accidents. ' e) Scaffolding for exterior masonry shall be erected on the side of the wall on which the facing work occurs. No scaffolding shall be built into any exterior face work. ' 10. TOMMY _ EMAT AND ENCLO.'lM DURING CONSTRUCTION: a) All heating required during the entire period of construction shall be furnished and maintained by the General Contractor until the final accept- ante of the building at his expense as a part of the General Contract. b) !heating before the permanent service is installed Naps (1) Be by the use of approved portable space hestars of the hot air type with electric blowers, and with combustion chambers provided with clues to outdoors, and all suitably protected with approved safety devices. (2) Provide adequate temperatures required for the various phases of the building operations of all trades and for the work of all,Wbuontractors M and Contractors. (See Divisions for their heat requirements.; (3) Consist of units of sufficient number and each of adequate size to heat the various spaces of the building to the temperatures necessary to protect and/or facilitate the kind of work or finishing being Gong, or installations being made. o) After the permanent heating and/or ventilating equipment is in operation: (1) The systen may then be uwid, providing that the General Contractor assumes the responsibility for W.rtaining the system during tke heating time, and when the building is finished, will properly clean all radiation, filters, pumps, sto. and if necessary replace any broken or obviously worn parts. (2) The entire system must be left in proper operating condition and the guaranty called for will remain in full force and effect. ? d) The entire responsibility of heating during construction shall be assumed by the General Contractor, who shall be liable for all damages to any work., materials, equipment or installation caused by his failure { to supply proper and adequate heat as required. e) All labor, material and appliances required to enrloee the building or sections thereof, including scaffold enclosures, shall be furnt*ed by the ,Rt f,M°'.i '.rP . ;,y• ' r +1i^ F ~ s. ~ rt. -.der ~ ~ ~ r 'a't. r , ,7 . w., .Yiyh .r u ' `ytM y . x General Contractor so that building operations may be conducted continuously and efficiently throughout. Tarpaulins or plywood curtains and barricades as required shall be provided wherever permanent construction has not been ' sufficiently completed to afford suitable weather protection. 11. MMRART LIGHT AND POWER: ' The General Contractor shall make the necessary application to the lighting ocapany and pay for all charges, costs and expense incidental to the installa- tion and maintenance of temporary lighting and single-phase power as required in connection with his operations, and he shall pay for all currant consumed. Lighting shall be sufficient in all locations to permit the mechanics in the various trades to properly and satiefcctorily execute their work. Temporary light and power outlets shall be so located that trailers not over 40 feet ' long shall be used in any part of the building. Power outlets shall be ao designated. Temporary light and power shall be maintained until the comple- tion of the building or for a shorter time when so directed by the Architects and when its use is no longer required, shall be completely removed. Tempo- rary light and power shall be available 15 minutes before and after the regular barking day for all trades and for such periods as there is overtime ' work being performed. Single-phase temporary power circuits shall be in- I stalled as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to install and test equipment. ' 12. VJMRY WATER., a) The Contractor oUll Orovide a temporary water supply to be located and designated for the use of all trades, Supply may be taken from existing water main adjacent to the building but shall be sub-metered, b) The Contractor shall pay for meter, connection and for all water con- sumed in the construction of the building. 13. TVAWa-Y TFd.F,PHONB: t The General Contractor shall provide one (1) straight city telephone for the use of all employed about the project and for Architect's use. This Con- tractor shall pay for all charges for this telephone, e..vApt +:hat charges for long distance messages shall be paid for by the person .aking same. The telephone shall remain until the full completion of the work. Coin type telephones will not be acceptable. 14. TEMPORARY OFFICES r~ a)The Contractor shall erect at the site, where directed, a substantial weather- tight, insulated office having sufficient glazed windows of ample size and adequate electric lighting and wall outlets. This building shell be for the use of the Project Inspector and for the Contractor and shall be divided into two roomst b) Portable chemical toilet(s) shall be provided by the Contractor for the use of construction personnel. o) The room for the Project Inspector shall be large enough to contain the following equipment which will be furnished and installer' bp► the Contractors CrL ay ~y. ~i•¢1(r r ~y . + `~~~1., " E C y ~ ~ iRf;~ a ti7. r' : { i'/ wr. 4 Yr `~i' ' •'w k . ~ R~' a~' J 1 y y 4:i V' 1 Plan rack of alas to hold all drawings of the job 1 Plan table 2 Chairs, heat, and lights d) The Contractor shall maintain the offices and toilet(s) in a sanitary condition and in proper repair and property heated during cold weather, furnishing the final and paying all utility charges. When directed, he shall reszsove the temporary office from the site and shall repair the site and rough grade the area as directed by the Architect. e) When adequate space is available in the building, the Contractor may transfer all of the above facilities to this space at his option and with the permission of the Architect. 15. SMGE SHEDS. Z'C.s a) The General Contractor shall provide, on the premises where directed, suitable storage shade (substantial and weathertight) in which he shall store all materials subject to damage by weather. All storage sheds shall be of sufficient size to hold all materials required on the site at one time and shall have floors raised at least 6" above the ground on heavy R1 joists or elesperu. Storage sheds shall have neat appearance and be painted to match offices. b) 'ills Contractors for plumbing, sewe:•ing and gas fitting; heating and vepstilatingi and electrical work shall provide such temporary buildings as say bs neoessary to fully protect their materials, equipment, apparatus, fi eto., during the progress of the work. r 16. w rr~ The General Contractot.~hal1 provide, maintain and operate pumps of adequate capacity as required to ,'tintain excavations, pits, and depressions within the Contract Limit Lines a.+ well as the building free of water accumulated at any tine and as necessary to permit the proper installation of the work required under all ^.ontracte. Disposal of pumped water shall be done with due roor4tt_ to the rights of others on ohs site and ad;oining property owners. All costs in connection with the removal of water on the above pro- vided for shall be borne by the General Contractor. However, such pits, trenches and excavations made by other Contractors for their own installa- tiona shall be pumped and maintained by the Contractor having made said ' excavation. W PH,gTMPHS OF CIE PRQdECTs 17. PRWA t a) The Contractor shall furnish the Owner progress photographs of the project as follawss three 8" x 10» glossy prints of each of the following `r. views s s (1) Two (2) different views of the area in which the building is to be located, taken before excavation starts. y (2) Pour (4) different views when footings are in place and forms oosplsted. (3) Pour (4) different views whin touniations are camploted. ~ * „ ~ R~ r' w it ~ rY, •+~i i' ~i~i y r y . ~ - . 7~ tai V Ji~ i . iii _ } ` ° } • r {4) Four (4) different views when general structure is ready for roofing. (5) Four (4) different exterior views at completion. (6) Four (4) interior views as directed, upon completion, b) A title or legend identifying the view shown by each photograph and date shall appear upon the back of said prints. 18. SOB CONSTRUCTION W-03 The Contractor shall provide and erect where directed, a job sign of approxi- mately 25 square feet, actual siLe, color and design to be shown on a draw- ing to be furnished by the Architect. Sign shall list the name of the building, the Owner, the Architect, the Engineers, the General Contractor, and whatever Subcontractors the Architect shall decide. Uttering work ' shall be done by an experienced sign painter and shall be neat and workman- like. Background color will probably be dark, and at least two other colors will be used for lettering and border. No other signs shall be allorwd on A . the site. 19. ROONS M AS CONSIMCTION STORE RMt when any room in the building is used for a storeroom, shop, eto., the ame e making use of such room will be head responsible for any repairs, patching or cleaning arising from such work. t 20. MT NR LAMTOAIIw t a) All tests and inspections required by these speeifieat±-ns shall be made b3 laboratories aeleotsd by the Architect, b) All tests will be paid for under the section where it is required. Duplicate reports giving type of test, area in which located and results shall be sento to the Architect send Contriietor. 219 OP$.MTING INSTRUCIJONS AND MATERIAL LIST: At the time of final completion of the work and as a condition to be f+rl- f illed prior to f anal payment, the Contractor shall carefully instruct the Omer's specially designated represert-ative in the proper operation, mainte- nance and service of all work and equipment provided hereunder. The Con- tractor shall furnish the Owner a complete list identifying actual materials and devices incorporated in the work. The identification shall include source of supply, date of purchase, model and serial number, etc. as re- quired to facilitate future repairs and replacements. 22. CUaING AND POLISICNO: ' At the completion of the Contract, all windows shall be cleaned, removing ' all labels, paint and st4za, all hardware, woodwork and walls shall be cleaned, leaving no spots, etc., all floors shall be slsened and wwsid where applicable. Grounder wslis shall be loit olean, free of rubbish, Mschinery shall be left o 6"ah %A4 tree cf diet. and grease. ; - 2-7 =t _"T 5 7AT Each Contractor shall pay for all permits required for his part of the work. 24. E, Cpt3PLET % AND LiWIDATSD DAMAGE91 a) It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contrac- tor and.the Owners that the date of beginning and the time for completion as specified in the Contract of the work to be done hsreander are ESSENTM CONDITIONS of this Contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this Contract shall be commenced on a date to be specified in the work order. b) The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for ' the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for the completion of the awrne, taking into consideration the average climatic range atxd usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. e) If the uaid Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the time Herein opecified, or any proper extension thereof granted 4 the Owner, them the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract, to pay to the Owner the amour.t specified in the Contract, not as a penalty but as liquidated dam- &go o for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and evbrv calendar day that tho Contractor shall be in default after the tins stipulated in the Contract toe completing the work. ' d) The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount is rgraed to be the amount of damages which the Owner would sustain and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates, e) It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and erery por- tior. of this Contract a~.d of the specifications wherein a definite and cer- tain length of time is fixod for the performance of any act whatsoewrj and where under the Contract an additloiial time is allowed for the compietion of any work, the new time limit fixed by such extension shall be of the essence of this Contract. Rr2vided. That the Contractor shall not be charged with Vgtddated damages or any excess coat when the delay in completion of the work Is due.! (1) To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by ' the+ GoverwAnt. (2) To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including, but. not restricted to, acts of Cod, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Con- tractor in the performan-e of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, rtrikes, freight embargoes, and un- lrsuelly severe weather; and 2--8 C+ b ! s rh tY.- [-s ~ S' ~g W: I ' (3} To any delays of Subcontractors or suppliers oocasioued h;, any or the causes specified in (1) and (2) of this article, ' Provided, rther, that the Contractor shall, within ten (10) data from t beginning of such delay, unless the Owner shall grant a further period of tins prior to the date of final settlement of the Contract, notify the Owner, in writing, of the causes of the delay, who shall ascertain the facts and extent of the delay and notify the Contractor within a reasonable time of his decision in the matter. 2b. OF GUAWTSE: a) A copy of the following guarantee shall be signed by the General Contractor, Hastings Ventilating and Air Conditioning Cortt4ctors Plumbing Contractor and Electrical Contractor: ' b) OUA"NTES CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS MMN COIWJNITY BUILTUG Gentlemen: The Undersigned guarantees the Owner that he will be responsible for all faulty materials, equipment and workmanship and that he will remedy all defects due thereto and M for all :tamage to other work resulting ' therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance or the date substantially completed, whichever is the earlier, Where guarantees or warranties for the longer terms are written into any of the divisions of the speelfioa.lons, such longer terms shall apply. During this period, upon written notice to do so, the undersigned e Contractor shall proceed with due diligence, and at his own expense, to replace all defective materials and/or equipment properly and to perform all labor necessary to correct all defects in the work, including damage ' to other work resulting therefrom, In case the undersigned Contractor fails to rowdy such defects within a reasonc'ole amount of times then the Owner may furnish such materials or labor as are necessary to bring the work up to the standard called for and the Undersigned Contractor agrees to reimburse the Omer fully and promptly. Items guaranteed or warranted for periods longer than one year: ' It W&ternrgofinx, Damncroofinrx and Caulking - i_ Z2sra 2. R22fAng,&2f Insulation and Shestaetal - 5 Years 2-9 ~~.,Gw~l6 RY.I.$MZ9Y+2i/,...i."T,1Ti'i6~~i i . 3. Dmr Cl`osMs Under dW Sectign - 2~Yoa s ' 4. Wood Doors.- Lifetime IRIWat warpue ' 5. Metal _kve - 2 Yeare 6. Refer to Mechanical Sections for warranties pertaining thereto. r ATTEST: ' Name of Company Contracting for awwral Canetruction r ignature and Title 1 Raw of Company tra g or Keating, ' Ventilating & Air Conditioning Signature and Title r Name of 4ompany Contracting for Plumbing Signature and Title Name of Company Contracting for Electrical ' Signature and Title 1 gf 2-10 r " a t.. i_ ".a L:I .yip MMM, 77T `F. ._4e . SAY r a ~ . . 4 xrt Arti 1(c) (1) Wawa to reall o~ Ra^ fex M gage 3-1 of £pecifications~ tlw start of constrwtion (1) The Owner will orePa=c the sit* b~fors he gowal area within by tilling the existing creek charawl W'A the to an elevation of the bailding site as i:ds thin tine coedine of the bWUh* ' approximately 00' w r J r 1 r ' DIVISION 3 -,MAVATING AND (SIDING 1. SCOPE OP THE WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes all excavation for foundations, drilled piers; the grading of underfloor ' areas; placement of fills under concrete slabs; backfilling; rough grading of sits within the building limits as shown on the drawLngs. b) AU. tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia noes- , sary :or the successful accomplishasnt of this portion of the work shall be Awnished by the Contractor. • o) Work by Owner: h #l0E ADPANDUM No. (1) The Owner will prepare the site before the start of construction by filling the. existing creek ahannel'atfd the general area within the build- Lin site as indicated on the'drawings t'6 as elevation -of approximtely U ool. 1 (2) Placement of topsoil and final grading will be done by the Owner. 2. t ' a) Pier hole casing where required by encountered conditions shall be light on regular wall "K" coated Sonotube as manufactured by'Sonoco Con- struction Products. Light will tube may be used only for pier lengths less than 121, b) Backfill material shall be earth with sufficient binder material to ' compact to a density of 95% of maximum AASHO at optimum moistur+ content. No vegetation, or other organic mat:,r, and no rocks larger than 4" will be allowed in the backfill materials IMAVA, 1 3. a) All excavation shall be unclassified and excavation of every desarip- ' tion and of whatover substances encountered within the grading limits of the pro'Jsot Shall be porfonod to the lines and grades indicated on the drawringt or as o0heitisi directed. ' b) Stockpile where indicated on drawings or as directed an materials of every nature or description encountered in obtaining indicated lines and grades. ' a) No explosives will be permitted. ' d) Excavations shall be of sufficient width beyond building lines to permit the installation and inspection of forms. e) Provide the necessary decking, guards, planking, and the like to main- tain safe pedestrian and vehicular traffic. f) Excavations must be kept dry and usable at all elevations by trenching and pumping, well-pointing or other means elected by the Contractor. ' 3-1 r V,IVN +~rnulOni enotJrot2tD<~i ~o r- r'.)b r nt ;t .h xrn~r e~T (f rno12•xabrw 'io gnlbrxg ~,+J r~ r:~Jii~~b ~.~.iJ, r,i ;~,t tr,•;lc~xn 11n s 1 r,. ri ,rs~a 14,_,uon „^,n.i1 i° i~~r ~ ;f r• ITEM NO. 2 ~L t` Refer to Division 3, EXCAVATING AND GRADING, paragraph 4, Drilled Piers, ' f (a) Subparagraph (a), change to read as follows: "(a) Drill and ream holes to sizes shown and to bottom elevation of 59~. ~ Plumb to tolerance of 1-1/2 " in 101. Pier holes to be clean and dry when concrete is placed. " (b) Subparagraph (c), change to read as follows: "(c) Where necessary, in theopinion of the Architect, to case pier holes the Contractor shall be reimbursed therefor at the rate of $4.50 per lineal foot of casing used.!' ' °„t%r v~vrFV~u '~,U i1717,iJ✓2i1LllF.:1 r..tl r~luJ.'irlN. vvJtir7;~ ''n" lt6Mt "ld1U~'f! 10 J1r~11 edJanal -z9#q iol Klno boeu ed Xf~m sum ltaw Jrla.i! trokibo'li nolJnpwlle .I~I nartl eeel of lalzslam 7ebn1d .to,31DIi1:,e riJ!'w rt.17Ao 4d 1Lerip: fAi"rnJi)Cr lltlAosS (d .Jrislnoo eiulaim. rvr.r1Jgo JA GWM, r;u° ixB"1 In Vp I- rJ[en•-b B 03 Jorgmoo , f tle "A 11PI(I -1^ qC. r ITEM NO. 3 Refer to Division 3, EXCAVATING AND GRADING, paragraph 5. Backfilling,.add the following subparagraph: "(c) The Contractor will be required only to backfill open ditches, and as nec- essary against foundation to provide stable footing for;ilc4folding. 81"I Jam ifs be3De71b er ^ro e7vilwalb no LeJrOtbot 6-it.-riw eltq)4ooJ2 (d eentl b3Jro1bn1 dntntrMo nt b9,rolnuowso neiJgLnoeob .YO ewJpn Z-reve In .aebB%3 bas . b ~JJtm req ed I MW e~,,rleofgxe o', (o of esall pntbltud brio-;ad i?Jbfw Jn9tOtZ'iu 1o s1 liRne eno1JFVaOxH (b ,es, of 10 notJO9cerrtL`flrlrro2lRtl~;anl aril '.ntleq -nl.w of eNff orQ bru , .n1Nns1q ~Pbrrv~k t<nl:i39r; tiseeee>an 3ril ebtvo~g (e , .DM E11 7s1u:)1r1AV trio rrizi~9bsq e1~s runj pfilf0w)-0 Ed enotlb:,le 11$ J,; sIdaeu br.R -j-ib Jqo+ ed J•UWr enr1JFVr-Ox3 (2 7oJ,a71no0 Odi vl-' 1A7)o010 t:rr,31F 7 +rf.in 7o ;111ln1Qq-Iiex ~~nignwq iww 1- ' g) The Contractor is responsible to provide adequate bracing or shoring to maintain excavation and banks in safe, stable condition. h) Excavate and grade crawl space to depths and slopes needed to provide I drainage. 4 iiILLED PIERS: SEE ADDENDUM N03~ r tea) Drill and ream pier holes to sizes and depths shorn. Plumb to toler- ances of 1-1/2" in 101. Pier holes to be clear! •nd dry when concrete is placed. fb) Where necessary to case holes the casing may be cardboard (Sonotube) or steel casing. The casing shall be accurately placed and plumbed and ' held in position during pouring operations. c) Where holes are eased the Contractor shall be reimbursed for the extra coat thereof based on agreed unit price indicated in his proposal. d) Holes shall be inspected and filled with concrete the same day drilled. In the event the hole cannot be filled the same day then it shall be sub- sequently reamed out and olsansd~ by hand if necessary, and pumped dry just prior to filling with concrete. SA W_ LLM i a) Promptly backfill excavations as the work permits] taking care to pro- tect waterproofed surfaces. Do not backfill until concrete has attained its full design strength, b) Place backfill in uniform layers 12" deep, mechanically tamping as 1 required to make entire fill solid. All backtill areas deeper than S' shall be mechanically tamped to a density of 956 AASHO. r MX ADDENDUM M 1 1 ' 3-2 ' DIVISION b - REINFORCED.CONCRETE, F01US, AND CONCRETE FINISH • 1. SCOPE 3 a) The work described in this division of the specifications covers cast- in-place concrete as indicated on the drawings, except ured concrete tie beams poured within masonry walla (see MASONRY Divisionro r b) All tools, equipment, materials, labor, and other paraphernalia nec- essary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be furnished under this Contract, 2, MN-EML: a) The drawings and schedules show the sizes and typical arrangement of the reinforcing and the net width and height of the concrete members, b) Floor fill and/or topping, except monolithic finish, shall not be included in these net measurements, o) Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions as modified by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. ' d) The Contractor shall notify other trades sufficiently in advance of pouring to enable them to properly execute and place any work required to be laid or built, into the concrete. ' e) The Contractor shall employ an approved independent testing laboratory which shall make and test design mixes, test and approve aggregates, pro- vide supervision of concrete quality on the job including the making of ' slump tests and test cylinders, testing of cylinders at specified times, 3. FATERUM s a) All materials, except as otherwise specified, shall conform to the 1 latest revisions of ASTH Specifications, Furnish reports and samples for tests where so directed. b) Cement shall be Type 1, Portland cement to conform to ASTK Specifics- ' tion C-1500 c) Flne aggregate shall be clean, sound, durable, washed sand, graded uniformly between 10 passing Noe 4 sieve and not more than 14% passing ' No. 100 sieve. When tested by colormstric method the color shall not be darker than light amber. ' d) Coarse aggregate, except as noted in paragraph a below, shall be Grade "All washed gravel or crushed stone conforming to ASTH Specification C-33, TM maximum size of ooarse aggregate shall not be larger than 1-1/2" or ' 115 of the narrowest dimension between forms of the members for which the concrete is to be used, nor larger than 3/4 of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars, ' e) Coarse aggregate for free-standing columns on interior shall have a maxi- mum size of 4" but shall otherwise conform to the requirements of, paragraph d above. ' 4-1 f ' f) The Contractor shall submit samples of the cement, fine aggregate and of the various sizes of the coarse aggregates to the testing laboratory for inspection and tooting. The laboratory, after such toot shall submit t a Certificate of Compliance, in quadruplicate, to the Architect. g) Water shall be clear and clean, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter or other deleterious substances. ' h) Reinforcing bare shall be deformed so as to comply with ASTH Specifica- tion A-305 and shall conform to the requirements of the ('Standard Specifica- tion for Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTH Specification A-15 and shall be of domestic manufacture. i) Accessories shall include spacers, chairs, ties and other fastenings to ' hold reinforcement in place in accordance with "Specifications for Placing Accessories" of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. ' 3) Wire mesh reinforcement for slabs shall be an approved type of welded wire omesh. Lap one full mesh at sides and a minin) a of 8" at end laps and securely wire sheets together. ' k) Retarding admixture and plasticizer shall be Pozzolith, as manufactured by the Master Builders Co. 4. TESTING AND INSPECTION OF HATLdIALS: a) Concrete cylinder check tests during construction shall be performed ' by an independent tooting laboratory. A set of four standard 6" cylinders shall be made and tested, where from 10 to 50 cubic yards of concrete are placed, during each and every day's operation. Also, a set of tests shall ' be made for ouch additional 50 cubic yards in any one day's pour. The cylinders of each set shall be molded frcm the sample of concrete and tested, two at 7 days and two at 28 days, ASTH 0-31 shall govern, with curing per paragraphs 6 (a) and 8 (b) thereof. Testing shall be done per ASTH 0-39. ' Additional cylinders may be made by the Contractor at his option for the purpose of determining the strength of concrete for form removal as provided in paragraph 21 of this section. The cost of manufacturing, curing, trans- porting and tooting concrete cylinders shall be paid by the Contractor, b) Furnish Architect three copies of approved tooting laboratory test reports for all Portland cement, sieve Valysis of aggregates, reinforcing steel and cold drawn steel wire used for this work. All reports and testa called for shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. ' 5. STO G9 OF MATERIALSt handle and store aggregates separately in manner to prevent intrusion of ' foreign matter or segregation. Protect stored cement against elements, on platforms off ground, Use no materials frozen or containing ice, nor any hardened cement. Immediately remove from site all materials rejected. ' 6. PROPORTIONING j►ND MIXING CEMT: a) All cast-in-place concrete not otherwise shown or specified shall be ' 3000-pound at 28 days "Controlled Nix Concrete", as established by an independent testing laboratory, as provided in the next paragraph. ' 4-2 b) "Controlled Mix Concrete"'shall be established by an independent test- ing laboratory for 3000-Pound concrete at 28 days,. Make advance tests at the Contractor's expense in accordance with ASM C-39 to determine proper mix prior to placing any concrete. Te'st four cylinder specimens from each trial mi::, two at 7 days and'two at 28 days. The mix to be used in the structure shall be such as to provide cylinder strength not leas than 1800 pounds per square inch at 7 days and not less than 3000 wmde at 28 days. ' c) Slump of concrete shall not exceed 5" and water content including free water contained in aggregates shall not exceed 7 gallons per sack of cement. Proportion fine to coarse aggregate so concrete will work readily into forms without water collecting on surfaces. Mix in a power-operated batch mixer. For mixers of one cubic yard or less capacity, mixing shall continue at least one minute after all ingredients are in mixer. For batches larger ' than one cubic yard, additidnal mixing time shall be allowed, d) Transport ready-mined concrete, if this method is used, to site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of rated capaoi- ties. Discharge at site within 1-1/2 hours after water has been introduced into mixer, e) Yaks no change in materials or established sixes without approval of the Architect. 7. FOR)Ot a) All necessary forms, centering and moulds shall be built to conform to ' the shapes, line and dimensions of the several portions of concrete con- struction, as shown or scheduled on the drawings. Forms shall be set to line and grade, and so braced and secured as to withstand the placing of ' the concrete and maintain their shape and position. They shall, be suffi- ciently tight and so substantially assembled as to prevent bulging or leak- age of mortar. Joints in form work shall be arranged vertically or horizont- ally. ' b) Metal Pan Farmat Metal pans shall be as detailed. Pans shall be not less than 14-gauge metal, slip-in type of sizes and depths as indicated. ' All holes shall be taped and no hole over 1/2" diameter will be allowed. Steel forms shall conform to shape and dimensions shown and be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Furnish shop drawings showing details ' of pans, sizes and complete layout, c) Form ties shall be employed in such places and at such intervals as to securely hold the forms in position during the placing of concrete, and to withstand the weight and pressure of the wet concrete and other loads incident to construction. Ties of a type intended to be entirely removed shall be coated with cup grease or other approved lubricant to facilitate ' removal and to safeguard against damaging the concrete during or on account of such removal. Wire ties will be permitted only on light and unimportant works they shall not be used through surfaces where, in the opinion of the Architect, discoloration would be objectionable. @. S,~iCME3t ' All concrete members shall be adequately shored to support all loads in such manner As to protect such members from deterioration, excessive 4-3 deflection or other damage. If adequate foundations cannot be secured ' for shores, trussed supports shall be provided. All shores and other temporary supports shall be left in position until their removal is authorized by the Architect. ' 9. COATING E„30'13s The contact surfaces of all removable mood and metal forms shall be coated before placing reinforcement with non-staining oil or form lacquer, either substance at the Contractor's option. Pressed wood fiber board forms or form linings, if treated at the factory to prevent adherence to the concrete ' surfaces, shall not be coated. Plywood, previously swill-ailed need not be re-oiled unless so required by the Architect. ' 10. PACING REINFORCEMNTs a) Reinforcing steel of sizes, shapes and dimensions shown skull be placed where and as indicated or scheduled on the drawings, or as reaaonably re- quired to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications. Before placing, all reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of ail rust, sill scale or other coatings which might tend to reduce or destroy the bond. ' Reinforcement left for future bonding, or following a materiel delay in the work, shall be reinspected and recleaned if necessary. Reinforcement shall not be bent or straightened in such a spanner as to injure the mate- rial. All bending of reinforcing steel shall be done at the shop, around pine or posts of proper diameter, with the material cold. Heating of rein- forcement, or bending by makeshift methods., will not be permitted. Be" with kinks or bends not shown on the drawings shall not be used. In alabs, beams and girders, reinforcement shall not be spliced at points of msxiossn stress. Splices in adjacent bare shall be staggered. At all points where ~I bare are lapped or spliced, provide a minion lap of 30 diameters unless ' otherwise specifically noted on the drawinge. Reinforcement shall be ac- curately placed and securely saddle-tied at every intersection with 16- gauge black annealed wire and shall be securely 'geld in place during the ' placing of concrete by spacers, chairs or other suitable supports. Such support shall be sufficient in number and sufficiently heavy to properly support the steel it is intended to support and shall comply with Standard Practice Recommendation of American Concrete Institute. Except as other- wise shown or specified, construction shall conform to the following require- mant e s ' (1) Outside bars of slab reinforcement, both main and temperature bare parallel to beams, girders or walla, shall be placed not more than 1/2 bar spacing away from the adjacent face of such parallel member. (2) Concrete covering over steel shall be not less than the followings a Beams and girders 1-1/2" outside of main steel b Slabs (ribbed or flat) 3/4" outside of steel ' c Columns 1-1/2" outside of main steel d Walls 1-1/2" outside of steel ' e Bottom of grade and slabs 3" outside of steel (3) Bass All stirrups shall be held in place by the use of two No. holding bars extending the full length of that portion of each beam or girder that Is occupied by the stirrups. 4-4 ' (4) Supports for beam and slabs poured on fill shall be precast con- crete blocks of uniform size with #16 wire ties to reinforcing. 11. INSERTS: ' The various trades shall install any and all hangers, nailers, inserts, thimbles, sleeves, frame,, or othe* items required to be built into the ' concrete by the provisions of the drawings or specifications governing the work of such trades, or as may be necessary for the proper execution of the work. Suitable templates or instructions shall be providod for ' the Installation of such items as are not required to be actually placed in the forms by the affected trades themselves. All such items shall be correctly and accurately positioned in the forms, and shall be inspected and approved before the surrounding concrete is deposited. ' 12. DEMSITINO CONCRETgs ' a) All water shall be removed from the excavations before any concrete is deposited. Any flow of water shall be diverted through proper side drains to a sump, or be removed by other approved methods to prevent wash- ing the freshly deposited concrete. Where necessary in the opinion of the Architect, due to underground water or wkstable soil conditions, drilled pier holes shall be cased with Sonotube. Temporary drains shall be stopped by grouting or other means satisfactory to the Engineer. All debris shall t be removed from the space to be occupied by the concrete before any concrete is deposited. Before beginning a pour, hardened concrete and all foreign substances shall bn removed from the inner surfaces of the conveying equip- meta provided to convey the concrete to the point of deposit in order not to disturb the forms or reinforcement, Runways shall not be supported or blocked up on the reinforcement, and conveying equipment shall not be wheeled directly over any reinforcements b) Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final deposit in a continuous manner, and as rapidly as is practicable, until the unit of opevation approved by the Architect is completed. It shall be placed in reasonably uniform layers, approximately horizontal and not more than 121, thick, exercising care to avoid vertical points or inclined }Manes. ' The piling-up of concrete in the forms, in such a manner as to cause the separation or lose of the various ingredients, will not be permitted. Con- crete which has partially hardened shall not under any circumstances be ' deposited in the work. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms as nearly in its final position as is practicable to avoid rehandling. Special care shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or reinforcement with concrete. Any hardened or partially hardened concrete which has accumu- i lated on the forme or reinforcement must be removed before the work pro- ceeds. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely a distance greater than 31. Where longer drops are necessary, a chute, tremie, or other approved conveyance shall be employed to assist the concrete into place without segregation. ' 13. MCINO IN COLD WFr1THER: a) Concrete shall be mixed and placed only when the temperature is at least 400 F. and rising, unless permission to pour is obtained from the Architect in writing. Suitable moans shall be provided for maintaining ' 4-S 1 ' the concrete at a temperature of at least 500 F., for a period of sews days . 74Ar placing. The methods of heating the ingredients and protecting the concrete shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. Salts chemicals or other fortign materials shall not be mixed with the concrete ' for the purpose of preventing freezing, 14. WCIN0 IN OR WI WEAMi a) When the temperature is W F4 or over ahd/or a wind of 10 WH is blowing, Posaolith Retarder shall be added to the mix in quantities as ' recommended by the manufacturer. b) When weather conditions of extreme heat or windiness prevail, the ' Architect may require the provision of suitable wind screens or shading devices, or postponement of operations. 150 NAG OF CONCRETES ' When concrete is conveyed to a point of deposit by chutes, the plant and equipment shall be of such size and deaL&n as to assure a practically con- tinuous flow in the chutes. The chutes shall be of metal, or metal-lined, and the different sections thereof shall have approximately the same size, shape and slope. The slope shall not be less than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal, ' nor save then 1 vertical to 2 horizontal, and shall be such as to prevent the segregation of the several ingr*Oonts of the concrete. The discharge and of the chute shall be provided wivh a baffle to prevent segregation. If the height of the discharge and of the chute is more than 3' above the ' top of the concrete in the forms, a spout shall be used, and the lower and of the spout shall be kept as smear the surface of the deposit as is prac- ticable. When the operation is 1dtr-:rmittsnt, the chute shall discharge ' into a hopper. All chutes, spa.o,,.is hoppers, etc., shall be thorouShly cleaned before and after each pour, and all debris and any water used shall be discharged outside the forms. ' 16. COMPAMIN : Concrete, as soon as it is deposited, shall be thoroughly agitated by ' means of mechanical vibrators and suitable has.d tools and so manipulated as to work the mixture into all parts and corners of the forms and entirely around the reinforciment and all inserts. The coarse aggregate in the con- crete shall be spaded away from the forms in order to prevent voids in ax- posed sections and to assure smooth, uniform surfaces. 17. IMIS, ND I Ss a) Extreme care shall be exercised in placing concrete for free standing columns on interior of the building. Where possible a tremis shall be used ' the full length of the column or where conditions prevent its use the oon- crets shill be poured in lifts through holes out in the side of the forma High frequency form vibration shall be used on these items only to assure ' thorough compaction and the complete filling of the fom b) A tremis shall consist of a tube having a diameter of not less than 1049 constructed in sections having flanged couplings fitted with gaskets. The ' tremiss shall be supported so as to permit rapid lowering when necessary to retard or atop the flow of concrete. The discharge and shall be closed at the start of riork so as to prevent water entering the tube and shall be kept entirely sealed at all times; the tremis tube shall be kept full to the bottom of the hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper, the flow of concrete shall be induced by slightly rai.obS the discharge and, always keeping it in the deposited concrete. She flow shall be continuous until the work is completed. ' l8. BODING: 1 Before depositing new concrete on or against existing concrete, or new concrete which has partially or entirely set, the exiattig surfaces shall be slushed with a coat of grout. The new concrete shall be deposited before the grout attains its initial set. The work shall be performed in such a ' manner as to assure complete bonding of the newly poured concrete to the existing work, to the satisfaction of the Architect. Grout shall be of materials and mix identical to the concrete to be placed except the coarse aggregate shall be omitted. From 1" to 2" of grout shall be applied as directed by the Architect, depending upon the conditions of the respective cases. 19. CON32 IJCTION JOINTS: Each footing, column, beam, lintel, wall and slab (except slabs on the ' ground) shall be considered as a single unit of operation and all concrete for the same shall be placed continuously in order that such unit shall be monolithic in construction. Construction joints in other parts of the work, where introduction of same is absolutely unavoidable, shall be located near f the midpoints of spans. Provisions shall be made against shear by the use of inclined added reinforcement equal to 1/2 of 1 percent of the cross- ' sectional area of the member out. The Contractor shall submit dlWams showing the locations of proposed construction Joints for the approval of the Architect. Joints in columns, except in the flat slab construction, shall be made at a point 111 below the soffit of the deepest intersecting ' beam. 20. EXPANSION JOINTS: t Expansion joints between slabs on the ground and foundation wall, machine basoa, grade beams, columns and pits, between sections of concrete platforms and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated, shall consist of all-heart California redwood strips, as specified herein. Strips shall be 3/4" thick, or as noted, and the full depth of the respective slab or wall in connection with which used. ' 21. R-M-VAL OF FOR-s a) The Contractor may remove all forms whenever the concrete has attained a strength of 2000 pounds per square inch. This determination ahall be made by the testing laboratory from standard cylinder compression tests. Wall forms may be removed after 24 hours, b) Under normal curing conditions the following table may be used to determine form removal in lieu of control cylinders: (Note: When tempera- tures drop below Wo F. leave supports in place for an additional time 4-? xr equal to the time the structure has been exposed to the lower temperatures. If loading conditions warrant, the Architect may require that shores near the quarter points of the span of slabs and/oi beams be left in place for a longer time.) ' emoerature Abave 60° F. 50 to bop F. 1,0 frg SOp F. ' Columns 3 days 5 days 10 days Side forms of girders and beams 4 days 6 days 10 days ' Bottom forma of slabs, 61 or less span 4 days 8 days 14 days Bottom forms of girders and beams less than 141 span* 14 days 16 days 21 days ' *Add one day for each additional foot o span. 22. FILLING TIE ROD OR BOLT HOLES: Holes resulting from the removal of bolts or tie rods shall be solidly ' filled with stiff cement grout. Holes passing entirely through the con- crete members shall be filled, from the inside face, with a plunger-type grease gun or other device that will force the mortar through to the out- side face, holding a canvas sack at, the outside surface to assure complete ' filling. Holes which do not pass entirely through shall be filled, using toolo which will permit the opening to be packed thoroughly full. All excess mortar at the faces of filled holes shall be neatly struck off flush with a canvas sack. ' 23. C_tWG AND PROTECTION: ' a) Freshly placed concrete shall be protected from washing by rain, flow- ing water, etc. The concrete shall not be allowed to dry out from the time it it deposited in the forms until the expiration of the curing period ' herei.after specified. Methods of curing shall be as specified in the fol- lowing subparagraphs, unless otherwise authorized by the Architect. 1 b) Concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified, shall be cured by being kept wet with clean water and covered with cloth mats, 15-pound asphalt- saturated felt, or kraft paper and sand for a period of not lose than 7 ' days after placing. Each day the forme are left in place on beams and walls and kept wet enough to prevent the opening of joints in forms and the drying out of the concrete will suffice as one day of curing. ' c) Cover tops of wails and beams with two layers of burlap or similar material and keep wet for at least 72 hours when the temperature is above 40° F. ' 24, DO MOT OR DAMAGED -WOHKs Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged before final acceptance ' shall be satisfactorily replaced at the Contractor's expense and in con- formity with all of the requirements of the drawings and specifications: Removal and/or replacement of concrete work shall be done in such manner ' as not to impair the appearance or strength of the structure in any way. 4-8 ' 23. _MCRM FINISM: a) Floor slabs shown to have monolithic finish shall be finished as fol- lows: The base concrete shall be raked into place and thoroughly compacted by vibration or with a temp. A grille tamp shall be used for tamping. The surface shall be struck off at the floor level shown on the plans by means of previously set screeds. The floor shall be compacted to a smooth sur- face and float-troweled until sufficient mortar is brought to the surface ~,o fill all voids. The surface shall be tested with a straightedge to detect high and low spots which shall be eliminated. ' b) After the floating operation has been completed and when the floor has hardened sufficiently, the floor Shall be troweled with a steel trowel to a smooth surface, free from pinholes and other imperfections. An ap- proved type of mechanical trowel with rotating steel blades may be used for this operation. After the surface has hardened sufficiently to ring under the trowel, it shall again be troweled with a steel trowel to a hard, dense surface, free from blemishes. A mechanical trowel will not be per- mitted for this operation. ' c) Exterior sidewalks, porches and other walking iurfaces exposed to the weather ahall, after tieing steel-troweled, be brushed aaroaa the hang axis to provide a non-W.ip finish. 1 d) For floor surfaces scheduled to be covered with caa *t, the final hand- troweling with steel 'rowels may be eliminated. 1 e) For floors scheduled to be covered with wood blocks, ceramio the or with clay tile, the mechanical and the hand-steel-troweling operation may be eliminated. f) Immediately after removal of forma from exposed concrete, rub with a carborundum stone and mixture of cement, sand and water. Remove all irreg- ularities, form-marks, finish to a smooth even surface. ' g) All concrete that is exposed on the interior or exterior of the building shall have all loose particles removed from honeycombed spots, and all fins and rough places abali.. be Ae+►t1Y drya'ad offs Hol~a.b the Breached with clear water, patched with concrete, and the ant#ri i3tpo s6,'ta40 rabW with a carborundum brick until a smooth sand finish is obtairv d. Unexposed 1 surfaces shall be similarly treated except the rubbing may be omitted. All exposed surfaces, both interior and exterior, shall have a smooth finish. r 1 r 4-9 ' DIVISION--5--- MASONRY 1. _Of THS WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes the followings (1) All brick walls. (2) Building into masonry all door frames, bolts, anchors, nailing ' blocks, inserts, flashing, etc, indicated on the drawings or reasonably implied therefrom. (3) Furnishing and locating anchors and wall ties. j ' (4) Furnishing and placing wall reinforcement. I 1 (S) Cleaning masonry and removal of surplus materials. b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary ' for the cLccessful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. WORK NOT INQUDEDs ' a) Metal door frames are specified in Division 20 - METAL AIRS AND FRANCS. ' b) Bolts are specified in Division 13 - MISCR ANEOU3 METALS. c) Flashing material is specified in Division 11 - SHEET METAL. 3. : a) Common brick shall be modular and shall conform to the requirements ' of ASTM Specification 0-216, Grade NW. SEE AWZgDUjt hV / b) used Brick: The Contractor mall allow the sum of $60.00 per thou- sand units for the purchase and delivery of brick to the job site. Brick shall be as selected by the Architect. c) Wall reinforcement shall be heavy duty Econo-Lok (3/161+ wire)* special ' variable width units shall be furnished to accommodate the varying wall widths on the exterior perimeter of the building. ' d) Masonry cement ohall conform to the requirements of the ASTM C91-56T, Type Ila s) Portlsad cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 0160-55, Type I. f) Hydrated lime shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 0207-490 Type S. R) Quicklime shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C3-26. 1 ' S-1 I h) Natural or manufactured sand shall be used and shall conform to the requirements of the Tentative Specifications for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar, ASTH C144-52T. ' i) Water shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalies, organic materials or other deleterious substances. J) Adisixturess Water-repellente, plasticizing agents or other admixtures shall be the products of manufacturers who are able to attest to the satis- factory performance thereof resulting from similar use on other work; shall 1 be used only with Type B mortar to which they shall be added at the time of mixing without endangering conformance of the mortar to the requirements of the property specifications. Sxoept that no admixture shall be used with masonry cement unless recommended by the manufacturer. k) MortgZ ss Pigments used to color mortar shall be pure, chemically inert, non-fading., alkali-fast, mineral oxides; finely ground and specially prepared for use in mortar t(% which they shall be added at the time of nix- ing without endangering conformance of the mortar to requirements of the property specifications. 1) Anti- ree+ s No anti-freeze liquids, salts or other sub- stances shah be- used mortar to lower the freezing point. ' a) OAWQnm usd Zgruis s All masonry units and mortar materials shall be handled in such manner ar, to present breakage, and adulteration by foreign materials. Care shall be taken during loading and unloading operations and ' piling, to adequately protect arrises and exposed surfaces of masonry unite from injury. Units shall be stored on platforms or in any other approved manner which will protect these materials from contact with the soil and, upon dolivery to the fob site, units shall be placed under cover or other- wise adequately protected from the weather until used. Stockpiles shall be located on the fob site so as to avoid damage and be protected from heavy or unnecessary traffic and from building operations. ' (1) Cementitious materials shall be delivered to the fob site in manufacturer's original containers, unbroken and with the manufacturer's new and brand plainly marked thereon. Delivery of all materials shall be made in such manner as to prevent inclusion of foreign materials and to protect them from damage. (2) Materials subject to damage by the elements shall be stored in weathertight enclosures having floors raised at least 12" above the adjacent ' grade and in such manner as to prevent damage to the original containers and to permit easy identification. Aggregates shall be stockpiled in such manner as to prevent the inclusion of any foreign materials, n) Mortars (1) Mortar shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Specification 0270-57T, except that no masonry cement shall be used in reinforced brick masonry, or in any grout. (2) Whine s All eementitious materials and aggregates shall be mixed a drum-type batch mixer for a minimum period of three minutes 5-2 after all materials have been deposited in the mixer, and for a maxies of time necessary to produce a homogeneous mass, using the quantity of water required to produce the desired workability. {3) Hand XWdut All cowntitious materials and adp*ptes shall be mi~ad in a tight mortar mixing box. The time shall be not less than is necessary to reproduce results x~ by machine mixing after the required amount of water has boon added to obtain desired wwksbilit. (4) lMasu_rI=ttt The method used for measuring materials for mortars shall be such that the specified proportiau of the materials can r be oontrolled and accurately maintained. The weights per cubic foot of the materials shall be considered to be the following: EMdTR 1 MIGHT OU) Masonry cement Printed an bag ' Portland cement 94 lbs. Hydrated Lime putt 040 lbs, 0 lbs. Sand so lbs. (dry) (5) 4uisk1UW 611611 be slaked is acoordaace with the msmnfastwrrerts direstlans and allowed to stand for at least 4 hour6 bsferre *ft sad is a ~ soh mmwti as to protect the m 2dov" oplast Smoot" "aperattiono (6) Uss et W~dra "mi H drated limo shall be used In acoordaw with the o mfaotvr rvs aareotions. (7) Emad, : In addition to regairsaiats set forth herein for ant and mixing, mortar shall coafori6 to certain aggre- gate ratio, water retention and campesive Strength requirements. (a) Ann ate Ratios The damp loose volume of aggregate in the ' mortar shall be not less than two and one quarter nor more than three tines the total soparate volumes of cementitious materials used, (b) Kfter Retentions Mortar made of the same materials and in the sacs proportions to be used on construction, mixed to an initial flow of 100 to 115 shall hays a flow of not lees than 700. ' (x) Ognssivo St : The average oomp~essive strength of three 2" cubes mortar, of the same materials and its the same pro- porticos to be used on construction, shall conform to strength requirements as 'met forth In ASTK Spscif eAlon 0270-57T. . (8) ~mrtim Seeairioatians s (a) in addition to requirements set forth basin for asasm"eat and siting, mummer shall be proportioned by volwmr, with respect to type, ' and usnlMS da14k are pressabed to show that the mortL wts property speci- fications reggiroeents, the proportion spscificatlow shall Sw m. (b) Type A (Portland ooSo A mortar) shall be proportioned one (1) part Pdrtland oemeat tb Acii"t fa oaa~rat! {1/2) past bat f4 thea aes !mod r {I~~~. °$~''a 5-3 ITEM NO. 4 Refer to Division 5, MASONRY, (a) Paragraph 3, MATERIAL, add the following subparagraph: "(n) Lightweight concrete masonry uniq All concrete masonry units shall be made from Portland cement and suitable aggregates, and shall be cured at the point of manufacture in such manner as to meet the applicable requirements hereinafter set forth, prior to delivery to the job site, and shall be classified into Group I or Group II, depending upon the linear shrinkage potential stipulated below: Concrete Density - 1 lb. I er cu. ft. Maximum Linear Shrinkage y6 Modified British Method Test Group 1 Group II 120 or more 0.065 0.03 less than 120 0,005 0.04 (1) Portland cement used in the manufacture of the units shall conform to the specifications set forth for mortar. E t Aggregate shill be lightweight and free from deleterious matter which will cause staining or create surface pop-outs or be harmful to concrete, and shall ' conform to the requirements of ASTM Des, C 331-53T,, and prOd~icing ccftcrete,having a dry weight of not less than seventy lbs. per cu. ft. n6r fnor'e than'one hundred lbs. ' per cu., ft. (3) Dimensions: Actual, 'over-all ,dimgnsions (width, height gno length) of all units shall have a tolerance not to exceed I /16 inch. Units shall be uniform as to dimension with arrises and exposed vertical surfaces free from warp. The units shall be uniformly sound, without cracks, breaks or other defects which will interfere ' with proper setting or impair the strength, appearance or durability of the construc- tion. All units shall be of similar composition and manufacture. (4) Absorption: Maximum water absorption permitted for units at the , time of delivery to the job site, shall be fifteen pounds per cu. ft. of concrete as an average of five units, Absorption tests shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Des. C 140-55. (5) Moisture Content: Maximum moisture content perriatted fot units , at time of delivery to the job site shall be forty percent of the total absorption as an average of five units. Test for moisture content shaft conform'to the requirements of ASTU Des. C 140-55. (9) Unite shall bear a distinctive mark of the manufacturer or shall other- wise be readily indentifted cis to origin. ' q go~npresnive strength of Qllq~;and solid wits shallico tfprm to the requireme ta,of ~iS ~L),e 9p- # and C rf!pect4ve Y, a., r, ► ' ' of lour and one-half (4-1/2) parts and a aaxiaua of edix (6) parts of aggregate measured in damp,, loose condition. (o) Type 8 (Masonry cement mortar) shalf be proportioned oe» of masonry cement to not less than 2-1/4 parts nor more than 3 parts of d aggregate in damp, loose condition, Hydrated lime or lime putty may be added in an amount not to exceed 200 of the volum of masonry cement when required to increase workability except that this provision shall not apply where the manufacturer of the masonry cement recoesoends against the addition of lime to his product. ' (d) 0rout shall be proportioned one (1) part Portland oNent to not more than two (2) parts of aggregate Nasured in dap loose oor~dition. Hydrated lime say be added in an amount not to samed fif'n rbe It (1ST) when required to "owe workability. gout oontaining very fine •tv*pti, or neat cement grout, may ~e prepared for use mere spaces are too narrow to permit the use of regular grout. 4. Y,O$~FQINSHIP: HE ApF)E.DUM K0. a) HApdgpge Masonry units shall be handled from storage to scaffold and during erection in such manner as to adequately proteot arrises and exposed surfaces of unite from injury, b) t The method of wetting shall be such as to insure the each unit is nearly saturated, surface dry when laid$ o) 891gWrinits Mortar•whioh has stiffened shall be retempered to restore workability and water shall be added for this purpose as frequently as needed during the period of use. Mortar which has stood for more than two hours after the initial mixing or which has been allowed to stiffer beyond the point of retwipering shall not be used. ' d) L&Yina~T sraturee Unless adequate provisions are made for heating and drying materials and for protecting the completed work for at least 48 hours after erection, no v;iite shall be laid when the ambient tempera- ture is less than 320 F. and, rising, or below 400 F. and fallirng, Units having a film of water or frost on their surfaces shall not be laid, and no work shall proceed on frozen :materials. ' e) Protection: Units incorporated as a part of incomplete construction not being worked on shall be adequately protected at all times during con- struction operations. At such times as inclement weather is imminent and/or ' work is discontinued, the tops of all exposed units shall be protected with moisture-resistant cover well-secured in place. f) Joininx of works Where fresh masonry joins masonry that is partially set or totally set, the exposed surface of the set eaasonry shall be oleaned and 14fttly wetted. All loose masonry units and mortar shall be removed. If it becomes necessary to "stop-off" a horizontal run of masonry, this K shall be done only by raking back 1/2 unit length in each course ard, if grout is used, stopping grout 4" back of the rake. Tootbiug will not be permitted except upon written approval of the Architect. S-4 (8) Prefabricated units of special size and shape shall be as and if called , for on the drawings. Units shall conform to the requ+rements as hereinbefore set forth for standard unite. " (b) Paragraph 3, Material, subparagraph (j)p delete this subparagraph and sub-. stitute therefor the following: ~ i "(j) Waterproofing Admixture: Hydrocide powder as manufactured by 8onneborne Building Products, Inc. shall be added to masonry mortar at the rate of 1 lb. per bag of cement and an additional 1 lb, for each cu, ft. of lime in job mixed mortar. Method of mixing and use shall be in strict accord with the manufacturer's printed directions. " t_ ,.Ivi uttt vUa vim cv.~mp •a .:I ...,u All. icrn~, r li evi 1r7 yr+fJ ori1 3LLIP1 3q of gllt2~:SA:r~~ut•1 . a blollsoe of e8810A M011 belbnsd ad Ilsda fain r(7noapH :knllbnaH (e tns aoet7se JoaJo7q ylaJeupsbe of as Tenne^r nova nt not.los7s gnivub bns .~7u~nt no-11 eJ2nu 1o eeas27rre beeOgxe M1 antJ,lew to borfJou sift :eJ rSU ~7 ea?I y l~_1o gnlJte4; Io.pa neq;yga (d E~e17r o ,b3Je7uJrt xfsnen et Jfr.u 60BO Jeril e7uent of at moue ad Made .bial nedw V.-lb e7oJae7 of be ioq©eJen ad l.(aria beno111Je esd d'-)Rw 7J:J1OM :AnlJagoeJOR (0 ' ea Xiinoupe7l at eeog1vq zIdJ Tot lobby od Hade ^iaisw brFa vJfllda);7Ow owl rmdl 0100.. Tot boo.+a esd dn.1dw isPsoh wru In boJ7sc2 add 811Y11b bobesn I bnoyad n'01111r of bewolla need esri (ioj& 7o antx}m•Ir ttIal aril ngJ2r, e7uodi beery ed ion firda gollegmulsl to Jntoq edi sttJE,J,i zu1 eFJE.iF ErO a,1{,l?tvo7t tj JcE; nbE eeotr:+J :~:uJ i .fir +"t~;nt s,I fh ' Jeae i JZ 101 -.41u.4 t ),f 9i( .ioO enJ ~;rFt ~o sJo cq •F O1 fns elF 1TS Jr yntY7b t rtr. -aTegr•)J Jrteidrrw nsciw bait ed fictia eJtrsr: n ,aulJ~r+Te FeJ1a vwod 84~ ,J2nU .~lniffE~'! bru^ 0011 wolo;i -ro c~,nis.i[ krrn .3 °S! ;~F.r{J ecol of eT,tJ brrb tt).ist od Jc,it (Scila ec,ot l rue ~i ;r!J no te"li To c ,.tr 'n ff3 s rh'E C Ls~ITOJsa rI9S071 r1) r''~ , v q llS'de A-low ;;!S notlou7Janoo sJslq:~~-onl 10 l7isq r, es beJs7Og7oorci a11nFJ :nofJoyJo7g (s -noo gnf-rub Em.IJ flx Jr beloedoTq XleJsu; &t,s yd I.lsria no bvA7ow gnled Jr,:: •ro\bne Jnorrtrr .1 el 7edJr.aw Jnamslonl as asmij d-W;a JA ,enc1JF79go no1J~u74e riltw beloelo7y ad 11aria eilau bseogxo !is In egoJ oril ,t,AuntJnoaelb et 97ow ' .9os1q al b97uoee-ffsw 7rvoo JnnJa1aa7-97uJe1on V(1a2JTaq el JZdJ ,ZTnoaem enlot V.Tnoesam r{ee71 9.10&1 :A-tow 10 vkrantoL (1 bs;za9lo ad 11sea jinoem Joe aril to eos7TUe beeogxe odl tJae X11061 zo J9e ,bevomcrs ad llada Tat7om bnc eRrw %ornoer-m eaool HA boJJmw vjhtfl bne atril ,-iinoesm to nu7 LlaostTod a I'llo-qWe" of %,izesoDari eomooed Jt 11 11 ,bns ea7uoo flare rs.: riJanol Jlnu S\l >Oad gnl)te7 Xd yIno snob ed !!aria ad Jon 1,Uw galdJooT .e>Wx &AJ 1o >lasd "iII Juos9 gnlggoJa sbosv al luo7b ,J7eJ2rio7A sriJ 1o lavo'lggs nalJ17w noqu JgeOxo bolllarst.,q r ~-Z 1e ~N,, i' g) Mortar joints of all masonry unfits shall be of such thickness that the coursing vertically and the bond horizontally will work modular, h) Horizontal and vertical joints in brick masonry shall be filled solid. ' Mortar shall be spread over the full area of the unit in horizontal joints. Vertical surfaces of the units shall be heavily buttered to that mortar covers the entire and area of the unit before being placed in the wall, ' There shall be a sufficient quantity of mortar used so that as each unit is shoved into place, plumbed and leveled there shall be an excess of mortar squeezed out the joints on both sides of the units there shall be no voids in the mortar in either the head or the bed joints, THIS R6gUIRE- HENT WILL BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO AND ANY VIOLATION WILL RESULT IN THE RENDVAL AND REBUILDING OF SUCH PORTION OF THE MASONRY AS IS DEAD NECESSARY BY THE ARM17ECTP t 1) Tooliaa: All horizontal and vertical joints shall be thoroughly com- pacted and pressed tight against the edges of unite with a proper tool to provide a weathertight joint. Tooling shall be done when the mortar has become thumbprint h rd. j) All brick shall be laid in a common running bonds wall reinforcement shall be built into each sixth joint of brick masonry. k) Wane shall be erected with units of the else and at the locations to produce the results as shown on the drawings. All units shall be firmly bedded in mortars laid plumb, true to line and in level, accurately-spaced courses, All corners and reveals shall be built plumb and true. AU corners, including wall breaks in the exterior of the perimeter walls shall be bonded. 1) Where indicated on the drawings, brick cavity in the wall shall be filled with 3000 psi, concrete and reinforced as shown, m) Anchors, inserts and accessories required to be built-in with the ' masonry shall be placed as called for on the drawings and built-in as erection progresses. n) Structural steel items supported on or in masonry shall be full grout bedded. o) Cutting of units required to accommodate the work of others shall be performed by masonry mechanics and, along with other necessary cutting, shall be done in such manner as to insure unbroken edges out plumb and true. Chases and other out or raked-out areas shall be kept free from mortar or other debris. Patching shall be kept to a minimum and, wherever necessary on expossd work, shall be carried out in such manner as to re- store the original contour of the patched material in an accurate manner. ' p) Back-up walls shall be laid at least six courses ahead of exterior brick to allow inttollation of inner wall dampproofing. See Division 12 - WATERPROOFING, M%WPROOFING. q) Upon completion of the work, all holes in exposed mortar joints shall be filled with fresh mortar and suitably tooled. After pointing has set r 3-5 P4 and hardened, all exposed surfaces of unite shall be thoroughly cleaned with stiff brushes, cleaning tools and clear water. Acid shall not be used. All exposed masonry shall be left clean, free from mortar daubs and with tight mortar joints throughout. 3PECIZ UNITS: a) Half-round units covering st-rael columns on the interior shall be unglazed terra cotta units. Provide in Contract price bid sum of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) for purchase of these unite$ ' b) Meted brick units indicated in toilet walls shall be a standard facing brick meeting the applicable AM specifications. Color and texture of the glazed face shall be as selected by the Architect. Provide allowance of Thres Hundred Ten Dollars (0310.00) per thousand for purchase of these unita. 1 5-b { DIVISION -6 STRUCVJML STf~ GENERAL STRUCTURE 1. SCOFF OF M 1QRKt a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes all ' structural steel and open Web steel joists. Special cable suspended roof system over the Assembly Hall is described in the following division of these specifications. b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. c) Shop drawings showing all details of steel constructions ehall be sub- ' milted in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 of the General Condi- tions as modified by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. 2 . (USM REQUIFtFsMUM : a) Provide temporary bracing for accurate plumbing and aligning of members and to resist all wind and construction loads. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for proper fabrication and erection of steel, b) Imposed steel members shell be specially selected for uniformity of texture, straightness and freedom from kinks, twist, warp, pits and scale. Connections shall be accurately aligned, with close tolerance, and a neat, smooth finish. Appearance is fully as important as strength in these members ' and will constitute grounds for rejection even after members are in final position, c) All structural steel and open web joists where exposed to view shall be ' given a shop coat, after fabrication, of approved zinc-chromate, rust- inhibitive paint. Open web joists where not exposed to view shall be, after fabrication, given h shop coat of black asphaltum paint. Abraded ' and scarred ;,laces on both structural steel members and open web joists shall be immediately touched-up with the same paint as used for shop coat. Members shall again be examined after erection and touched-up. ' 3. STRUCTURAL STEEL: a) All structural steel materials shall comply with the requirements of ' AST14 A36, latest edition, b) Fabrication and erection of structural steel shall comply with the Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, latest edition and amendments to date and the Code of Stand- ard Practice, latest edition, both as adopt db the st~ric ~stiituteCof Steel Construction. Welding shall comply for A and Gas Welding in Building Construction as published by the American Belding Society, except that all welding shall be by the electric are ' process. c) Grout for column and beam seats shall be non-shrink t as manufactured by the Master Builders Co. (Embeco) or Sonneborn Brothers Forrolith We 6-1 IN 9' 1 A b. ppEN W ES STEEL JOISTS: r a) VAteriels, design, wsldingf anchorage, bridging, handling, srsotion and shop painting shall oonfor% to the Standard Specitiostions for open Web Steel Joists as adopted by the 80e1 Joist institute, latest eation and amendmeate. Wsoiosa t6 thi foregoing are noted on the playas and specified herein. b) Fabricator of open web steel Joists shall be a member of the Steel Joist Institute or the American Institute of Steel Construction. t c) All Joist seats shall be welded to steel beams or shall have special anchorage as shown on the drawings: ' d) Joists shall be loaded for shipment, unloaded, stored and handled to prevent deformation which will be a cause for rejeotionb No field cutting will be allowed. r r r r r r r r I r r b-2 1 ITEM NO. 5 ~ Refer to Division 7, CARPET. Delete this Division of the Speoifications in its en- ' tirety. • .,,ir,'11~ Esl3l7j7e Fi(}1 }b a..?I 11Frf, o1FC) 1'idt ~d .r 0iJ J~hOJ 1'f9jC: 'in jU III ..i,l11en( f:loL tFloega 3v4,1 11FAe. '10 1"11e 01 b1);--: 5d `l;"ria e,Jv9!, Jalot 111, ( ' o ' .-:antur,lb aria no r,.ro.ie as 4aslodnrr> u! t©fbiir.ri n:1s b %o.e tl,,aorofnu '101 f,atrnj e•J 1lrrle e1E10L (b ' nt.++ir~ b1pt2 0'; .notJ` ~,,sZ ~,:,uro r, A, MW iloo1ji r ,-)Ahr.-%olsb lnvvo~q 1;s:ro 11n ed i 1 i"w 1 1 1 S-d ~ AtaUUk.'ur~at rµ4 DIVIKON 7 - CARPRT 1, ON Oil W WORK s a) Furnish all materials, latar and equipment necessary to install rmrpet as called for in these specifications and on the Room Finish Schedule. b) Contractor shall submit with his bid the amount allowed for purchase of carpet. ' 2. MA, FAA I i;) Carpet shall be 100% continuous filament nylon pile, permanently bonded to 3/16" sponge rubber cushion, as manufactured by Commercial Carpet Corpora- tion, 10 West 33rd Street, New York, New York 10001, of "Royalty" quality, 54" wide material, b) Appropriate waterproof adhesive shall be used for installation of carpet. ' 3. INBTAU M, a) All carpet to be applied using adhesive reoomovW by oarpet wer'aifae- turer. b) A laying plan, stowing all seams and known cross-seams, shsl, be'sub- saitted to the Architect for approval before installation begins. ' o) In Roar 205 (Circular Balcony) all ssaas will follow radial pattern s1- v on shoot 6, large' plah.' d) QpCM&Bsjwt Carpet shall rurs oontinuuously up wallas detailed, to tOrm se 1 e) Carpet at stairs shall atpp at brick nosing as Utallod. f) The sob shall be'lerft clean of traah'and serapej haiRys the Owner ' will view all carpet eoraps and retain atgr he chooses fot 44 repairs: before they are removed from the sob. One quart of adhesive and patching instructions shall be left for the Owners use. ' g} installing Contractor shall be required to re-lay any carpet that may separate from sub-surfaoo, it necessary, for a period trot smaediaa one year from date of final acceptance, and shall further guarantee that the ' axos" co"t shall wt be a= fm MOW" oondisi► if4h~ used in the event of any 7-1 • a r~__:.G 3 t!`'-Y.• _ _ ITE.A NO. 6 *0~i Refer to Division 8, ROOF DECK, WOOD. Delete this Division of t~ q Specifications y in its entirety. J,:lr,,iufqu r W •lCy,'ri ,?Isl-10,fr.^; Lips 41e1nIA (e 9lU~9f~~%, f{ gin! i,,COY Cri1 nc) IIF, ~I:+JlJ1: •r;-Aj t 7C7 belle.) 28 L.-+:•?C!k all ! blo !Id rn.i!": J.ir ;,a:,: lLrr? '~^1or,^tiro0 t,,i. a~# tl.tnsnrri~sg i t~3!!q r,o f;,n i i~:,~.al.t't euounlJ loo g~ llnna ,iag7F~ (8 r.; .r~~~J J9gtf~ lrt~:~r:so' r;d h,Tujokilun'em as trn•trl?vo -:rt';Liq 9$noge "dl\E of tftaup "tfJF.~o:'I ",Of ~7oY -at! ,;f-10Y r;-,,; ~.t~•e7~" t:;f Jeep! Ot ~nolj ' .lFizaJam ebtN "A2 20 rtoPJrfIF,'ent 70'1 b,)) L' ad !le,rie rivic~+.v:,r '1cozgT9jP o3tt'tgo'lggA (d .Jen~eo ITElt4 NO. 6 • ROOF D~FC~1C,~ WOOD ~yt hp,;iK: . E a.. R • Pass 6-1 of Jpsciticali0we, ArW@ s•*) tta (a ' 1 Chm" 1DOU&s Fir to whits ft due "a ilerlf qtmr,ee-Cc rr1J 11NG(tx bfci brim Jo+ !A 210 L, t;4;1q -Al'oI A (d ' .crnt,~ad nr)1JP11PJan2 9zo2ed lsvo-igq$ 103 Josllrt~7~'. ad,t of bsl.tlm r b. Retim Pago 8-1 of "itlcatiaw, Asti* t- ) yr r►V. ' ; ~ , ' Ml1sMd•!0 stirs ~ . • _ € . : ; . All wos>i dsek aad rscoedwy !rs>nift s shill be trsttsd with ~ o {p~tfvi tssitr~ssit a! * tit pnda" bon" 0411 wt be N=-C m" t .j:.. it:L~ 1:.'ii iJ,d 4d r ..'.wr. :S il'J .l11i ii11~ ,-4j . ♦ Lv.... 41A fitJ 6 SV;63 n J ♦ a7 . f . i~ ITEM NO. 22``J ' Te Refer to Addendum 41, dated Mareb 28, 1466: ; e ty w ct~t.:. ~ rs cxa $4:e4 (a) Item 6. delete thin if~a i to ti 1-c ' NX l1DMNDUIi 140. DIVISION 8 - MF DECK, WOOD 1. SCOPE a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes material and installation of all wood roof decks as called for or ehom on the drawings. ' b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be ' furnished by the Contractor, o) A two-piece sample of the wood dock shall be furnished to the Architect for.approvai More or tiring. Sample shall'be of sufficient`lon0b to be ' representative of the appearance of the material delivered to the job and shall show the special joint treatment and tongue-and-grooving. 2. CIA M. Nu.' ' a) Nominal site nf wood deck shall be 3" x 6",,eeleet f.ir, machined to a double tongue-and-groove with lap-and-gap joint (to detail on draw- ug' ings). Moisture content shall be from 12,% to 15$. Exposed face shall be smooth-planed. Ends shall be square-trimmed so that clean butt joints are obtained %Athout splintered or frayed ends on exp*ssd faces. ' b) All wood deo:c shall be treated with "Non-Com" fire protective treatment as produced by ;;he Koppers Company, Inc. = AD ErjaUBI Nv. I c) Deck shall ba _furnished in lengths as required by the conditions of job use (see drawings). ' d) Deck shall be pro-drilled at factory for special an annularly grooved spikes, ' 3. INSTALLATION: a) Apply deck with finished face downward and tongues upward on pitched surfaces. Fasten to every support with one spike of sufficient length to penetrate the deck and its supporting members, face-nailed, and one 40d nail toe-nailed. Runs of deck to be spiked to each other through pre- drilled holes not over 3011 apart, with one spike wathsn 10" of each and j of each piece. End cuts shall be such as to allow ends to have full contact, b) Deck over assembly hall shall be laid in herringbone pattern as shown; t over all other spaces the deck shall be laid straight across supports, e) End joints in deck over the assembly hall shall occur only over the sup- ports. At other areas the deck lengths shall be random subject to the pro- visions of the following paragraph. d) Lengths are to be so selected in erection that joints in the same general ' lines shall be separated by at least 2 intervening courses, and a minimum distance of 41 between joints in adjacent courses. e) Deck shall be stored on blocks above ground with each layer separated with wood strips. Cover the stack with 6 mil plastic tent to that air may circulate on 4 sides. As deck is installed it is to be covered imsediately with 15# asphalt roofing felt, shower-taoksA with joints lapped 2". 8-1 ITEM NO. 7 Refer to Division 9, ROOF DECK, POURED GYPSUM, add the following subpara- ' k graph. "(d) Drawings showing layout of subpurlins and details of attachment to top , member of cable supported roof structure shall be sisbmttted togeth+r with a complete` and detailed description of the proposed system for the approval of the Architect." vitr! Wore IlAde t:ontr{oam rt1 elnuoC! d09_'oe "d x "Z ed til4.e : o9b booty in r~~ie igntmoYi (A -wrr•1b no ROOh no") intot qsg-tj,ls-r;r I r Jiw ~voo:~-t!rrr,-3u;•,r.oJ olduob s of ' ed MLE.da eos3 borer;xr of l r,ol'i A 1L-de J.;9J:1o0 n su #etoN . i egnt +)•1b e?ntot JJud n,eslo :cdJ oa bent-14-owupe oa lisda ebnn bensIq-dloomo ,890A1 bgrt)qx9 no E+ne bs~rs~3 zo bettoJntlge JuorON bentaJdo ' Jf'r JFe7J svtJOSIOnq cP-il1 "mo',-rich;" dJlrr t ~Je: + s3 ed 11L AC 'Aol~h hoow !lA (d .0ni , ~rrxgc•oa a 1~ggotl edJ vd b9oLbo•tq aA 1o eno2J1bnoo adJ vd be7ivpo•1 es ariJAnot nl bsdelx1cl ed Ilsde .4 094 (o .(agntwezb eea) eau dot bavoo•sg V17aL's'ns "A 1eiO0,ge ^101 X1oJoA1 Jr, h9111•rb-e•rt od LUda >[osq (b ' .eoilge EEt11?~..LIA7?NfI . E hod0J1q no blAv'gv "Ua",t L)gz blEwm4c;b 9"Al boretnl'+ A11w i47sb Y.lggA (a of dJansl Jnqtatllua 10 "Al(le ono dJ1w Jznggve ~;•tevo of n)Ie .es0a1•11ja ' WA ono bas ~t3llsn-oosl ~eyod:mem :oaH'loqur+e all bnA Aoob od1 aJesJsn?q -e•1q kWo"111 's)dJ0 dose of beAlga ,d eJ n+;ob 1o enujj .ba11F3-soJ lien i•ns does 10 "01 ntdfiw a4,gr. too dJiw ~Jn~caF "O •lsvo Ion eelcd bolllzb .J'10no3 11ir2 evad of ebno ..ottp ro eF, r'.oue jd llede aJuo btt? saetq doss 10 vniode as j.-!AJJ„r eaod~nlz•1sd of b1Fl od 1IFde llyd -s-vo AoeQ (d .eJttoggva eacesoR 111bia'1Je birl ed IIXde r00h odJ esor-ge •sed'o Lls •levo -acre odJ 'lavo ►no 1ua00 11rfie liFrd x1drrL6:ees odJ •ssvo Aoeb nl atalot bnX (o -o•1q edJ of JDOtdua mobna't od 11zda e,'Jgne' :1^sb edJ ece•z» vwiJo JA al•loq ' .dgc•rpnntq gntwoilol edl to anoie.ty ls•renod sense odJ 01 !Jr:lot JFr.j noiJoe-1.3 ni f.aJr,e,ise oe ed of )-ta erlJgnel (b rwmtntm s brut .89f,•lu01C 3n1n0v10Jn1 S JEsnet Jr Yd beJe-lFgee ed ILAe Beall t ,esazuo0 JneOS~bs nt alMot noewJed 'A 1o ooaaJelb b3JA•lagae • 19ul d:s9 dJtw bn,ro•1;y evods akold no bs•roia od ILsde AOSG (a ' 'Lsai'1ts lis" oc Jn9.` OIJes10 1m d dJtw x308 9dJ %evoO .egt•1Ja 1~oow dJtw xloJatbs:rarl ba7evoo ad of at J1 t'sf.Want e3 11osb a~, .eobla 41 no Ojeloozto "S b3gq,81 eJatot r[Jtw lie>toaJ-lawode ~J191 Antloon Jladgaa i?I r1J1w 1-g ' 1 DIVISION 99 _RROODFAXa POURED 4YPSUN 1. SCOPE: a) The work deso.ribed in this division of the specifications includes materials and insiAllation of all poured gypsum. roof decks indicated on the drawings. ' b) All tools, equipment] material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- ' niched by the Contractor. o) Shop drawings slowing purlin spacing and arrangement, and arrangement of formboard panels shall be submitted in accordance with Article 5 of the ' General Conditions as modified by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions, AUU~iu~.u N0. `~j 2. BTS t M i a) All formboards anti dry fill, as specified below, shall be delivered to ' the job in their original, unopened containers or bundlesi stored in a place providing protection from damage and exposure to the olemente, No more formboard shall ba laid than can be covered by a caspleted slab on the same day, b) Steel sub-purlins shall be an approved type of site and weight shown on the drawings, all to be cut to length and shop-painted with one coat ' of an approved paint. o) Formboard shall be "Sheetrock" treated formboard as manufactured by the U, S, Gypsum Co,, and shall be 1/2" x 32" x length equal to main purlin spacing, d) Reinforcement in the poured gypsum slab shall be W1214 galvanized, ' welded wire mesh or "Keydeok" galvanized, `oven wire mash, The effective cross-sectional area of reinforcing mesh, at right angles to the sub- purline, shall be not less than 0,026 sq.in,/ft, of mesh width, ' e) Gypsum concrete shall be "Thermofill" as manufactured by the U. S, Gypsum Co. 3. INSTAU ATIOb a) Place and weld each aura-purlin to main purlins at each contact point, using fillet welds 1/2" minimum length placed on alternate sides of sub- purlins where accesalblo, All end joints are to bear on roof supports, b) place formboards on sub-purlin flanges with all and or cross joints supported, forms to fit neatly on all four edges, Cut forms to fit at walls, curbs and openings as required. Install approved shset metal tees to support and joints of square edge formboards not supported by roof framing, 9-1 1 a) place 48-1214 reinforcing mesh with 12-gauge mires at right angles to sub-purlins. If Keydeck is used, place 16-gauge wires at right angles to 1 sub-purlins. Lap mesh ends at least 6". Do not lap sides of mesh. Out mesh to fit at wall, curbs and openings, and carry mesh into all areas where gypenm concrete is poured. ' d) Mix gypsum concrete with clean water only, as directed on bags. Pour over formboards to minimum depth of 21'. Minimum cover over tub-purlins shall be 1/4". Soreed all surfaces to a smooth, even plans ready to re- ceive waterproof roof covering specified. After pouring leave roof deck free and clean for other trades. 1 to 1 1 i 1 9-2 4 1 ni e7~ ;na 1r+3tn Ja e~7t++ , Ara -tL ri,t w riepc; -.n2:17o'Irilo^t ..k-14+41 e0819 n, L01-i0... ,t;i II Ja 1fW ' , r,-,1S aoztq 'b!.'e rt 1 3I .entl;uq-dur, rlc~~ 1o aeLIe qc=f "A jeae,r to ebi,', tie" qeJ .anitlu~-dua e9-la i(+ ain.t !~aer t; 7e , N1r oc'%rll c+no e'hvo 'ILAW Ja ill of deco r, , t, o ~ n l n j , I nm rruegrtb e7 olw of `le'er ri~~ LyJ~_+71 Y, ea ~,S n ,fr :R :asri 3Jc!I:~no~ curerr)M x:td (b tri ' Y U& 7^Vrt '""'(u i'I' l7ri, 1tof'1 01 '•'iyC~)~i^'I01 ^!6V0 '.r'I C`~ ,f,l•"'1 Pr ."4~\l e'd .lji-r18 s',<'Y? i4'.7: PYF,J~ ;~:fC7U01 'n3J1~1 .~,311tJ: {Z 1'7`I'?70~ ~GO'r SGO7galfPW 9YtF0 ' r9t B7J 7 utlo 701 naeto L.'W 6971 1 ITEM NO. 8 Refer to Division 10, ROOF INSULATION: (a) Paragraph 2, Materials subparagraph "is)" change this subparagraph to read as follows: "(a)" Rigid insulation shall be Fiberglas boards as manufactured by Owens- r Corning or fiber board rigid roof insulation as manufactured by the 1971ntkote Co. y (b) Paragraph 3, Application subparagraph "(b)" change this subparagraph to read as follows: "(b)" Roof deck over Assembly Hall shall receive one layer of 112" rigid ' Insulation board. All other roof surfaces shall have one layer of 1 board. (e) Paragraph 3, Applications, delete subparagraphs "(c)" and "(d)" in their en- P tirety. ~tJ DXVIS,ION 10 - ROOF INSULATION 1. §20FIE 1 ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes rigid roof insulation and installation of same. ' b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. ' 2. A tERIAS t pp~~~~tt 3 E_181V&NN% a) Rigid insulations Fiberglas boards as manufactured by Owens- Corning. Thickness shall be as hereinafter specified, b) Asphalt for application shall be as specified in ROUFINO AND SHEET AL'" PAL. 3. AMICA ON: t a) Decks shall be rigid, t+,gt,t, dry, smooth, clean, free from defects, damage and in accordance with the manufacturer's application requirements and be prepared to receive insulation, as specified, by the built-up roof- ing material manufacturgr. GM AMEYDUM NO. ' b) Roof deck over Asosnbly Hall shall receive two layers of 1/2" board. All other roof outfaces hall have one layer of In board. MM ADDENDum ao. I c) On hood decks there shall be applied a Fiberglas CooW nation Shoot with 2" side laps and 6" end laps. It shall be nailed through flat tin oaps as 6" oentors through the laps and an 12" centers along linos 12" distant from, each edgea Mails, shall be 11-pW, boWs golvanissd Mich 518" diameter heads. A esoonil laror of Peru-ft OU shall be eateddsd in a mopping of hot p ' t applied at the rate of 30 lbs./1o0 S.F. dY-\\\/ On poured ypis a km, the saw yasf sheet mthod shall be followed As : for vi docks i epopt that the first ~ sheet shall, be Fibergiaa:. Perm-Ply e) Insulatim shall be laid in a mapping of hot asphalt in courses parallel ' to edges with the mopping surface up, in 48" wide courses where possible. End joints in each course shall be staggered with adjoining courses. At breaks in roof ovor Assembly Hall the insulation shall be bent over the ridge for a distance of not less ±han 12" with the and joints broken between the first and second layers. All insulation shall be cut and fitted neatly where roof deck intersects vertical surfaces, but shall be kept 1/4" from ' all vertical ilaah3ngs. Edges of insulation boards shall be butted to provide moderate contact, b: d: not deformed. 1 ' 10-1 1 C1 I IV I(I af.',, ris{it Clio Ijao111~s.;<' ettJ In rte J~.tv;: •+t.'J-1ow tuii (,q .ii,Uz.a Ic r r l l~l nr .;1t ,T~'~3,'I 1. f.F ~'~t.:+~~.li'rj 'S `.•ffjn t:~f 'IU+J! 1 r t 'f1P.E ~!i r,, rl...~ ,r. rr If P, (d 1, i r(i f.;i .rICW Cf11 10 1T01J"SP'1 ;irrj 00 ..1J. 'lp'r7 l: vd bszul~A2unsm rR zblend er~iGZec1'7 .!rlf'rie ;ro11, is=;ni blii; l.~silloeue zsJ'ierisforl ;i ;r:rI'lu.~h n1 bo1'iia -i,~.r<^ nrai.rr ,111Isri,I !d ~elos3ah m0z1 sez3 ~nrelo ~r;Jaorra ~yzb tJrf~.tJ Id 111da e~lzaQ (,e e3na^1s711;ps7 no1J4D11 q,6 e~zazuJoaZunam sril rf11w gIIIA iosa ni bn.e s8misb -3001 qu-,thud qdJ vd 4buf't1osge es ~noltrluen1, evInD,"! mJ be7sgszq ed bms .7s'tu1?r ?uncm Isf >iLn rnl i ,r rr~.`f fn '7., c i nd1 r, •.i h. ii r.,.. r, _ ._r.. r 1 ITEM NO. 9 1a Refer to Division 1'l, ROOFINOj paragraph 3, Materials:' (a) Subparagraph (h), change this subparagraph to read as follows: r 3" l1be fabricated+of 26,gauge,,galvanised iron or steel." •(h) Metal:'f`oof sha IeJ[ezEg eeazuoo nl JlAdges led 10 Nnlggom s n1 bl.sl ad 11FAe nolielveal (a ,eldleaoq 9zedw eoezuor) ©btw 1(8A nl ~qu e~s3zrr2 niyc;o:z eril ri11w ea;~bs of r JA.. eawwoD gntnlotb,; 01w b9ze~8sle ed IJerfe oazuo:~ rite nl eJnioL brier edJ zevo road sd Its,.re noileluenl 3dJ IIsH v,idxo,aA zsvo 3ooz al e>ieszd www,tsd na;4ozd eJiilot bno 9dI i'311,4 11S1 ru3dd ea-1 Ion to vonaJsfb a .1o1 sabl-c ' vitsert baJJ11 bns Juo ed Ilsla nollslueal IIA ,azo,;s1 br;oosa bns Je'rll ed,t mo-A ",A\t JgPi sd 11srie Jud ,esoA1'iuu 1E3tJ'19v zloaezalnl xtosb loot 94011N of bsJJud 9d 11trie ebitod no1Js1t;ea! to es,-qb1; ,ejrih1ez11 IDotJzov Ill r ,bsr•rzoleb Jon Jud ~JoAJmD blsiebom nblvo's7 1 1-01 , E3~11.i~ISi $nOrJR'Ji1L.7`a~tc L"'~1~ ~Ci I'~ f' .LY_' ~.fl~j fll 1 •?t~L i~C! ,i'IO+J Qt~l ~A (ci i 7I"f `i LR 't.';Sgr.'1:"':1 1 il'+,jr1 t ltia ,II?•}r 1nC; i ~ r.. -r iT!~ I r A i, 'd I10P, T'1C;W 9111 't13 iI0lJ'rl lrfj " .3 1 , . 1ur•: UaS i:~In ice.. • y ' ~r©o,~ Y bstis Joelune.;r ,,R t tFnd sFie;r,.'J`i A~ Ili-fie, r,oi.1 it ri hfgt~: t .q .(,ottl:,'9gr. •ssfler,r•~•rtiil 3E .d 1'rr!% .t~:,,~1,~1fi1 •e;lilnlp~~ Qd f_:.1a nolJrr,11'~';e. °!r)l Jirtfq:; 1d trlosleb moll 9011 ~nreLs triloorta ,Nzh tJr1,4fJ Bbl yt7 .A itarie e;fasQ (s ' e~ner3ztupo's nvktEOtl'lgs L~zssuJntsls,rsa 911.1 ON ,~attFt o~~e nl bns s3wab -ioon qu-11lud gr1J jd ~boY11voge es mPrlmenl evfe;,sz of be•trgs^.q ed bas -rs-tuJ^F~r;rtnm LPI•~c~.~nct bnt r'S F ~ r ITEM NO. 9 ' Refer to Division 11, ROOFING, paragraph 8, Materials: (a) Subparagraph (h), change this subparagraph to read as follows: ' "(h) Metal :roof shaWbe fabricated of 28: gauge, galvanised iron, or eieel, " tol fn'teq asalvoo of JIAdge8 106 3O 2n1ggaT s at bfsl ed lLa.le nolizfL'anI (a .eldleeoq siodw eavwoo o)ttw IrP4l na ~qu sorTiva ntggc* eril rillw ea2bo of JA .er3a-tow) 2nN.Iotbs ON be•te3~,sJa od 1lrria o.•:uo;, rf-)re of eJnlot bn3 add -sevo Jned ad lfrrfa nollrl.uent aril ISAX v,Ld:r.3rz1, 'm-vo loon n! cil!O- d nsew led nsAo-[d eJnfot bns sdf cON 111 ns.11 ae,31 ion to ~~w;BJefb is ^tol sgb1.1 ' xLJxen bsJJll bag Juo hd 11erie IloiJrtlranl 11A .aze'il f-;too)ea ens Jenll oriJ ornl "Al Jge-i sd Ile-de tud ,ea:)xltiue 1eotJi9v PJocESo:elnf Moab loo-1 azedw of beJJud ad lliee eb7Qod rtollRluent to aaab; ,e,r1J:1eP1l 1ro1Jzev LLa ' .berrioleb Jan hid %Jngt:Oo uJ8leb= sblvotq L-G! t 'c , ~ ..'.fey it 4..'. S o..21.4`~.4.' [lh.•;~ ._...,¢Lr ~.a-_ac'~ vM-... 4 r v,2 's f s" ' EVISION 11 - ROOFING 1• r= ' a) The wox* described in this division of the specifications includes all built-up roofing over both wood and poured gypsum roof decks as speci- fied elsewhere. ' b) Sheet metal flashing used in connection with roofing i.s specified in Division - SHMT METAL. ' c) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fyr- nished by the Contractor. 1 2.R s a) Roofing shall be supplied only by a reputable and experienced Contrac- tor, If built-up and copper work are not installed by same Contractor, the two Mpt cooperate completely and coordinate their work. Roofer shall ' examine all roof surfaces, eta., before starting work and report to General Contractor for correction of any surfaces that are unsatisfactory. When roofing is started on any one area, it shall be taken to mean that deck is in satisfactory condition. 1 b) All wood blocking, insulation, nailing strips, and cants at roofs shall be installed complete before roofing work is commenced. 3. MATERI i ' a) Asphalt shall be equal to Barrett "Anchor Bond". Steep asphalt shall be equal to Barrett "Crystal" steep asphalt. b) Tarred felts shall meet A57A Specifications No. D-227 and shall weigh not less thar. 15 lbs. per 100 sqs ft, and shall be equal to Barrett "Vaporbar" dated base sheet, c) Built-up roof surface shall be washed pea gravel passing 5/8" screen but retained on 1/4" screen, and shall be ab92lutel:r dr:r when used. Color shall be as selected by the Architect. ' d) Flashing and roofer's cement shall be a plastic, nonflowing compound made for the purpose by manufacturers of roofing materials, equal to Barrett "Slastigum". e e) Asphalt primer shall be a general purpose, thin, penetrating liquid asphalt in a solvent vehicle. ' f) Nails for built-up roof shall be galvanized self-selling felt-fast roofing nails, g) Cant strip shall be Celotex asphalt-saturated fiber strip of dimensions shown. = ADDENDUM 110.3 h% Metal roof shall be 16-os/sq.ft. cold rolled copper similar to that manu- factured by Revere Copper & Brass Inc., and shall be in 24" wide rolls. 11-1 y n. e this subparagraph (b) Subparagraph {i), Chang to read as followed 4 "(i) Gravel stops and fascias shall be 22 gauge galvanized iron or steel." ' (c) Subparagraph (J), delete this subparagraph in its entirety. ' (d) Add the following subparagraph: "(n) Base and counterflashings shall be 26 gauge galvanized iron or steel." -Jf''IJ,7V~1 t',C+Jn`.'!•tR(;!s ~;,IG ~~.L.i:;JS;i~J•t 8 ~d , I rte C91 ;11~e 9 i "t rh' ,~;x1:G^;i (A 'L•10JosnJ4100 `,:rzr Vd L_ffsjani toll ;4•Inw '1'xjr1o~ tna ~,-Jliud li .':oJ iiri{° se2oa3; .>{zow 7i~dJ e3rnlt,soo~ i nw #oro#In,n ry.tc.zr,; ,o:i Jzun uwl MI irZ !~no+O of J•togon brsr *sow ; PlJ7sje e•soi,,d ~.o to ,Pao81,ivc, 1oo•s Ifr, 9rch^rx© e ass,:' .~soJos7eiJr.usru eris JbriJ t;ooe7lu<; VU,, In :o1Jo +Y ; ;o rot 1u,or7Jno'~ :4o5b J'rdJ nrem of fi>Aej od tlr.rle JI tnwui t)no xns no tn.lzeJr: Ei <<ni,?oo1 .noiJ2ha~~o •;•toJarlaz..rez ;ti al. , 8100-1 JA eJneo bnr; ~eqi jJe L, l tlrn ~nol li4varil .,yilir jcld bkJort 11A. (d .toonar:~oo rl ~t~o►r *~n[1oo•s r~•solsd eJ~1gr.;oo bollR~an:t 5d lL,ria I 11rr'e Jlydges gsoJF- ."bnoa io loa:" JJ,:vi•irb of fpupo yd lisda J1rdgaA (r t .JfsrSyea c,seJc "frJev,•tO" 14,3mr, of I%F;o ed dalew Ilrzde bns SSC-{I .o~' enoiJgoili eg. i D,'A Joom 11,0a aJ1y1 tentAi (d , JJe7zcn of !sups 9d lfsda bns J1 pa CW Keq adl 2i ,tarli ez-24 J,)n I .Josde oard toJeo, " trd togaV" neo•toe "$A2 gnlmpq Ievr•t~.4 req boc!as'•+ td 1[r-rie oos1•sr,U 100•1 qu-Jliut (o ' •sotoD boaru aodw y•tb_y,S.siuio2ds ad e tlir> tncnsoa 'd\I no bnleJoy ,rud J99Jif{9 t~ nilj 1 d bcyJOO [.e eF 36 11.4110 btec=og goo jaiwolloon tslJi-eiq od 11i'de Jn')a,-is 0.1910o•T iota pn1riFk1-, (b , of lsupe telyd,19JAP.1 ,~niloo7. 3r1 87b tuJ slurtrm VJ j= 7uq or4J 101 t)brm bluoli gnDr,-Oonoq ttslrlJ tseoq•suq .Lrz:+n~g'fs od 11rc!r 7 ~rrizq .11 IgPA (o ' ofoiriev Jr.-,vloe, s ni JlEdgaa Jea1-Jlel gnllroa-11oe besinsvl.cg, ^d Ilsda. loot qu-Jtiu) zol elfrH (1 , ellr , rrtl`iooti anolenemlb IQ gfiJa •s9dt2 t 9' e7uJca-JlFdgea xeJoInO ed 1lrria gl's~e InaJ ( j --un= JzfO of isfimle 79ggoo boltoz bloo .41.pa\so-tN I od Ilrri~ loon IBJ9M (d elloz ON ',,A& •Jtl ed !!rids bp>: f . onl cr. a iQ 8 noggo~ o7©vsR ~d be suJ ,al t-1.i ® NO.,~ i) Fravs a ope hook blUing over steel channel fascia and all other gravel ' stops shall be 20-oz. cold rolled copper and flashing shall be lfr-oz. cold rolled copper. ~E,YAUM NG.. J) ~ the Contractor's option, "TI Guard's copper clad aluminum as manu- factured by Texas Instruments, Inc., Attleboro, Massachuabtts may be used in lieu of the copper flashing material. ' k) Screws, rivets, bolts, and other anchoring devices shall be of similar metal to materials they are anchoring, and all dissimilar metal shall be ' separated by a coat of flashing cement. 1) Solder shall be the best grade 50-50 used only with rosin flux. ' m) Pea gravel shall be well graded approved washed gravel., maximum size 3/4"s minimum #8. Gravel shall be free of dust, clay or other deleterious material. Submit sample to Architect for approval. SEE ADDENLIUm NV. 4. INSTALLATYN: a) &AUt-Up f: All built-up roof areas over non-nailable decks shall have pitch envelopes around their perimeters, installed after edge nailing blocks and cant strips in completely in place and beforrn roofing is in- stalled. Envelope shall consist of 2 plies of 15-pound felt fully bedded ' in a trowel coat of flashing cement, completely covering nailing block, lapping onto roof deck at least b" and with 8" selvage overhang for fold- back. Install in as long langths as possible with 8" sealed laps, After all plies of roofing felt are installed, selvage edge shall be folded back over saw and mopped in plays with roofer's cement] insulation shall be laid over envelopes prior to application of membrane. ' b) On the roof over the Assembly Hall, each roofing ply shall be extended over the breaks in the roof deck 12" at each end and shall be cut off par- allel with the break. After all roof plies have been installed a 24" wide ' strip of 15# felt shall be mopped-on over each roof break continuously from peak to the eave. c) Over entire roof area, apply built-up roof membrane equal to Barrett Specification 520-G (20year bond) roof. First ply shall be 40#AOO S.F. base sheet. All plies shall be completely bedded, well-broomed and oaLo.►u up cant strip as shown. 1 d) After all plies of roofing are installed, pour over entire Surface a u:,iform coating equal to Barrett's Anchor Bond Cement (minimum 60 lbe/100 S.F.) into which, while hot, embed no less than 400 lbs,AOO S.F. of clean, dry pea gravel as specified. ' e) When applying roofing material, take care not to stain adjacent sur- faces. Any staining by roofing materials shall be removed to the satis- faction of the Architect. t 5. GUARANTEE: a) Built-up roofs shall be installed in accordance with a Bonded Roof Specification, but in lieu of a Bond, a two (2) year guarantee, as specified herein, shall be provided. ' 11-2 i 1 , t- ITRM NO. 10 ,~e t Refer'to Division 11, ROOFING, paragraph 6, Sheet Metal Work: (a) Subparagraph (b), delete reference to "16 oz, cold rolled clipper" and sub- ' st:tu:e therefor "26 gauge galvanized iron or steel. " 1 (b) Subparagraph (c), delete reference to "20 ounce soft copper" and substitute' therefor "26 gauge galvanized iron or steel'.' ' i 1~0 Jun, LFJ,t, i'l13 rl?1•`. ">1~. 1"; . nEUZti Ulia 111111 lnisF {faacsuni 1r. CEO sJ 2o~rf r1~R~ r1, _1 , t{.:,', ~d Sig : .1 ru3 3,~ t 20 q i,ij . .c~vf ~-rid of Nt~q c0'1'i ++:•'I tfF, ej 1t ;9 ~[tt"i' , r, ? 1.'.~J i_ ~!S'!'11; ~ r ~'I O'IL,~n9 29YU 1. [+rJ,f•\'~'`ly~ fC lF 7 ji. tC'1 . ~r f.'S li 1... (~1(,t%~} t'-!,J~` IS0~. r~q !I'1Ff.± ~~!'S13 hP '.•iV'ICi ~,r:,1V 1 ' ~ i 3r~ V~-'jJ..t~fl;n:~ ! 1~'.fia P,~!~ f ~ . jvnlia 0~,3d .f1'•lr, , r' ~tT.18 Imso qti i' _.;R3'luP• ~'IS1C~ ,.r;,,,:`af;i1^.n[ '[1 :r[is^p"I 2rl ~":;it~~ I~fZ?j~l;~ (b fail\adf t~~ ~1r:7,irirRJ ?f'. t,a 'IWiwi., e' 1j0'1':F8 0J l~.ri;, ;jntJ,,or~ n7o2yru ,nt ~1'5 30 tuJZ_,q ,.iod 01 ,d~lr4w oJn~ (.'~.Z 1 ^71[E: JDR~>f F C, 6. rt'Lt£'.: 7f 3Z (i'1 ~.ff>r'° i jf{'1isF.i ~,f1[!(tOZ \tj .1!liSlt:.t2 VC0, •Ew)F1 f "r} r.0 :mil i 1.~ r_.,•`i . 2 2005: t.sif: t ri?i.• c, 1r~•:q.;;;; , i ~.-4i p,tr nt 9d eloo7 qu_jij.,t (a ~ i't t-? f. ~r +~31rr'lr1J nf.yv Uq T d"i'OL V 'I0 ~ '•~X nt jild I I ' b) Roofing Subcontractor shall furnish written certificate guaranteeing that all roofing materials are installed in accordance with the drawings sn,i specifications, that all roofing work is free from faulty materiale ' and workmanship, that pitch will not leak or drip and stain any part of the building and providing for repairing and replacntLont of any faulty materials and workmanship for a period of TWO (2) YEAR3 FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. ' c) It is understood that this guarantee does not extend to repair or re- placement of am members of the structure other than roofing, and that ' Rov;'ing Subcontractor shall not be held responsible for leakage clearly attributable to damage during occupancy by occupants or public, nor for leakage due to hurricane or fire, or other contingencies of similar nature. ' 6. SHEET METAL k►ORK: a) Gravel stops shall be formed in one face piece with 61, long clips ' spaced 24" o.c. behind, to the details shown on the drawings. End joints shall be held to a minimum and in no case shall be lees than 101 apart, shall be lapped 3" and held together with a clip soldered to the underside ' of one sheet. Face nailing or other exposed fastening devices of lap joints will not be permitted. Gravel Stops shall be installed straight and true, without oilcans, dents or other unsightly defects. 40 "ENDUM NO. ~ ' b) Flashing and counterflashing shall be provided at all intersections between roofing and vertical surfaces as detailed on plans. Unless other- wise indicated, flashing material shall be 16-oz. cold rolled copper, bent ' to profile shown. ME ADDENDUM A c) After all plib~ o? roofing have been laid, three plies of reinforcing ' felt shall be hot-mopped in place, extending 6" out onto roof surface and 4" up vertical surface. Metal base flashing shall then be bedded in cement, extending 6" onto roof and 4+, up vertical surface, unless otherwise indi- cated, and stripped-in with two layers of felt, 6" anCL 611, both hot-mopped ' into place. All projections through roof shall be similarly flashed with suitably sized flashing 20-oz. soft copper sleeves and caps, d) Provide 20-gauge galvanized iron pitch pockets around flues, vents, exhausts, etc. projecting through the built-up roof. Pockets shall be at least 1-1/2" high with flashing legs extending out at least 4". Mop-in all miscellaneous flashing members at pipes, pitch pockets, ventilators and other projections through roof. Fill pitch pockets with pitch, e) Cap flashing shall be Revere-Keyatons two-piece type, in long lengths, ' with 311 lap at ends. Cap flashing at built-up roof shall be attached to thru-wall receiver flashing which shall extend through the wall to the outside face of the inside wythe, with a 1/4" hook dam. ' f) Elastic wall flashizigs at sills, and beams, as indicated on the drawings, shall be "Nervastral Seal-Prof H-D" or "Saralay 40011. The membrane shall be built into a mortar joint of the inside wythe of masonry to within 1" of ' interior face then extend across the cavity and down as shown and into a mortar joint of the exterior wythe to within 111 of the exterior face of the masonry. Care shall be used to prevent breaking or puncturing this membrane. ' g) All sheet metal., including gravel guards, in connection with the roofing shall be considered as an integral part of the roofing and shall be included in roofing guarantee hereinbefore specified. 'All other sheet metal flashing and other items not connected with the roof shall be guaranteed in writing ' for a period of two years. 11-3 ' ITEM NOt II Refer to Division 12, WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING: ta) Paragraph 1, Scope of the Work, subparagraph (a), delete the words "inner- wall dampprobfing, colorless waterproofing of exterior masonry and" (b) Paragraph 2, Innerwall. Dampproofing, delete this paragraph in its entirety. , (c) Paragraph 4, Waterproofing, delete this paragraph in its entirety. , y v L l- 11 I.k.` , ! 11 .~lti ~ I 1 v ~ ♦ 1 1 _ f~ i. i I lti ~1 ~ ~H . a.)`.'3? }11~ f 11; al$ i~ j{ 1.Vvj , + t. { I 1 Ivi:[i n f.r .l ! 1~:. ti C•1 (;i .rflf,f'!7 ill -I * r...~.~tli '1 30 :,.(!1i 0t'.ui;1 trif.C rf 1 ,+,i!r:; •1~~`t~~: i C-' ~7'.'Ir. !'II iCC+ J•. r : Ld1 4=.LI \ 1'1 (Jf :'~,~t^. 6'6:r ~IR ~ -(C?O^ r ;I'i.' .1 +1( J 7~'J t, 1rI ~ i t r' ( 7~ ~~~i I'(lE d'rYti +fo J ?'V '15 eaU7{"iC'7 ..1f hSo 'IZSt'(4 .'f;i' { ~.1r's{, J_'i'I .tC01 C(s +f}"I' 4 li r,J7C11 i,CtLt^'r, '1'{ j 1 y'~ :r Jr, 1U0 eIlt( + .iI1+~If f1 111L4 1~. ( + .F..:~ ~':,?'>7{?otT .iJ1JQ t'=J :T 1.-i.JF .f~7J~`i rl -i 1:0~ n J 85 E~[q- p f Iif t, A I)Jc, 1+f3 9r1 fir. 100.1 qu Jr'. i t ~11iiiuri"I le"i L1r.: C nIiw :3ri± 01 f rw .~.fJ lizl[ro-Ifij Lna3: 3 ~fJ. iris; ' 1.1 r12 Sr.+ nl. f1En,llta ny C lr1•fia'G:~'Ip "Jj~}r t•f`t .(f v.O1 J'i(bi. 1..1' .'.!1 ~.ftL~'{ 01f(c t'!1! lir'Of{ j j'int •!_C;f v11':, i ^'I 1 .1.± f 11 'Ir t;n tR ' cl~.1,IO O~%I '1 [1 1.+[: ilia+~1Q'++~ Rl+:.i' r,1 01. 11.11X9 :+I Ih 4l :~''l, j11'1,, .S 1n'.'inr?'7 i',[fi '1:1J'IU~II+{(ll'{ '1G ;;11i4)1iJI(i 1. Tcr r [ U t3 , ,,Ie ~'3.^C.;f 'jC1J3')71 t•i~j fill' rL-iL.1 tfifl~O~ll; J~i''irlit I''Vf'I 'l+li`!r1 '`L[ (j. aP':1 t 'f l' j_ffs ~S 1+"1'U.f"151 .f.If.(1, 1 id,tool $C{.1 .f:C'lf i r1- 86 f .'.0LJL.Y: ~Itr4. ~.f3i11?L•j~ IF.}OfT .1971{;7. 'fc'f{:ffS~lfA~•i.Y'^.i~I',~:•,;: Cf'I03E'':il'in'1C~[{ 3:'!f!f+'SFII~ .`:1_7/~O'S I7~ ~fI11f'1'~ J71 ~9wf11P'iPU<< qtf Lffi;{8 loin ,N!1 f+1ii4 1'vJ 01701 'I ,;,M .Tlfi 1S?'~; Y ± 10 boi'; j t r• -101 1 ' DIVISION 12 - WATERPROOFING. DAMPPROOFING AND CAULKING 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK : SEE ADDENDUM NU. ' a) The work described in this division of the Specifications includes inner wall dampproofing, colorless waterproofing of exterior masonry and caulking. ' b) It is the intention of this specification that the work described herein shall produce a completely watertight structure in all respects. The Contractor shall so perform his work that these results are obtained. c) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. INNER WALL DAMPPROOFING: S.L AFADuDU2 No. On the exterior surface of the back-up masonry, after cleaning and removing rough projections, apply a coat of Flintkote Asphalt Primer to thoroughly ' cover at the rate of 300 S.F. per on. Then apply a coat of Flintkote Trowel Mastic at least 1/6n thick (8 gallons per 100 S.F.). The mastic shall be pressed into and completely fill all voids and crevices. At pro- jecting brick ties and at penetrations through the wall the mastic shall ' be carefully worked-in to form a complete seal. At thru-wall and built-in flashing the mastic shall be worked-in to form a seal with the flashing. ' 3. CAULKING: a) Caulk around all openings, at points of contact between trim and ' masonry and at all other points offering a potential entrance to moisture as we11 as at all points where shown on the drawings, b) The caulking material shall be A. C. Horn Co. "Vulcatex" elastic caulk- ing compound, gun grade or knife grade, as required by condition of use. c) Caulking material shall be forced into joints to completely fill and ' seal. The joint shall_ be finished neatly with a smooth surface. All extra caulking material shall be cleaned from the adjacent surfaces. ' d) Surfaces to which caulking is to be applied shall be clean and dry. Porous surfaces shall be treated with "Vulcatex" joint primer. k. WATERPROOFING: &6 AW&"1'VVA w. ' After all masonry is in place, cleaned and approved by the Architect, all exterior masonry surfaces shall be given a single saturating coat of ' Sonneborn 141►drocide S -X Hycon" colorless silicone waterproofing. 1 ' 12-1 DIVISION 13 - DRY WALL AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes materials and erection of all metal••framed, gypsum board faced walls and ceilings as shown on the drawings. ' b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. MATER : a) Metal studs shall be a chaansl rolled from 25-gauge slectrogalvarized steel in widths as shown on the drawings and in lengths suitable for various job requirements. Each stud shall have holes punched 12" from each and to accommodate electric conduits. Type USG DWS, b) Floor and ceiling runners shall be roll-formed 25-gauge electrogalvanized ' channels of width to correspond with stud width. Type USG DWR. c) Ceiling channels shall be roll-formed from 25-gauge slectrogalvanized steel 7/8" deep. Type USG MJC. ' d) Carrying channels shall be 1-1/2" cold rolled channels. ' e) Hangers shall be 9-gauge galvanized hanger wire, f) Tie wire shall be 16-gauge galvanized annealed wire. ' g) Gypsum board shall be 1/2" thick tapered edge fully equal to USG "Sheet- rock", h) Reinforcement for external corners shall be USG "Dur-A-Bead". i) Trim where gypsum board terminates against other materials USG No. 200-B. ' j) Fasteners shall be 1" USG Type "S" screw. k) Joint treatment shall be USG "Pert-k-Tape" system. 3. INSTALLATION: ' a) Installation of metal wall systems shall be in strict accordance with the printed specifications of the manufacturer. b) All work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be up to the standards of first-class work in every respect. Joints between sheets shall be carefully and accurately made. c) Cutouts for electrical and mechanical outlets shall be located accurately and fitted closely around boxes, ducts and pi pee so that a minimum escutcheon or flange width is required to cover the point. ' d Partition framing shall be so erected that when um board is ap led t sheets will be flat across each support when tested with straighteV ' e) Taping and bedding is described in PAINTING AND FINISHING Division. 13-1 DIVISION 14 - MISCCLLANEOU3 METALS 1. SCOPE OF THE -W'=- t ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications !.ncludes the following items: ~l Handrail brackets 2 Handrails 3 Pipe rails ' 4 Thresholds and joint covers 5 Miscellaneous bolts and anchors 161 "Tee" and angle frames for gasket glazed windows t Tubular steel frame for Kitchen counter 6 Structural steel lintels b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. GENERAL: a) Furnish all material and labor for each item as hereinafter specified or shown on the drawings. The general drawings are intended to show the character and extent of the work required and do not attempt to show shop methods of fabrication, i ' b) Shop drawings of all items listed showing the general arrangement, design, kind of metal, sizes and finish shall be submitted to the Architect in accordarce with Article 5 of the General Conditions as modified by pars- ' graph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. o) All dimensions shall be verified in the field by job measurement. No allowance for extra payment will be allowed for misfitting due to discrep- ancy between the dimensions shown on the drawings and the actual dimensions. d) All architectural and miscellaneous steel shall be mild steel. All structural steel shall conform to ASTM Designation A?. Cast iron shall be soft gray cast iron, straight, true to pattern, sharp and free from imper- fections. ' e) The materials specified are to be the beet of their respective kinds, of new stock and of standard sizes specified for the work intended; all j to be fabricated in a shop capable of producing the highest grade of metal work and whose principal business is the manufacture of architectural and miscellaneous metal work. ' f) All iron work shall be properly cleaned, after fabrication, and painted one cost of zinc-chromate rust-inhibitive primer at the shop. Miscellan- eous clips, inserts, and bolts which are embedded in masonry or fraaing shall be furnished without paint. Final finish costs are specified in I PAINTING AND FINISHING Division. 14-1 ' S) Melding shall be done in accordance with the requirsmts of the "Standard Code of Are and Gas Welding". Continuous welds shall be made in such manner as to prevent "drawing" of the assembly and after fabrica- tion the assembled items shall be checked for warpage and dimension, if necessary they shall be leveled and straightened, using hydraulic jacks or similar method. Use of heat for straightening items will not be allowed. 3. DSSCUMON OF ITEMS: a) Handrail brackets shall be cast iron as detailed on the drawings. ' Anchorage shall be of type to fit the condition of use and shall produce a rigid mounting of sufficient strength to carry the loads impossd, ' b) Handrails and pipe rails shall be fabricated of steel pipe of wise and to the details shown. All joints shall be flush. where welding is required the welds shall be ground smooth. Anchorage of posts shall be as detailed. ' a) Threabolds and joint covers shall be aluminum "tesa, a~]~ is or flat plates as indicated. Aluminum shall be alloy 606146 or bObR, ' d) Miscellaneous bolts and anchors shall be standard products of sire and type called for on the drawings, Provide all other bolts, anchors, screwsp expansion shiside, eta, as required for a complete job whether or 1 not shown on the drawings or specified herein, s) "Toe" and angle frame for gasket glared windows shall be of structural shapes as detailed on the drawings. Corners shall be welded and the welds ground smooth. Can shall be used that units are fabricated to be square, true and accurate. ' f) Tubular steel frame for Kitchen counter shall be fabricated of steel tubing of site noted on the drawings. Frames shall be shop-fabricated in as large units as possible to illww installation. Where frames are ' fastened together the joints shall be flush, using internal sleeves as connectors. ' g) Brick lintels shall be as detailed on the drawings and shall be fabri- cated of structural steel shapes. Angles shall be welded to plate using deep penetration welds. ' 14-2 i edJ Zn a.;;~~sasfuFsz edJ r,Jfw e~nrbzo5oF of hr;nb -31 Iie.r!a ~nfble+; (8 etsre e,d 1IFnP ablew euourAlnon ''nnfz Is, erti I ,-,f a'r, to ~AboZ b-ittar.Jc'' -rol,wFl %I'liln bM ld,-s:aF aril lo "ynrw~zt" Jns~vozq of efi zhruu hznja nt Zi -ie:';.-tf t~fL ~~E~1fw 1^~ ~?i~!', 3C 1tFCih ~..eJf f'~!!iai^ :8 9liJ n~JfJ oiftrAiblCsi rttra ,r n aj~yi 1 c.zJ c r~,1 v,,( d r rit ,,AriJ ~~zcz~eovn i+r,rolla od ion 1l~+r 9J.t artri'Qlij,IAZJ P lo' r- i Za 8U r11P. zelf. fe '11) ztinfwF. s" or?J nn . ill J~?b rsx nozf Jr... l It,,i r iftTY;rH (A ebozn 11Fde trz, 9:%:, 10 r:ofJfbnra aril 111 of rir,1 'to :jU flrsda eta^o 4: r, , a~_.. 1. .lei V1'1 r~i 'i:i `FJ(a;Qn ~lif•1 F ITEM NO. 12y> Refer to Division lb, GLASS AND GLAZINGo paragraph 20 Material, subparagraph (a), change this subparagraph to read as follows: "(a) All exterior glass shall be 7/32" heavy sheet, clear window glass as manufactured by Pittsburgh Plate. Glass Co. or Libbey -Owens -Ford. " osta to eJoubozq bzr;bnaJa ad lfsde ezodDns bra eJlod euoamIleoetlt (b ' ,ezodonr ~aJlod z9d1o Ile ebfvoi9 ap,r w&ib adJ no zol billso a X1 bna zo z9dJ9dw dot eJolgr:oo a zol bezlupez as oJ* tabletda notanagxe ~ewezoa ' ntazad befl2oege ^io eaalwszb er1J no r:wode Jon 2,• ruJouzJa to ad llariG awcbrsfw besal8 Ja>fePA zo2 esmAZ1 mina bas "es," (a rblew 01 bnA beblow 9d flAda ez9nzoD ' .agnfwazi grit no bolfpJeb an aNerle ' 0.1suoe od of bsfn?f rdr>Z eze e.i,trur Jsdj Lieu od IffAa 918D .dJoome bnua•sg .9ibzuo0a bnA euzJ In-:Oa to b0potzdPZ ^d Ilene isJiuroo, nail,)JIN icl -wr azl layJa zAluduT 0 ' n1 1,eJ6o1zdP1-gode ed llFde aoxAZ-s epa1wsib 9dJ no baton 9sfe to NalduJ ozr ae¢aszZ 9z9d'V nolJ811pienl wolfs o1 eldleeoo as eJtnu cszal as as e9v99Ie IFn-vOol ,,nlev (deull ed lfRda zJntut 90 isdJ9poJ beneJea2 ' .ezoJ.)3nnol -tzdAl 9C1 flails brta of-a1wrib edl no cvlfsJeb es ed ilede aleJnll roIiF. (8 ' antau 9Jstq of beblow e<1 [Eerie 2^I, rr,. esgpda loaJe lbzuJouVa lo balso eblow notJaileneq ge.)b 1 1 ' DIVISION 15 - GLASS AND GLAZING 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes materials and installation of all glass and glazing. ' b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the sucoeaaful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. ' 2. MATERIALS: SEE AL.u4,.,Lus1N a) All exterior glass ah.~l be 7,3211 heavy sheet "Grayylite 14" as manufac- tured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. b) Interior glass, except that at the ticket window, shall be 1A" clear ' polished plate glass, parallel ground, as manufactured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass, Libbsy-Owene-Ford, Ford Motor Co., or American-Saint Gobain Corp. ' c) Glass at Ticket Window shall be "Herculitell, 31811 tempered plate glass as manufactured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. d) Glazing gaskets shall be Stanlock section SL-1612 as manufactured by ' Standard Products Co. e) Glazing tape shall be a vulcanized, self-adhering, virgin Butyl rubber compound in tape form. Thickness shall be lA6" thicker than joint to be filled and of sufficient depth to completely fill the joint. ' f) Cement-asbestos panels shall be "Cemesto" with fiberboard core, thick- ness as shown on the drawings. 3. INSTALLATION: ' a) Glazing gaskets shall be shop fabricated from field measurements. All corners shall be injection molded in one piece to eliminate mitered corner ' joints. .ock strips are to be mitered at corners on the job site and shall be 1/4" longer than side to allow for added pressure of the locking strip, b) Immediately upon arrival, gaskets shall be remover from the cartons and laid out flat in a clean, warm area to allow the gaskets to recover their shape. ' o) Installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed directions. At least one man in each crew shall have had previous experience with gasket glazing. ' d) Glass to be installed in i+ood or metal frames shall have edges taped with glazing tape as specified before installation. Tape shall be com- ' pressed by the atop so that glass is held snugly with no air infiltration or rattle. ' 15-1 M M ' e) Glass shall be cut to size, within the manufacturers recommended tolerances. Cutting shall be done in the shop and shall results in clean and accurate edges with no sawtooths. Glass shall not be cut on the job. 1 f) Stops, both wood and glass, shall be ir. one piece on each side and shall be installed with flat-head screws. Corners shall be carefully ' fitted. g) Cement-asbestos panels shall be installed in the same manner as the ' glass panels. h) After glazing, glass panels at floor level shall be stripped with masking tape to prevent accidental breakage. i) Just before final inspection of the building all glass shall be cleaned and polished. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 15-2 ' DIVISION 16 -WOOD BLO(X FLOORING 1. SCOPE: a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes wood block flooring indicated on the drawings. b) All tools, equipment, materials, labor, and other paraphernalia neces- sary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be furnished under this contract, ' 2. MATERIALS: a) Flooring shall be manufactured from kiln-dried old growth Douglas fir ' with no defects on the wearing surface which shall be 160% and grain face. Etch block shall extend the full depth of the flooring. b) The blocks shall be precision--machined four sides to not lose than 1-3/8" x 3-1/2" nor more than 1-3/4" x 5-1/2" face and shall be assembled with continuous wood splines into tongue-and-grooved strips of uniform ' width not lose than 34/2" nor more than 5-1/2". Stripe shall be 1-1/2n thickness in random lengths 2' to W averaging at least 61. Base of strips shall be grooved to can for surplus mastic. ' a) Flooring shall be protected from injury or dampness and shall not be stored or installed in building until concrete work is completed and fully dry. ' d) Asphalt primer shall be Bruce Everbond Primer as manufactured bf the E. L. Bruce Co. ' e) Mastic for laying floor shall be Bruce Everbond "J(" Mastic as manufac- tured by the E, L. Bruce Co. ' f) Expansion joint material shall be premolded cork. 3. WORKMANSHIP: i a) Concrete subfloor shall be smooth, level and free from depreo%ions and shall be parallel to the surface of the finished floor at a depth equal ' to the thickness of the flooring. b) After thoroughly sweeping the subfloor of all dust and dirt, apply asphalt primer uniformly and well-worked-in using sufficient to cover floor ' completely (approximately 10 gallons per 1000 S.F.) and allow the primer to dry thoroughly, e) After primer is , apply coat of mastic as specified, spreading to a depth of 1/10" to in accordr,ncs with the manufacturer's specifica- tions. ' d) Lay flooring in pattern indicated on the drawings, with ffrm adhesion to the subfloo* without blisters or air pockets. As each strip is laid, it shall be topped snug with rubber mallet using care to maintain straight 16-1 1 ' lines. Each four to six rows the strips shall be driven up tight with a driving log. Stagger end joints of strips and keep well distributed. e) Keep mastic off top surface and from upper part of strips. 1 f) Provide 211 expansion joint around all edges of rooms, columns, walla and partitions, filled with premolded cork expansion material. t g) Floor sanding and finishing shall not begin until five days after floor is laid (this is to allow the floor to acclimate to the normal conditions of ►.."Udity and for the mastic to cure). The floor shall then be finished as follows; (1) Sand smooth; first pass 04 grit; second pass, #2 grit; third ' pass, #1/0 grit; fourth pass ;2/0 grit. (2) Wipe floor clean and free of dust. 13) Apply two coats 'Woosheen" as manufactured by Mavur7-Young Co. 76 Rowland St., Boston, Massachusetts] mopped-on with a damp mop at the ' rate of 300 sq.ft./gal. Do not apply second coat until first is dry (mini- mum 24 hours between coats). Keep traffio off floor for at least four hours after second coat is applied. 16-2 ' DIVISION 17 - CLI.Y AND CERAMIC TILE 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes clay floor tile and ceramic tale floors and malls where indicated on the Finish Schedule. b) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this rwrtion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. MATERIALS: ' a) Ceramic tile shall be Standard Grade and meet the requirements of Sim- plified Practice Recommendation R-61 issued by the U. S. Department of Com- merce and/or Federal Specification SS-T-308, latest revisions. All tile shall be delivered to the job in unopened grade-sealed containers. A manufaoturerts "Maeter Grade Certificate" shall be furnished before instal- lation is started. ' b) Tile for Toilet and Shower Room floors shall be unglazed, ceramic mosaic, 1" x 111, colors as selected from Group 3 by the Architect. If colors from Groups 1 or 2 are selected, proper credit shall os given to the Contract. o) Tile for Toilet and Shover Room walls shall be satin-glaze wall tile, ' 4-1/4" x 4-1/4", color as selected by the Architect, d) Clay floor the shall be D'Hanis, 11-1/211 x 11-1/2" x 3/:" unite. ' s) Brick pavers shall bo Frarer Tile Mfg. Co., Seguin, Texas, 3-3/4" x 7-3/400 x 1-1/21'. f) Samples of all the shall be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to placing order. 3. SETTING: t a) All workmanship shall be in strict accordance with the current accepted standard installation practice of the Tile Council of America, Ino. Addi- tional application or installation specifications, as issued by the manufac- turer of the setting materials used, shall be implicitly followed. Work shall be carefully laid out from the center of spaces to avoid small cuts ' at borders. All cuts shall be rubbed smooth and even, b) Joints of 1/8+1 or less, after being saturated with water, shall be grouted with prepared waterproof grout or waterproofed Portland cement, mixed to a creamy consistency and thoroughly forced into all joints, so that the joint is filled to its entire depth. The grout shall be raked back to the depth of the cushion on cushion-edge tile. D'Hanis the joints shall be grouted with natural color Portland cement mortar. 4. C W0 AND PRO ON: 'file floors and walls shall be left clean after grouting or pointing and pro- tected with a suitable covering for curing, before other trades have access tc the room. Curing covering may be relaid on floors after final cleaning. Acid shall not be used for cleaning any glazed tile. 17-1 r r ' DIVISION 1V- q&MMTRY AND FINISH !&2LEO~RK 1. _5M OF 1 ' a) The wrork described in this division of the specifications includes all rough and finish carpentry, wood framing, millwork, rough hardware, installation of finish hardware as required for the completion of the ' project, unless specified to be furnished and/or installed under other divisions of these specifications. b) Formwork for concrete is specified under Division "CONCRETE WORK". 0) All carpentry shall be in harmony with other materials and finishes and adjustments as necessary shall be made so that all parts work out to ' give desired results, All lines, levele, and dimensions shall be verified and all parts shall be accurately made, placed and finished. ' d) All carpentry work shall be strictly first-class as regards both appear- anos and strength. Both framing and trim shall be erected either plumb or level and to straight lines, s) All millwork, cabinet work and trim shall be constructed from shop draw- ings submitted in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions as modified by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. Millwork ' and cabinet work shall be constructed from job measurementse f) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary ' for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. 2. MATERIALS: a) Framing Lumbers (1) All framing lumber shall be A southern pine S►P►I►B. or western fir grade-msrked dimension lumber. (2) Lumber shall be dressed and shall conforn to American Lumber Stand- ards Simplified Practice Recommendation R-16 and to Grading Rules of Manu- facturers Association under vihose rules it is produced, and shall bear grade and trade mark of manufacturers' association. (3) Lumber sha3.1 have maximum moisture content of not more than 15% and shall be kiln- or air-dried and well seasoned. ' (4) All framing lumber in contact with concrete, masonry, or light- weight insulating concrete and roof battens and batten nailere, shall be toxic ("Wolmaniaed", or equal) pressure treated. The amount of chemical to be injected shall be 0.35 The per cubic foot of wood and lumber shall bear seal of approval of preservative manufacturer. ' b) The following items shall be select whits oaks III Wood handrails ' 2 Counter top at Ticket Booth 3 All wood doors 4 Top and bottom rails and lock rail on special wood doors 16-1 (a) Change subparagraph (c) to read as follows: l "(c) Other finish wood not otherwise specified shall be "C" Select Southern Yellow Pine. " (b) Delete subparagraph (i) in its entirety. (c) Change subparagraph (j) to read as follows: ' "(j) Acoustic insulation behind wood sticks, where indicated, shall be 314" wood fiberboard as manufactured by Celotex Corp. " Beall Jdg1611e of bns !oval -wszb Bode mo•tl balouzdenoo -t(11 lln~.a ml•tJ bon A•tow J.)4IMAn ,-41cWIRM l1„ (a OR enotlii;r:o,) 1c7t~ns=j ertJ 10 2 01olJ7 . ri.1?w eoneb soocD ni bellLmdus aAni AiowIRM .aacl.flbno'~ Ifiosiev lnJa-+r:.algqu~_ oiiJ 3o d iiga•igL•teq Vd belltbom .elnar.s~rfaASe. doh, mo•13 belou•tJanop) ad lisde Alow Jenideo bne , v.isaesosn zl1sntiedgAZSci itmlo bar zcxlr.l jsl•ielem ,Jn9,lupa elooJ IIA -owl ad llade Aiaw edJ 3o no1Jioq WJ to JnwAallgmooss .iuleaoaoua Odd zol •tuJoa7Jno~ aria Xd berialn :`79d~tlJ~~D't~ (8 meJ9ew io .H.I.4.Z ealq n•madJvoa 1,: ed 11,sde i5d=1 ~nirrsnl 11A ' •tedmul nolanarrlb h9~{zsn-obR~ ill -bnad2 nsdiml rt$ot zec A od m•tol,ioo lle,ia brio btlzee7b ed IlAde •tedmbd (S) -uneM to aelup 4nibb,K) 01 bnr d!-F, r: o.tlFbnac~Tooe:; eolJ^szi beililgml' eb•ts ised llsna bap ~hooilhoiq el Jl aolLi aaorfw z9bau nolJ.etooeeh e•toivlosl .nolJelooeec 'a7etuJoelur:Fr to Au m ebjrzt bra ebsis ";u nom Jon 10 JneJnou 0'1crJ8l0:, ,%rClIX~ti: evrri IfAa •tc'zuI (E) .bs00z89e Ilew bns bsilb-qls 'to -nllA vs lirris Las -Mall •10 t'(-tnoasnr tete•13100 rWW JorJnoo Al i1ximul FAnlmatl 11A t ed l1rde ta•tollan ooJlsd bns enolJFd loot bns 9-Jo•,0no0 pIMUGIuent 111a19w ia01xodo to Jnuc.rrs edT Mtsu•ij e•suaeyzq (!pupa 'ro "b©starc+loVM) 0JX0J ' ttede •ted:aul Las boos.: to 1003 o1drl0 %oq dl ?E.o ed Uen. bviDetal ed o1 .lstrrJasfun 8vlJsv']9%:9•Yq to Isvo•t;na to lsoa nred :Aso elldw doolea ed llsde emell gnlwollol shT (d ' ellv,bar,d booW (I) dlootl Jeroll Je qoJ •todwoO (S ' aic-ob boow 11A (E) sioob boug lslOQga no tis•t Tool bas alla•t moJJod bas qoT (d) 1-$I t giEE ALDENDum H0. ' c) All other finish wood shall be "C" select Douglas fir. d) Plywood shall be Douglas fir, interior type, "edge grain" faces exposed to view as on the exterior of cabinet work shall be "N" grade (intended for natural finish). Faces not normally exposed to view, as on the interior of cabinet work, shall be "D" grr.da. Faces on the backside oi' panels where covered permanontly by other materials shall be "C" or "D" grade. e) Glued laminated beams shall conform with the requirements of U. 3. Com- mercial Standard CS 253-63 for dry condition of use, Architectural appearance ' grade, and shall bear the manufacturer's stamp indicating conformance with the aforementioned specifications. (AITC Quality Product Nark). Beams shall be fabricated of Douglas fir. ' f) Wood flush panel doors shall be built up of solid strip cores, carefully glued and doweled. Doors shall be cross-banded with veneer and edged with clear hardwood stock matching face veneer. Doors shall be Roddis, "Golden Dowel", Curtis "American", Manger "Permadoor", or an approved equal, of interior grade and of size and thickness shown on the Door Schedule. Face veneer shall be select white oak. All doors shall be unconditionally ' guaranteed to be free from defects of material and/or workmanship for the life of the building, and manufacturer shall replace, without cost to the Owner, any door which proves defective within this period. Guarantee does not include fitting, hanging, or finishing of replacement doors, g) Wood panel doors mere indicated on the Door Schedule shall be Premium grade, as defined in AWI Quality Standards, Section 1400, except that stiles ' and raile shall be solid stock. Panels shall be plywood of thickness shown, prepared to receive special carved panels (See Allowance). Doors shall be of select white oak. h) Plastic laminate counter surfaces shall be 1/16" thick, and fully equal to "Formica", "Consoweld", "Textolite" or "Wilson Art" of colors and pattern as selected by the Architect. ' EX ADDEtiDUM N0. 3 i) Wood Stickes Wood sticks and board Screen shall be rip-Sam from nominal dimension stock with hollow ground cross-cut saw. All exposed ' edges to be dressed with 2/0 sandpaper lightly to remove any splinters. SM ADDENDUM N0. J) Acoustic insulation behind wtiod sticks shall be Owens-Corning Texture ' Face "Fiberglas" panels, 24" X 48" x 111. k) Burlap, where shown behind sticks, shall be as selected by the Architect. Allow in the price bid $0.60 per yard of 47" width for the purchase of this ' item. 3. YORKMANSHIP: ' a) Generals (1) Carpentry work shall be done carefully so as to result in neat cuts and close joints; members shall be fitted so as to give firm seating where concealed and so that joining in finish work will be neat in appearance. ' (2) Joints in trim at angles and corners shall be mitered and all exposed nails shall be set and puttied. ' 18-2 (3) All work manufactured at the mill shall be jointed precisely and shall be c1 highest quality in every particular. bill work shall be neatly and carefully set and firstly anchored in position at the job. (4) Size and spacing of rough hardware, nails, screws, anchors, nailing clips, eta., for various purposes shall be according to best practices and/or as detailed. Finish hardware shall be fitted and applied in a neat, thorough- ly workmanlike manner. Mortising for locks shall be cut accurately and of proper site for lock to be installed. All door butts shall be mortised, true and straight so that butte will close tightly without tension. Finish t hardware trim shall be fitted and then removcod prior to finishing surface, being replaced after all chance of staining or damage is over. ' (S) Trim at all openings shall be continuous for the full height of the opening. Horizontal trim shall be full width with joints at interseo- tion with vertical members only. All corners shall be mitered and all joints flush and closely fitted, with all pieces securely attached to each other and to the wall, plumb or level and in alignment, b) Finishing and Proteotingn (1) All finishing shall be beat grade of joiner work. In addition to proper mill surfacing and sanding, this Contractor shall sand by hand all finishes which show hammer and tool marks, raised grain, or are otherwise ' not smooth. Scraps all hammer and tool marks, set all nails, and sand mail hales smooth. (2) ;Contractor "I be reepoasit4a for protecting all doors, paneling, lixtures, itoor sad window op", o rears, os dnrl4 oautrua- 'Vo tion and ,shall furnish all' aoasssari► =box lg, paps hoth, sheet- ing, shavings, eto., necessary for this purpose. ' (3) Damaged materials and fixtures will not be accepted and Contractor shall replace material damaged due to lack of protection during construction. ' (4) Contractor shall replace protection temporarily removed during con- struction. Any protection removed before need for same has expired, shall be promptly replaced. The Architect reserves the right to withhold certifi- cation for partial payment on materials in place which are inadequately protected. ' c) WgRd HandraUsi (1) Wood handrails shall be of white oak as detailed, and shall be attached to metal rails with cadmium-plated flathead wood screws 241' o.c., countersunk flush to metal. ' (2) All rails shall run full length, with joints at corners and angles only. All joints shall be amooth, tight and securely glued. ' d) Ulatio Laminate: (1) All counters and spl:ahes shall be covered with plastic laminate as called for in this specification, and shall be pressure-glued to plywood ' top at the mill, where indicated. ' 18-3 i 1 hrus gleel0onq bolntoL ed lleric 111n err' 'f `a1r..r ,t~U sR i~au 1!A YlJrsn ad Iladc > ,tow liti? . 1r,etJ sr,r Al 0 to ed llrriti .dot, eril Je rtultlaoq nt b9.,r ,9 L',: •'t U v1103r-teo crf3 rt3 f Fi, 1 7.' "'P . i~2 t;tl' t f1j_•Wi ref 10 ^!(l,~IZk- ?!ate.. 'S. ~G% Cl1 i lJ %4•.- i !'1 %IGi'i r.t't 1 9s1C -1Ci . ;-7 q ITEM NO. 14 Refer to Division 16, CARPENTRY AND FINISH WOODWORK, paragraph 3. Work- manship, change subparagraph (e) to read as follows: ' "(e) Wood stick walls and panels shall be made in accord with details shown on the drawings using #1 kiln-dried Southern Yellow Pine for 2 x 2 members and clear, , Southern Yellow Pine for all other members," of 001J1bbF, nI .;l•tow ge:,iot 10 obPq% laed od Mon ;,;rir,elrsi3 la (1) !r' e Luca vd f'rssa 11rr'e nnJc,>~~no'~ c2fi.t 4C;nftznre ',n; onl,PI.1110 111 .sr,r!, zq 0- tw•teillo elf, •t0 4r.tr t~, ba i,;n 4e,l,r.; 1cuJ cna '1cvl ".8d %;,01z riolri•.r coil-ln13 .!a_„_. ' ITEM NO. 15 f Refer to DiMion 18, ' CARPENTR`i AND FINISH WOODWORK, paragrraph 4, Special ' Carved Pan81i, deletg thfearagmp in itg entirety. seogTUq alril "tol tizseeooon 4.: J3 4e8n1vAdf, n! 7oJoenJno~ bltR bslgaoar= yd Jr)n 111u ee•tuJxll blu elrlK0lera helrrrri (E) .notJou•tsenoo an111b nolJa3Jo7q to ?fall of glib bo8A:,- eb lsi-s3JFm c:,rlgez lirrie -nos anflub bovomel X111tlogmal nollo0lozq ar slgsz 11ABric %oj~J9'IJnol (41) t llsda 4bolIgxe sari ease iDl bosn otiolnd b•ovorse~t nolJDO,ciq XaA nolJouita -MJzeo bloddllw of Jri,,1-s [iJ P3v Yr;.o r l: oJlrio s~ orlT r- lyr.^t %JJq,?:o•t.l ad ~IsJRUpvbanl 078 eoldw e0r,1q ni <.lr t inols,•n n0 Jnvr:r~cq Ikl.t't$rl zol no}Jao .baJosJo7q zilhlbnc4H boo'rl (o ' ed llrrle farts 4ba1iPJs` zr :dso otttt:+ to Hd 11sm Itatbnari booVl (1) 440.0 1141& ewszoe boow bsr,,•iJall beJslq-muirbso 411w e1161 lsdom o.i bodbsJJe Isjon of rlaull Anuals frruoa eelgns bnF, 610070D Js elnlot d'11w 4rilan0i 1111 nail 11-6,18 alle-1 Ilk (S) .baulg Xls7uoee bns JrfalJ 4Oocce od ilrri PJnloL IJA .;Ino : eitrilmeI olJeelq (b Osnlmel ollaalq d4fw be.svoD sd f.lsria eerieslge bm cz9lnvo0 11A (1) , baow'(la of bsulg-ezuaeszq ed Ilsda bna tr,o11Bi111o9ge el.lt ni zol botlso ea J'alcoibnt ~talt+ 4111m sdi Js qo4 E-t+i i x 1 (2) All corners shall be butt-jointed and sanded slightly to resew sharp edge.' Pieces shall run oontinuous between partitions Mtere possible and where run is longer than available material, laminate shall be neatly ' butted at center or third points to give continuous appearance. (3) Application and adhesives shall be in strict accordance with manu- facturer's instructions and highest standards of workmanship. ft ADIDENDvjv lio e) W.Od-Stick Walls and Lsilina Panelas Panels are mtads of the followings ' (1) 1" x 4" Frame around 3/4" acoustic insulation board. (2) Burlap wall covering over one side of In x 4" frame and acoustic ' insulation board, stapled on the back side a frame. (3) 1" x 1-1/2" Wood sticks an attached 2" o.ee over burlap to 1" x 4" ' frame. (4) Panels are installed as show on drawings, e 4. =I" CAR PAi~B s "Mew Provide in the price bid an allowance of Twenty4Five M24red Dollars (#2 500.00) for the purchase of special carved panels ubm shown an the dea+i» gas. Inotallatioa of panels is not included in they allowance and shall be within the boope of the Contract. The Architegt KU aelaot and a0ranp for she ylxreoAtion of these panels. S. ggf ' Thy Contractor shall be responeitle for the thorough oloodug of all work upon completion$ including the interiors of all cabinets, drawers, eto. M 1 1 1 1 1 1 :'r + :Auk ITEM NO. 18 ' Refer to Division 19, METAL TOILET PARTITIONS AND TOILET ACCESSORIES: (a) Paragraph 1, Scope, change subparagraph (1) from "Ceiling Hung Toilet Partitions" to "Floor Mounted Toilet Partitions". x (b) Paragraph 2, Toilet Partitions, delete subparagraphs "(a)". , 1(b)" "(c)". 1 11(d)" , and "(f) and substitute therefor the following: 1 ' "(a) Type - All metal compartments for toilets shall be Academy, baked enamel f; nish aR manufactured by the Sanymetal Products Co., Inc. " "(b) Doors and partition panel units shall be 1" thick, insulated with sound- I deadening Bridgecore. Panel plates will consist of Galvanized-Bonderized steel, not less than 22 gauge thickness for doors, or 20 gauge thickness for partitions, and ' shall have formed edges sealed with a continuous oval crown locking strip. Door edges shall be electrically welded with welds spaced not over 18" apart around the entire perimeter. Locking strips on doors and partiti,)ns shall be mitered, welded ' and finished at the corners. Partitions shall be cut out to receive sanitary napkin disposals as described elsewhere in this Division. " "(c) Pilasters, Material and Construction - Academy pilasters shall be 1-1 A" thick, made of 2 sheets of 20 gauge Gialvanized-Bonderized steel, welded and finished as specified for partitions and doors. Bottom of Dila.+wrn shall haveya , jack-levelling screw to carry the weight of compalKment and pr ode a ieaul'e mechanical anchorage to floor with adjustable floor fittings. Pilss tors, when set in place, shall be securely braced with continuous 1" x 1-1/2" lock seam tubular steel overhead bracing attached through the top of the pilasters. Headrail shall be held in place inside the top of the pilaster with 114 x 1/21' metal screws applied , through the pilaster into this headrail on the inside of the stall. Headrail shall extend full length of installation and over end compartments and be fastened into wall brackets, Exposed ends of headrail shall be capped. " I "(d) Hardware and Fittings - Attachment, Partitions and Pilasters - Divid- ing partitions and pilasters shall be attached to one another and to the walls with stirrup brackets of heat treated, polished and anodized extruded aluminum alloy. Pilaster connections to floor or ceiling shall be concealed with a one piece 3" polished , Type 302 stainless steel shoe. Trim (shoe) shall be theft proof and held in place with concealed anchor clips without the use of exposed screws. " "(f) Finish and Color - All units shall be mechanically cleaned by means ' of automatic vapor degreasing. Finish shall consist of prime coat and a finish color coat of thermo-setting acrylic enamel (Duracon) applied electrostatically in pre- ssurized, dust-free atmosphere, baked on to produce a uniform, smooth lustrous , protective finish. " (c) Paragraph 3, Urinal Screens, delete subparagraph {c) and substitute therefor the following: "(c) Finish - All units shall be mechanically cleaned by means of an , automatic vapor degreasing. Finish shall consist of prime coat and a finish color coat of thermo-setting acrylic enamel (Duracon) applied electrostaticalh, and baked ' on to produce a uniform, smooth, lustrous protective finish, " DIVISION 19 - NETAL TOILET PARTITIONS AND TOILET ACCESSORIES 1. SCOM ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes the followsngs 1 Ceiling-hung toilet partitions SU AWL:wuau ,Nv.3 2 Wall-hung flush urinal screens 3 Paper holders ' 4 Combination towel dispenser, soap dispenser and mirror 5 Waste receptacles b) A11 tools, equipment, materiels, labor and other paraphernalia necessary ' for the successful accomplishment of thi~l poetion of the work shall be fur- nished under this Contract. ' 2. MILET PARTITIONSs REVD a) All metal toilet partitions shall be fully equal to Century type Porcena finish as manufactured by the Sanymetal Products Co., Inc., as described hereinafter. b) Doors and partition panel units shall be l" thick, insulated with ' honeycomb core (Bridgecors) and with 18-gauge vitreous porcelain sheet steel bonded to each side. Panel plates shall have formed edges sealed with a continuous oval crown locking strip of polished stainless steel. Corners shall be mitered, welded, ground smooth and polished. Door edges shall be electrically welded together with welds spaced not over 18" apart around the entire perimeter. Partitions shall be cut out to receive ' sanitary napkin di sale as described elsewhere in this division. = ADDENDUM NO. 90 c) Pilasters shall be 1-1/4" thick, made of two sheets of 16-gauge vitre- ous porcelain sheet steel, welded and finished as specified for partitions and doors. Pilasters shall be secured to overhead member with 9/16" diameter galvanized bolts. Pilaster connection shall be secured by a porcelainized integral 12-gauge split "U" channel welded to pilaster member. This connec- tion shall be secured by an external-internal locking saddle activated by 7/16" nuts and facing washers. Locking saddles, washer plates, nuts and bolts shall be hot dipped galvanized. Pilaster key spacers will be pro- vided and installed between bottom of supporting member and finished ceil- ing line. Strains of lateral thrust shall be transferred to structural carrying member independent of finished ceiling material. 1 ) % EKDUl V d vi p one and pilasters shall be attached to one another with 3" long stirrup brackets of heat treated, polished and anodized aluminum alloy. Each bracket, with four attachment holes, shall be through-bolted through the dividing panels with 3/1610 brass shoulder, Phillips head screws and braes sex nuts. Where panel brackets attach to pilaster, a fibre gasket shall be placed between bracket and porcelain enamel surface of pilaster. 1/4" 020 brass chrome-plated machine screws shall be connected to concealed rivnut reinforcements. Pilaster attachment to ceiling shall be concealed with a one-piece 3" polished type 302 stainless steel shoe. Trim (ehoe) shall be theft-proof and held in place with concealed anchor clips without ' the use of exposed screws. t 19-1 a) Doors shall be equipped with Sanymetal #79610 concealed, controlled gravity hinges. ' (1) Brackets: Upper and lower hinge brackets for door mounting shall be Zamac alloy, factory-mounted on the pilaster. Bracket shall be flush with external surfaces of the pilaster and finished to match the stainless steel locking strip. Top hinge pivot door fitting shall be recessed and inset into door edge approximately 2" below the top. Stainless steel or Delrin pivot pin shall be mounted within the door structure, supported both above and below the pivot bracket. ' (2) Operation: A thrust bearing fixed in place by a stationary verti- cal pintle concealed within the door shall carry the door weight. Opera- tion of the door shall be controlled by opposing Zytel cams under spring ' tension, mounted on the fixed vertical pintle. Hinge shall be adjustable to permit door to rest at any angle, or to hold door open or closed when not latched. Hinge shall avert momentum stresses by permitting free move- ment without raising or lowering the door. All moving parts shall be self- lubricating and completely concealed within the 1" door thickness. ' (3) Hinge and Door Hinge Corner Construction: Top and bottom door hinge fittings shall be non-ferroue alloy. Door hinge fittings shall be so formed to permit the outer face to be fully flush with the face plates of the door. Corner door fittings shall be interlocked with the oval i crown locking strip around the door perimeter, finished to match looking bar. (4) Accessories, t Bach door shall he" a oast alloy chrome-plated hook and bumper. It shall be attached by chrome- plated one-amp head machine screws into concealed rivnut reinforcements 1 with a gasket between the coat hook and porcelain enamel surface. Each door shall be equipped with Savmetel #8600 concealed latch with face mortised flush with edge looking strip. All working parts to be o*18tel'y concealed within the door thickness. Latch bolts shall be stainless steel and exposed escutcheon plate and handle polished chrome-plated non-ferroua metal. A one-piece, non-ferrous alloy atop and keeper to be flush-mounted vith pilaster surface shall be provided. Stop and keeper shall be polished onrome-pipted finish with 3/4" diameter rubber bumper, locked in plate, made theft-proof, and'feartVened to the pilaster with machine bolt and toggles. f) j r d Un Colon: 'Na Ititions,~ doors and pilasters shall' be vitreous ' enameled, conforming to Porcelain Enamel Institute specifications, on all interior and exterior surfaces with ground coat. Finish coats of porcelain on exterior (exposed) surfaces only. Colors shall be selected from the manufacturer's stwx*d color chart, g) Shop drawings and brochures shall be submitted in accordance with Article 3 of the General Conditions as modified by paragraph _4 of the Supplemental Genelal'Conditions. 3, URINAL SCREENS: a) Urinal screens shall,be fully equal to wall-hung flush Type "A" as manufaotur3d by,the Sanymetal Products Co'., Inc. ' 19-2 f E+.I~.r Ski!=`'! b~.t •i~1'_.r 1-~~~1 'l ~J~.1 LL'S 1i~112~ (IJ1~.7 . ~{[;1 1 ' `Z~~~~' ~~r r rr 1'7'13 '1:'i l'Y I! - ~ .l i.r '~'~r rj j,!!j. .:r7.[,j f c; J, -ICI . ' 1 I 1 r. i 7 . -z"! ,,nil r .r,_ - r; i't~.:, [ . t:. ..:,~:.•,Jr~: .;~~rt •I ',V tai 1't"~ ~IICJ [ f.t •t i, •1 ~.7.} r -.n n~,1~to { , . col tf t;•n' , .r ty if ! _ _ - , F ITEM NO. 23 #40 Refer to Addendum #2, dated March 31, 1986: , (a) Item #2, delete paragraphs "a" and "b". in their entirety. ' (b) Item #2, paragraph "d(1)113, delete reference to "Rooms 118 and 207". (c) Item #2, paragraph "d(2)", delete this paragraph in its entirety. r lucf r;lll7ffrJk~ !~'3 LIE 11-' ri'-Ijt,, .r;?:'~R?i'1 tfIJ ^l rlbh L-'. ;t 11; JI'+: hO ~dG=~a'SO^ E „t •r 'ale i9-6 SOU pap 14-3 of ep+cific&ti4ns, (1) TM comMratbM reces_.A towoi s+ i i~d in =his ++ction is to be i ~ u ever MCA" Room 106 1 over sinks Room 109 1 Room 110 S ov+ae lavstoe'Ms ROOT~ 111 Rooln SM ADDSIIU4 NU,*1 over lavataei~s Root~t 267 wa8 .w. J ov+C lsvas i ovs 3~vat#1I Room 221 1 , lava! k r Rom 222 SM ADDWVUfi No.'l. 50 Shane stall do"IM cta~om+ 4Lbd bic~►+! a1+dw (may ,,,o8s1O glace w7/0' Oak** S41 b) Screen partitions shall be 1" thick made of two sheets of #18 gauge r vitreous porcelain sheet steel with edges formed, assembled over and ce. j mented under pressure to a dense, sound-deadening honeyco(ab insulation. ' The two face plates shall have formed edges and shall be electrically welded together and sealed with a 4:ontinuous oval crown locking strip of polished stainless steel. Partitions to be vitreous porcelain enameled on all interior and exterior surfaces with color and finish coats of porce- lain on the exterior (expoced) surfaces only. Panels to have integral formed reinforced mounting flanges. A ADL*.., DUX NQ, r•1 4 o) Finisho All unite ehall'~o vitreous porcelain enameled, conforming ` to Porcelain Enamel Institute specifications, on all interior and exterior surfaces with ground coat. Finish coats of porcelain on exterior (exposed) surfaces only. Colors shall be selected from manufacturer's standard colors, d) Shop drawings and brochure shall be submitted in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions as modified by paragraph i% of the Supplemental General Conditions. ' 4. PAPER HOLLERS: a) Paper holders shell be fully equal to Model B272, surface-mounted toilet tissue cabinets as manufactured by Bobrick Dispensers Ino. ' b) Cabinets shell be made of 22-gauge stainless steel, equipped with a double-pronged key lock. ' o) Cabinets shall dispense either single-fold or double-fold toilet tissue and shall have a oapacicy of 1500 single-fold tissues, d) A cabinet shall ba located in each toilet stall, positioned as directed, with chrome-plated through bolts and sex nuts. ' 5. SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSALS: a) Sanitary napkin disposals shall be fully equal to Model B353 recessed ' unit and B354 double unit as manufactured by Bobrick Dispensers, Inc. b) Units shall have flanges, door and receptacle of 22-gangs Type 302 ' stainless steel, satin finish. Cabinet shall be Type 302 stainless steel, all welded construction. Receptacle shall be completely enclosed and removable by recessed finger grip. Door shall be self-closing and equipped with full length piano hinge and spring, and shall be lettered "Napkin ' Disposal" and "Push" with engraved lettering. o) Double units shall be mounted between pairs of stalls and the single recessed unit shall be placed in the end stalls. W At~DErm4A~TQWEL 6. COMBINATION DISPENSER. SOAP DISPENSER AND MUdW a) Unit shall be fully equal to'Hodel 330 combination unit as manufactured by Bobrick Dispensers, Ino, and shall incorporate the following features: 1 ' 19-3 (1) Flange of 22-gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, drawn, one-pieca seamless construction with satin finish, without mitered corners. (2) Door of heavy gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, including full length stainless steel piano hinge. (3) Cabinet of heavy gauge, Type 302, stainless steel, with satin ' finish. All welded construction. (4) Paper towel dispenser of 22-gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, welded in place, with stainless steel adaptor to allow use of either multi- fold or "C" fold towels. (5) Shelf of 22-gauge, Type 302 stainless steel, with retaining edge. 1 (6) Soap vessel of heavy gauge, Type 302 stainless steel; 101 fluid ounce capacity; unbreakable refill indicator; locked filler top recessed in shelf; provide special key for opening. (7) Soap valve to be Bobrick stainless steel mechanism with "0" ring ' packings. (8) Tumbler lock concealed behind door. (9) Mirror of #1 quality 1/4" polished plate glass, electrolytically copper-plated with fivey*Lr guarantee. Mount on padded backing. 7. UOM WASTE RECU ACI_A s Waste receptacle shall be fully equal to Model B367 as manufactured by Bobrick Dispensers, In*,, constructed of heavy gauge Type 302 stainless steel with all exposed surfaces satin finished. Welded cabinet; drawn one-piece flange without mitered corners; tumbler lock to secure removable waste container into cabinet. Furnish vinyl-plastic liners mounted on 1 hooks so arranged to prevent removal unless cabinet is unlocked. 8. (~R1,1 s a) All lockable items described hereinbefore shall be keyed alike through- out the building, b) Brochures describing toilet accessories and showing rough-in dimensions for recessed items and bolt spacing for surface-mounted items shall he sub- mitted in accordance with article 5 of the General Conditions as modified ' by paragraph 4 of the Supplemental General Conditions. ' 19-4 DIVISION 20 W.TAL DOORS. FRAMES, AND METAL WINDOW FRAYS 1„ SCOPE OF THE. t a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes all metal doors, door frames, and window frames, b) Window frames constructed of structural steel shapes (clerestory ' windows) are described in Division "MISCELLANSIMS METALS". ' o) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- nished by the Contractor. ' 2. WORK NOT INCLUDED: a) Hardware for metal doors is specified in Division "FINISH HARDWARE". 1 b) Finish painting is speoified in Division "PAINTING AND FINISHING". ' 3. Oli3r a) Flush metal doors shall be a completely flush design and shall be con- structed of two outer sheets of lb-gauge stretcher-leveled steel formed and rigidly connected and reinforced inside with continuous interlocking 20-gauge stiffeners. (1) The doors shall be continuously arc welded vertically where the two outer sheets are joined and dressed am)oth. All doors shall be sound- deadened with mineral wool. (2) The doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped for hinges, locks, and flush bolts, and reinforced for closers and other our- face-mounted hardware. Any drilling and tapping required for surface 1 hardware shall be done in the field. All hardware shall be applied in the f igld. ' b) Tubular metal doors shall be constructed to the details shown on the drawings of lb-gauge stretcher-leveled steel. Joints shall be continuously arc welded and welds ground smooth. Intersections between rtiles and rails 1 shall be reinforced to provide a rigid unit. c) Door and window frame shall be constructed to the details (note special sections) shorn on the drawings. Interior frames shall be of 16-gauge steel, exterior frames of 14-gauge steel. Frames shall be mortised, re- inforced, drilled and tapped for hinges and lock strikes and reinforced for closers and other surface hardware. Joint between head and jamb shall ' be mitered and are welded and backed by reinforcement to provide a rigid and square unit. Furnish rubber door silencers for the strike jamb. Loose 'IT" masonry anchors or others as required shall be furnished with the frame, Frames shall be designed to finish flush with the floor with adjustable floor anchors provided. Window frames shall be essentially of the same construction as the door frames, except that sill member shall be included as an integral part of the frame unit and channel stops as detailed, furnished. ' 20-1 I d) All doors and frames shall be Bonderised and, given au shop ooat of baked-on rust-inhibitive primer. . INSTILLATION i Door and window frames shall be built into the masonry, using anchorage as detailed. They shall be set up exactly in place, plumb and square and shall be held firmly in place until masonry hee been built around them. i i I I 20-2 ITEM NO. 17~ d ' r Refer to Division 21. DOOR SCHEDULE, Delete this division in its entirety and substitute therefor the attached "REVISED DOOR SCHEDULE". ta ..j a-iii ijU r 1 . r r r r' 'I ION 21 - DOOR SCHEDULE j DETAILS SIZE (SHEET 9) TYPE 1r8141RKS Aim Thick- noes Thr h- Inches Head Jamb fib, hod 11310 C E F 0 i J K L Column Identif. it 1/1 21-611x81-0n(Pr) 1-3/4+ 1 2 2 3 X Built Up Carved Wood, Refer Spec 2/1 21-6,1x81-011Pr 1- 4+ 1 2 2 3 X Dit ooxance 3/1 214"781-011 ~Pr~ 1-3 + 1 2 2 3 X Ditto 4/1 OMIT 5/1 21-6"x81-01' Pr 1'-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 6/1 21-611x8I -0O t, Pr ~ 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 7/1 21-601x8' -0"(Pr) 1-3/4 5 5 6 X B Label e/1 21-6"x81-0" pr) 1-3/4 5 6 X B Label 4/1 21-6"x81-0" Pr 1-3/4 4 5 6 X B Label '.0/1 21-6"x91-0" Pr) 1-3/4 4 5 6 X B Label ' 11/1 21-6"x81-0" Pr 1-3/4 4, 5 6 X B Label 12/1 21-6"x81-0" Pr 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label 13/1 21-6"x81-0n Pr 1-3/4 4 5 5 6 X B Label ' 14/1 31-0"x81-0" Pr) 1-3/4 19. 20 22 X Opposite Swing'( 15/1 31-0"W-011 1-3/4 ~ 11 7 X *See Sect el3, Sheet 8 16/1 31-611x-81-0t1(Pr) 13/4 35 11 11 47 x 17/1 31-6"x81-01f(Pr) 1-3/4 35 11 11 47 X 18/1 31-011x61-8" 1-3A 10 11 11 X 19/1 31.,011x61.,.8" 1-3/4 10 11 11 x K 20/1 21-811x61-811 1-3/4 8 9 18 1 X 21/1 21-811x61„811 1-3/4 8 18 17 X 21411x614" 1-3/4 29 11 23/1 21-8"x614" 1-3/4 29 11 24/1 2r-8'0x6(411 1-3/4 10 11 17sim X ' 25/1 214"x6f -811 1-3/4 10 11 - x :6//1, 21-8"x81-0" 1-3/4 10 11 11 * X *Sao Dtl.1,Sh.2 '7/1 41-2-3/411x91-411 Pr) 2 23 24 24 47sim X .'8/1 41-2-3/4"x9'-4" Pr) 2 23 24 25 47sim X x IA 41-2-3/411W-4" Pr) 2 23 24 24 47eim x 30/1 41-2-3/1,"xq1-4" Pr) 2 23 26 26 47sim x r t E (3 I JKL o1 I t c. 21-1 l ~ ~A P ~ M 1 Y } Y ' ~ I I w t • 9` x, ,yA I I I T11 ' ~'I ~ ~ ~ { ' 1 ' ~ I ~ ' I ; ' ~ ± { I ~ ~ ~ i ► f i I 1 I ~ ~ I ~ I ~ , I 1 ; ' ( + ~ . 1 ~ f i ~ ~ ~ , t YI I { I 1 1 f I I , I f I + I 1 1 1 { 1 i ,tk4~ ZI t, I ~ + ! I I I I i { ~ 11 I ~ i I I 1 1 I I~ 1 i t I I 7 J J 1 r' I i; I J i I l i l ~ ~II~~~ III 1 I 1' , I l l f ( V i l ~ I 1` I i 1; f l i V I~~ ILF i G r► i~ ~ i f i I~ 1 i!' i ' J F~ f I f 1 E ja i~ II~..~ ~M6 I L~ 1 111 1~ I~ZI ~a~ I ~ ~ ~ J W~ ~ 1^ ` I I• ~ ~ ~ I + i ~ I k I i , ~ ,iy I I ~ ( I I ' 1 I. 1 { I ' I i i 1 ~ ~ i I S f ~ ~ i I tl t i . I I1; OU 1~ IMA NA mv it i + -~-1---~-~-~-~--'•-1 I ~ I I 11 f 1 J 1 J Moll Ito *00*6 i~bQ f , • 7YdI~I YOTIOB A I K '?-~--7-r-±--}-} I r 4 , iC 6Q kl ~4 , i I I J . 1 I G I I tilA: ~~wliolmoo, qcow tie► i t- 1 f J t I ; ! -r- 11 l ' ~ 1. ~ f t' , I, ~ I ~ 1 1 1 I I 1 11 ~r ~ r. I 1 I J~ ~ I I al i ~ I~r~ aR~~ ~ f~ I I~ I I { 1 y~M~ Ana ~fH.~ Merr.H a ao r I i I t I I i J f J .1 '1"1 N P/«IN ~~'ma~ f n` 'N1 I I I I I ~ ,a, , ~ y a. "1~~ ~r+l ~Nt'1 M ro~. ~ w 04~10, ~01N I r1 1 ,0'10~9MM yr7t' fll ITI f 1111fJ1~I~ I I { 1 I ~fSti~~~ ~ H «t~~ ~ ( ~ a a ~ YI IbO pp~~~O IP9 O ~ I ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ` ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 1 1 ~ C f w~ a' a d 04~~ rl N wl I N ~I+11~ OWN * i Iq 10~ ODC6~mp4tdt0~ 0~ j 1 { I I Or. ~I I I► •.J a` a s a v~aa;a 1 a a a .il, I , ~a ~ a at I;. I ml irk a, »n q i I # a, I aa; a;a aa!t I i A p~~ I Rol fl ~I.~ N r1 ~1 M H ~Md NI N N ~+f 1~ M raI97f f F I f~l~j 0~'Q91~~ ! I i f J I j 1 C NI 04;"1, M`sArTM~M ~rA~fJ 11 I ~ I I I ' I ' 2 N O1V11 b00'q' OOW' I I i 1 1 I 1 1 1 11 fl 000 N~~ O . i I 1 . Ir . rlw lW, r1w~ lr cc 1 1 1 I I 1 ~C ~i N 000000; r ' C• J ) p111~ N . N r 1.p~t.r~q 1 IS 1 lI I 111. 111 I I~_ J I100'CIOO~O,QIO 1 w k. M ~ ~~Jtp`~ +alr~t jL:~: I~:~~~I1~1! ! ~b~~ , ~ ~ a~~M M ~ x x~. { N N~..~.~ I~f MaoODl ~Il~ 0Q~1`J~ • I~ ~ ~ ( ~ ; ~ { r 1 I 1 i ,1 Ij ll 1 If I I 1; I ~X00 I~~11w t' . I; I~Pl~lith N N, 11N !1 )1')f,~i I • ~f~, ~I I 1 1 I 'i 1 i 1 I ~1' 11 I I OIOO, ~ ~NN. ~'C IL 1 !f IM KI t. ~ , ~ 1 I ~ 1 1 1 I I 1 1 ~ O t111 Bar .00 I O tO~ N~ ►Yhh • ! I~ I 1 11 I r 1, II I I 1, Od1. ~ I I I •1r ~ ~ ~ PI 1 rtM wf M M .IH-1 ►Inl~.lr.l «~M H ~ ~ plhll~ 0~ V1~4aM AhNjN'~TOI~(yJ~~ ~ J .I .R1 .4 N''L Lr y: r w Hi.. Ri l :r. Lai& 1 B lump I eabif. 31/1 4'-2-3/4"x9'-4" Pr 2 23 26 26eLm x 32A 4'-2-3/4"x9'. Pr 2 23 26 26sim - x 33/1 41-2-1/4"X91-4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim - x 34/1 4'- -3/41'x9'4" Pr 2 23 26 26eLo - X 35/1 41-2 /4"x9'-4"(Pr) 2 23 26 26sim - X 36/1 4'-2-3/ "x9'4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim x 37/1 4'-2-3/ 41:4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim - X ' 38/1 4'-2-3/4' f-4" Pr 2 23 26 26eim _ X 39/1 41-2-3/46 -4" P 2 23 26 269 X WO/1 4'-2-3/4„x9' " pr r 2 23 26 269 - x 40 4'-2-3/4114'-4' Pr 2 23 26 26 Ls - X 42/1 4'-2-3/w"x9'-4" 2 23 26 2 im - x 43/1 4'-2-3/4"x9'-4" 2 23 26 6 - X 44/1 4'-2-3/4"x9'-4" Pr 2 23 26sim 26 - X 45/1 4'-2-3/4"49'-4" Pr 23 26 26sim x ' 46/1 4'-2-3/4"x9'-4" Pr) 2 23 26aim = X 47/1 k'--2-3/4"x9'-4" Pr 2 23 2 im 26 X 48/1 41-,2-3/4"X914" Pr 2 23 aim 26eim x 49/1 41-2-3/4"x91-4" Pr 2 23 baim 26aLm - X ' S0/Y 0-2-3/4"x9'-4" Pr 2 23 26 26sim - x X 51/1 414-3/4"4 '-41'(Pr) 2 3 26 24 47sim X 16-CA, Sh,Mtl. on Ext. Face 52/2 21-811x6'-8" 1-3/4 11 11 17sim x, 53/1, 41 -0"x3f-8" 1-3/8 - - * X; 'See %0,3,Sho2 ' Second 172 21 Floor: 1-3/4 27- 27 27 6 X B Label 2/2 3'-01AI-0" 1-3/4 10 11 1 3/2 31411x8f-0" WA l 10 11 6 X B Label 4/2 31-01,A141, 1-3/4 10 11 30 X B Label X 5/2 3' -0"x8' -0" 1-3/ 484 11 28 17sim X 6/2 3'-0'1x8'--0" 1-3/ 29 11 11 - x X 7/2 3' -0"x8',.0" 1-3 4 48 28 11 47sim X X 8/2 31-0"x$'-011 1- /4 8 28 11 - x X 9/2 2 t -8"xS' -0" 1• 8 11 13 - x x 10/2 21-8"x81-0" 1 /k 8 13 3 - x X 11/2 2'-8"x8'-01, 3~4 8 13 - x X 12/2 2'-8"Al -0" -3/4 29 31 17 X x 13/2 2' -8"x81 -0" 3/4 29 31 3 17 X t X 14/2 2f-8"x8'-0" 1-3/4 Sato 11 11 17 x x 15/2 31-011x8'--0" 1-3/4 88im 11 12 X 16/2 2'4"x8'-0" 1-3/4 10 11 11 - x 17/2 2' -8'1x8' -0" 1-1/24- 14 -15- 16 Special Hood Stick Horis. Sliding X 18/2 2'-8"x8'-0" 1-3/4 10 11 11 x =B C 8 F 0 K L rol,Identifiost ' 21-2 1 A ' 19/2 16' .0,. _10~-3/41 1-3/8 40 41 41 _ % 20/2 10'-0"x9' 0-3/4" 1-318 40 41 41 X ' 21/2 8' -0 "x8' -011 1-3/6 40 49 49 _ X 22/2 8' -0"x8' -0" 1-3/e 40 49 49 X 23/2 3-4f-0"x121-10-1 2 4 5 6 # *Details Sh.6, Construction Details She?. 24/2 4-6t -01144' -8" 2 4 - 6 * *Di.to 25/2 3' -0"r.8' -0"(Pr) 1-3/4 29 11 30 X r 26/2 121-0"x81-0" 1-3/8 * 41 41 # X *Bi-told Hdw. as Spec'd. See ' Detail 16,Sh.7 27/2 31-0"xz8'-0"(Pr) 1-3/4 33 48im 34 X Access doors to Ba.220 below louver rA r r r r r r r ' 21-3 ITEM NO. 18 Refer to Division 22, FINISH HARDWARE. Delete subparagraph "W", HARDWARE SCHEDULE, and substitute therefor the attached "REVISED HARDWARE SCHEDULE". ,),r1~' 21sr,3„-f i~ ~t ~ 1 IIC~~« I~_' (r.f'~ . .t. •~~f~~• o:? tt'i : ti S Ix6_'~ Al H In ?b to rria6 to Division 22, Tinish Barewara, paragraph 1(d) r•tardift b&JdAg s"teu for subject building. The requirsrat for Grand Maefer kWag with the existing Vnnioipal gilding System is sliniaated. The doaunity Building shall bare a single 14eter Key for all loans, Sab-ltaeberrrsriN as direoted. and separate bay ahsage for each look oxeop! Aere diTMated. -r r r r E-t~: 1 DIVISION 22 - YIWH HARWAO 1. WOPS Of THE WOU s ' a) Im-nish a complete line of hardware of every description to equip adequately all doors and other movable parts throughout the building, un- less otherwise specified, for proper operation as indicated or reasonably ' implied by the drawinges b) The hardware list, included hereinafter, is given to illustrate type, weight, operation, quality and finish of hardware required. 1 c) Hardware shall be limited to the products of P do T Corbin, Russell & Erwin, Lockwood, and Sargent, except for certain specialties which way be of other high grade standard makes as specified in the following schedule. Butte shall be limited to the products of Stanley Hardware, McKinney Mfg. Company, Lawrence Broa. Mfg. Company or Hager. Surface closers, pushplates, ' pulls, stops, bumpers, aad holders shall be as ;scheduled - no substitutions. d) All locks and cylinders shall be grand m+mster-;,ep»d w1 «h existing Municipal Building systemt master keyed #n new, t{ and keyed alike as directed. i~rniah our water keys !pr fi 4J keys for each lock. A) The hardware. supplier shall eft, in Wa F _es, for approval Qf the Architect, a c lets schedule of hard r , 4iicat a fac er, type, number, locat and finis, h of the i'Ams, i 0411 be for type and qu.94 y only# f) Supplier sh4l tarnish, in; DUPLICA'~S (L~),, t.pst,.e. for a tessp,t• hardwsiz e 1 g) Where roquirement of the Local Building We or Regulat><osle, We► or Rules pr ated by departments having jurisdiot op, conflict withttbese speoifica ons, and we =yandatpry, ,they ohsll the Igllowpd lobs sans as If y ~~r p ep.~.~ica4gn.0 Via, shall slot ~ co"trad to epsoii noted .i . mean #j that an nq± emento fin set eort saay',be aicdities! ~beos}we not s Eft, te¢ o ldir}g COI • I ; . h) Provide. , 4p.- ;o),Aq sa ;°r earh opW np Sraw . sash Dwir tothaves 4W madgE Door r ' 2 Rixaon SA Yloor Hinges 271055 -:US3 2 Rixson Side Jab Piyotp M19 P U33 Deadlock 25 ~ 3 2 7' 1Bol 34O-3 2 Door .Puljs 82tpT - 'W3 2 Pugh Plats *3$ NAB - 3 1 Pairs of Doors Si't thru nor from By>i lding, e#►ch ps+ir to have 2 Rixson t''JA Floor Hinges 271054 r.US3 2 Rixaon s44' aamb Pivots I9 - U$3 l set Panic Deiyices ~1s1qq - b53 1 set Panic bey c,qp 9b06 x 82 - ~s3 1 Deadlock OO ,Cy,1 inaide . ~ ADi>i~U1E NQ DIVISION 22 - FINISH H41dX RB 1. SCOPE OF THE ifORK: a) Furnish a complete line of hardware of every description to equip adequately all doors and other movable parts throughout the building, un- less oth se specified, for proper operation as indicated or reasonably implied he drawings, ti b) The list, included hereinafter, i lgiven to illustrate type, weight, open ion, quality and finish of her required, a) Hardware s be limited to the produc of P & F Corbin, Russell do Erwin, Loo and Sargent, exdept for ca min specialties which may be of other high a standard makes as speo ied in the following schedule. Butte shall be 1 tsd to the products of tanley Hardware, McKinney Mfg. Company, Lawrence ros, Mfg. Company or H er. Surface closers, pushplates, pullssetope bfx rs, and holders aha11 a as scheduled - no substitutions. arj d) All locks and c inders shall be gr master-keyed with existing ltunioipal Building a stun, master keye in new eat, and keyed dike as directed. Furnish f (4) master ke and four (4) keys for each lock. e) The hardware suppl or shall su , in sepia copies, for approval of the Architect, a compl a schedule o hardware, indicating manufacturerp type, numbers location d finish o items to be supplied. Approval shall be for type and quality yo f) Supplier shall. furni in INTE (2), templates for all template hardware. S) Where requirement of Lo Building Code or Regulations, Laws, or Rules prowilgated by de having jurisdiction, conflict with these spscifioationa, and an rands , they shall. be followed the samq as if specifically noted in this s fioaticn. This shall not be construed to man that any requirements he set forth may be modified became not specifically noted,in the Code, a h) Provide hardware as fo we f each opening: r hav : 2 Rixson SA Floor inges 271 - U33 2 Rixaon Side J Pivots M19 U33 1 Deadlock 4825 3 2„ Flush Bolts 3 - 3 - 24" 2: Door Pulls - U83 2 Push Plates 15 Na - 3 Pairs of Mrs r at, each r have: 2 Rixson SA F *or Hinges 27105A - U53 2 Rixson Sid Jamb Pivots M19 - U33 1 Set Panic vices 9410 - U53 1 Set Panic *Vices 9406 x 827 - U33 1 Deadlock Cyl inside 22-1 '4 P 'vt" 1 ~ Pairs of Doors 14/1, Loading Dock tram 107, each pair to havis 4 Pr Butte TA714PO 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 MRP on outewing ' 1 Set Locke 7626 00 - 3 2 !lush Boltd 3450 - 24" - U33 2 Door Holders OJr20 - U33 Sgle Doors 15/1, Dock from Stairs, each door to hares 2 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 IRtP 1 Set Panic Devices 9804 - bS3 1 Door' Closer 74-* 1 kick Plate 84 k 2s lees than xidth of Doorp 16-Oa6-U93' r Pairs of Doors 16/1 and 17/1, lobby from 101, each pair to hares 4 Pr Butte TA2714BP 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 2 Door Pulle 827DT - US3 2 Push Plates 3015 W = U133 2 Door Closers 54-0 2 Door Holders OJ110 - US3 2 Kick Plates 8e x 20 lose than vidth of doors 16-Oa, - M Stle Doors 18h_ and 19/l, Roaw 107 to Room 106 and 1A9, each door to hafti ng1 1/22Pr Smuts T714po 4-1/2 k 4 1 Set Locke 7625dC - 3 ' 1 Door Stop MftiUS - 3 .S.010 Doors •estibulo: to Toilet and Toilet to Shmer", 0 20/1 & 21a es e 'eadh $oor to 2s0ei l 0 Door Pnlll37 , 483. k 4 i Nib Plate 3015 lIAS 3 i Dobr c1oe* X3-0 ' 1 Kick Platk 8* x + fl leab thkh 'widt~ bf 'do*t 16-0ae a ,'M3 tcp Otft13J9 1 Sign t) o tb bb a'electeds ,10 lattefe (Don 2" OA-0 ' ~ DeaSlob~C 4$'21 - ~ '(Doak 25/1 one} §AM Doors; 26A, fray Storage IA3, goo .door _.to *Vol 1 1.1/2 Pr Batts T714PC 4-1/2 a 4 OP 1 set Looks 762500 3 ' l Door Stop WFB13XB 3 222 LoadinR c f m irey etch par to r 4 Butte TA714PC 4_1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP on cutewing 1 Looks 7626 00 - 3 2 F1 Bolts 3450 - 24" - Us3 2 Doc Folders 0JF20 - Us3 re from Stairs ea or to : 2 Pr Butts 714PC 4-1/2x 4-1/ NRP I Set Panic evicss 4804 - M3 1 Door 02080 74-PH9 1 Kick Plate x 2" lose th width of Door, 16-Qa._ U33 Fairs-of r d bb ea = 4 Pr Butts TA271 4-1/2 x -1/2 I 2 Door Pulls 927DT Us3 2 Push Plates 3015 2 Door Closers 54.0 2 Door Holders Wild - U3 2 Kids plates 9" x 2" 1 e than width of door, I", - Us3 U11 am 06 and 100- "okk d.. - • _ 1 Pairs of Doors 27i 28 . 29 , Meeting Area to Roams VI WA ' s, each pair to haves 4 Pr Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 t 2 Door Pulls 3302 - US3 2 Push Plates 3015 YAB - U33 1 Deadlock 4825 - 3 2 nushbolts 3450 - 240 - U33 2 Door Closers-74-H 2 Door Stops GJF813XS - 3 2 Kick Plates 8e x 20 leas than width of door, 16-ga. - U33 Pairs of Doors 49/7, 5011, Meeting Hall from Storage, each pair to haves 1 Set Pivots, Builders Brass J1-X without threshold 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 241 - US3 1 Deadlock 4320 - U63 Pair Dock from Meeting Hall. to haves k of Dor ~tta TA714~'C ~ ~!2x4 MtP each pair 1 1 Set Locks: 7626 OC US3. 2 Flush Bolts 3451 - 24%-.- U53 2 Door Stops and golden OJF20X 1 Doan Closer,75-0 {aetiva l"O Bifold Doors 53416 Serving Kitchen to Kitchen, each set to haves I.. Set Bifold Hardware Orant 2520 to +4 ' it , F1ueh+.Bolta 3450.w 12*:►. U33 (Monattpn inside face) _Pairs of Doors 3111 thru 47/1, Storage Closet to Meeting Room, saoh to haves 1-1/2 Pr Bolts T2714CD - 4- x 4 1 Set Locks 762500 - US3 1 Second Floor Sgle,Doors 15/2. Stairs from Mech. Re 1-1/2 Pr 9utts TA714Po 4-1/2,x 4 1 Set Locke 76050C - US3 1 Dwr Closer.53-0 1 boor Stop lIJ~'8137~5 Sgle =Doors 8/2, ill , to $UeWSO 1 w . 10/2,& 11/2* HAU and Reception to Offices, each door to haves 1-1/2 Pr ButtsnT27WP 4-1/2 x 4 1 ,1 S4t'I~o A.7605W.r U33! 1.~.,: .`D'oor' 3gle;Doora A/9 asd 13/2, Aalcow to Men and ladies. each door to haves 'r r <r l-1/2 rr Outts-TAMPC 4-1/2 x 4 Est jqqkm:761600 y US3 ti Door closer 53-0 1 Door Stop GJIPB13ZS - US3 N y yY. J :e . kay •i{ .Y Pr jj&U Cairo gj s, etch a 2r to have: tl~4i~ X107 4 Pr Butte TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 104 2 Door Pulls 3302 - US3 2 h Plates 3015 NAB - US3 1 oak 4825 - 3 2 Flu Bolts 3450 - 24" -US3 2 Door losers 74-H 2 Door ps OM23XS - 3 2 Kick P1 tee 8" x 2" less an width of door, 26-ga. - US3 SW&m, each r to W : 1 Set Pivotal, Builders Br so J1-X without threshold 2 Flush Bolts 450 - 24" - US3 1 Deadlock 48 - U$3 e have: 4 Pr Butts TAN4-1 x 4 UP 1 Set Locks 73 2 Flesh Bolts - US3 2 Door $taps OJF20x 1 Door Closer ve leaf) Kitchen B"j U/1 ohm Ig each set to hates y l' Set Bitold HardK " rant 2520 to fit Y 2 Flush Bolts 3450 1 " - US3 (ttount on ipaide face) w: d Pairl of Doorg 2 F ! Lobby, h r lave: 2 Rlxaon SA Floor inges 90S -US3 2 Rixaon Side J Pivots 9 - US3 1 Sot Panic Devic 9410 x t271T - US3 1 Set Panic Devi 9413 z 27 x 413 -X33 2 Kick Plates '8" 2" less width of door, 16-ga. - US3 Doom Exterior 2 and 3/2, f each have: 4 Pr,Butte TA714PO 4-1/2 x 4 1 :Set R*do Devices, 9804;- US3 A fir. coder 74409"- I Door Stop GM19X - U33 Dod*~s ,,4/2. B:terior l:+am 8 ~ cos ~lis~~t 4 Pr Butts TA7l4PC 4-1/2 x 4 URP 1 Set Panic Devices 9804 - US3 1 Door Closer 7449 1 Door Stop OJFB19X - U83 1 Kick Plate 8" x 2" less than width o r, 16-gae - 03 22-3 ' S&L* Roo_l6/2._QKioe to AtoM M e*#4 dear to hams 1.1%2 Pr Butts l714P0 4:1/2 x 4 ' 1 Set Locks 762500 - US3 1 Door Stop WFB13XS - U83 Sale Doors 172, office to Ticket Booth Stairol each door to haves ' l Set Grant Sliding Door Hardware 4Mt 1210, to git 2 Flush Fulls, Qrant 428 - U33 1 Edge Pull Safe 2244 - US3 Fairs Dpsrs, 2 2, 8,~%irs M §!1gomys each a& to haves 3 Pr Butts TA714M 4-1/2 x 4 2 Door Pulls 3302 - U33 2 Push Plates 3015 - US3 (1 cut for cyli ar) 1 Deadlock 4825 - U33 ' 2 Flush Bolts 3450 - 2V ~63 2 Door; Close" 544_ ' 2 Door Stops GM131S 2 Kichc Plats,. 84 x 20 lea,* than width of door, 16 V. ^ U53 ' Mg. gf " 24re. 27/21 to Boni 220 1e14n .4ower _f= each pair to hen s 3 tr 0014 X11 4-1f2 * 401.pl IRF 1 mod, kook 48r V33,C in.l to - 9 h aolts -3la5`o, 241' W3 2 Door Stops ark Aolderi~'J76-dl 2 ~ ?41!.. 7693m rr Imi4e . L 22-4 i r~•e„~tin„ QAs Mrs 5(a. IM and - 2 Hall an- d Ldbby from Amu, each &r tc_._.~°v s 1-1/2 Butts TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 1 3 Locks 76050C - US3 1 Closer 53-0 1 Doo Stop WFB13X•S §jds all to FIggy M n_ 12 fi 8 1112, d Reca n Offices egeh door to bMs 1-1/2 Pr ButtX BP 4-1/2 x 4 1 Set Lock00 - 053 1 boar sto13X3 - U33 at e Dogre 12/2 and 12 balcony !2 e ZL&dies. ch door t We: 1-1/2 Pr Butts TA71 4-1/2 x 4 1 Set Looks ?Gl - U33 1 Door Closer 53-4 1 Door Stop OJFB7 - Us3 Doom 1612, Offigg to fth Ogg[ to s 1.1/2 Pr Butte T714PC 4-1Yk- I 1 Bet Looks 762500 - 1 Door Stop WFB13XS fi 17/2, Office to Stairs. each s 4 1 set Grant Sliding Doo Kara Grant 1210, to git 2 Flush Pullet Grant - 1 Edge Pull Sale 2244 Us3 Fairs of Doors 25/2. Stairs ! each pjAr to v s 3 Pr Butts TA714PC 4- /2 x 4 2 Door Falls 3302 - 3 2 Push Plates 3015 - 'S3 (1 cut ! cyl'.nder) 1 Deadlock 4825 - Us 2 Flush Bolts 3450 24" - U83 2 Door Closers 54-H 2 Door Stops GJFBl 2 Kick Plates 6" x 81 less than width of door, 16-ga. - U33 sale Doors rss I 1-1/2 Pr Butts TA71 4-1/2 x 4 1 Door Pull 3302 053 1 Push Plate 301 NAB - U33 r 1 Door Closer 53 1 Door Stop GJF 313 - 3 1 Kick Plata 2" lees than width of doo 16-ga. - U33 22-4 S e a 82 Toilet toShowers, each drt v~ 1 3302 - U33 1-1/ \Door TA714PC 4-1/2 x 4 1 e 3022 MAJ - U53 1 4821 - U53 1 Closer 53-0 1 GJF813XS 1 o 8n x 2" lase than wid of door, 16-ga. US3 SS o of 01 re 19/2. 2 ?A/2. 2 d ?6 2 et from- Otorage and gitcholA each a t Zv*,, 1 Set Grant A cordion Doore 1600, to fit 1 lm,ush Pull ea Flush Rfit Pgts Slidjog re eo 201, c set to haves 1 3 Poo. Tr.sck Gran 1 fuli 1+idth of room 2 Sheaves 1411 fo ea lea! I Flush Fill Safe - U33, for each leaf 3"s o sa .+s nom. 203 to Bmw 2M, naoh set to haves t 4 Po Track Grant 400 ull width of room 3 Sheaves 1411 or sac leaf 1 Flush Pull a 2170 US 3, for each leaf ' Pairs ra 2 2 Room Z w lower each mdr to haves 1 4820 - US3 Cyl side ' 3 /KnoPulle 714PC 4-1/2 x 4 /2 NRP 2 a 3450 - 24" - US 2 and Holders GJ76 2 76930C - US3 ineid r r 1 i 22-5 ITEM NO. 19 1 Hefer to Division 231 PAINTING AND FINISHING, Paragraph 1, Scope of the Work: (a) Subparagraph "(a) (3)", omit the words "in Remonstration Kitchen". ' (b) Add the following item to subparagraph "(a)": , "(5) Concrete blocks in toilets only - Epoxy finish." (c) Subparagraph "(b)", omit We wor4a "laminated beams, wood deck" ' mso7 2a ilJb~w tju~ i ,ti f ~:z: r~ > z i o~ 4~ ir":)l doj-& 'I"A 11d1 e'-Jvec,ri11 F 3f;oj r~~es -101 ~ 'A 071' 93x2 111" ri uLi t :gvrrf uJ IirQ_r{__r, ~nf3 vjwoi_WOROd GS: moue: of ,~.~~5 e:?oC 3n e'sfn 1 iFIb1 x :\I-v i i 1 2•-SS t DIVISION 23 - PAINTING AND FINISHING 1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: ' a) The work described in this division of the specifications includes the preparation, painting or finishing of the following items: (1) Interior and exterior ferrous metal - painted. (2) Gypsum board surfaces - painted. SF.E ALIJk::ryu,Y ~~0. (3) Wood cabinets and closet doors in Demonstration Kitchen: plywood balcony facing - finished. ' (b) Plywood storage room door panels - fshed. h) Finished wood sticks ME AA6 tiDUM NV. , laminated beams, wood deck, are to receive no applied finish. SM A.D.U"%uuat NO .Z o) Finishing for wood floors is described in that division of the speci- t fications. d) All tools, equipment, material, labor and other paraphernalia necessary for the successful accomplishment of this portion of the work shall be fur- niched by the Contractor. 2. PAINT MATERIALS GENERALLY: a) Paint, varnish and stains shall be of type and brands specified under Schedule of Painting", Basic painting materials such as linseed oil, ahellao, turpentine, thinners, driers, etc., shall be of highest quality and have identifying labels on the containers, b) All materials shall be delivered on the site in manufacturer's sealed containers. Each container shall be labeled by the manufacturer. Labels shall give the manufacturer's name, brand, type of paint, color of paint and instructions for reducing. Thinning of paint shall be done only in ' accordance with directions of the manufacturer. Job mixing or job tinting may be done when approved by the Architect and for sample colors. ' c) Bids shall be based on the use of specific brands and quality as speci- fied. No substitution shall be made without the written approval of the Architect. ' 3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: a) Access panels and registers, generally, shall be painted the same color ' as adjacent walls and ceilings. Where adjacent surfaces do not require painting, use color as directed. b) Prime coated butte and overhead door closers shall be painted the sera color as door trim to which they are attached. o) Exposed piping, conduit, ductwork and hangers generally shall be painted ' color and texture to match walla or ceilings adjacent to them. Where adja- cent surfaces are unpainted, use color as directed. ' 23-1 ' d) Each coat of paint shall be slightly different shade than preceding coat. The final undercoat shall be tinted to color of the finish coat. a) The top and bottom edges of all metal doors shall be finished with two coats of paint as specified for feces. Apply after fitting and before faces are painted. f) Where open cabinets br shelves occur, room finish on walls shall not be omitted. However, painting on walls will not be required back of per- manently built-in cabinets with closed backs. ' 4. PREPARATION OF SURFACES: a) ns olion of Surfaces: Do not begin painting on any surface until ' it has been inspected and is in proper condition to receive the paint as specified. Should any surface be found unsuitable to produce a proper paint finish, the Architect shall be notified in writing and no material ' shall be applied until the unsuitable surfaces have been made satisfactory. b) Finished wood surfaces which are to receive no applied finish shall 1 be carefully sanded to smooth and even surfaces, and until all imperfec- tions bave been removed. Naile shall be set and the hole filled with putty colored to match the wood. Other holes and cracks shall be similarly filled. ' e) Steel and Irons Remove grease, dirt, mud, rust and scale as necessary to receive paint. Touch-up any chipped or abraded places on item that have been shop coated. Where steel and iron nave a heavy coating of scale, it shall be removed by deecaling or wire-brushing as necessary to. produce a satisfactory surface for painting. d) ne : Before painting, remove hardware, accessories, plates, light- ing fixtures and similar items or provide ample protection of such items. On completir7 of each apace replace above items. To paint bottom edge remove doors, if hung. Use only skilled mechanics for removing and connect- ing above itome. When spray painting is used, protect adjacent surfaces as required i;r directed. ' S. APPLICATION: ' a, Do not api1y exterior paint in damp, rainy weather or until the surface has dried thoroughly from the effects of such weather. Do not apply var- nish or paint when the temperature is below 500 F. b) Surfaces to be stained or painted shall be clean, dry; smooth and adequately protected from deaspness. Each cost of paint shall be applied smoothly, barked out evenly and allowed to dry at least 48 hours before subsequent coat is applied, o) Finished bark shall be uniform and of the approved valor. It shall 1 completely cover, be smooth and fras from runs, svgs, dogging or sxcasive flooding. Make edges of paint adjoining other nstsrials or colors sharp and clean without overlapping. j d) At completion, touch-up and restore finish wbere dan"M and 1"" in good condition. 23-2 1 ,~r•ilj~_~71 ^l ~~+ii: :r~sr3ii' :rt, rf, ~;fi~~ 'tom, ~~o~ nD13~7 (h ~oJ ri~ir.15 troo . ~ i;.1 iy t,^(i.'Ln.f I ♦.l.Pfts) ~"Ib ~ ~r" ,](if [~:~7 ~B , •r.. ,:n-•ri 3~rr1 .~-rr r~•'~ ~ ~l . J ii(1' , , 3S 1 ~1 J..IU ° b`t -'t:~n So ..~r, , _•r.<<, ~ t -'i 1 : s . ( .f ri. ,'t'.. .'~3lcn 9d Itrr v"u" ~rI1 -I T,.. " r•,~: ft"`1 f•~)~'~ n~:d JY i {f j1 ~ F aP r t i,•. ,t[ iS !..',~~~i • ,i 3 . f' t. , i t fn~3 3i.1,"'! Y'Ir,..1~e2a13e~3 obr',- CI9Sl O,Wrfj tt):) II r311 J.;.? iL I f.'IL jP, lid l r:,% rffr!a r?P1n12 t's1l+~~r~ D:I svlear,I .ni r,rfs i1~L~izr e~ .r'i I~ t biri Yn~r7 -'IVSny~m1 PIP ii.irw baz ,~e,F7 sI .Zav~ bus IaJo.:%e of k,.+r Lf.tu't~zro ' `1 ' xiJY4f bOPIM r*loci 94J brie JE~a od S Lk-de 811,5'11 . i)hvc +z r: r)d svrri r .,01 J •t {•IC .FLT-le ,erl Iffet bits wood ^Ir.'jo . t., prr yrfJ r{~ c I h~. toloa ~J3„~~ ,bsif.i3 -1r~~~979n zs e~Ir,~a bnA Jeu-1 tb= Jnlb ~er;r,3~~'svomRS: :?~%T fne PDgJZ, (o >r,C!f er ,J1 1113 esosfq bVb,e+Ids -1o ba4411 io ' tri P, qu-n'^uoi trc ,vYe~4I of ,eLnae Io gnIJro,3 vvrn,d s evpri swil Line lot+JZ nu..t' b,Jro~ r;are rtesd evert ' c,o,vbo'rq.0 %ireevs3n cc sr1lrizu d-0-11,4,-10 •r+~Irn ~h \aJ brvo;",-1 rid IffAl JF . .;nt~irriFq 'r+~2 s~~3~uI~ •Z^r,tos3eYJRr n If ,831!-Iq ,r:aY-1ozz0t o6 ,o'Ifwn rr.ri vvo 'I ,"rILj,J q eTn:c,cz fAS_'r;,:.Q f "Jt d%,.P IO I1~iS.}~flT4-14 t'fr"f1C ;G1l,j O 8'i~;Sf 'Isfl.nta trl£ e -IuJxII n1 ".~~,jr:.i ~i..~. ~ I l'Vl. . ; , j~_.~'1 i~'~•'~0 f,•,r.`., i" f91'Zf"~'1 n0 ::..>-1 'ir`k X11 i i ) 11 .r [rl c., 'ifi. "YI1uj"t'. eq ITEM NO. 2 Refer to Division 23, PA1'NTING AND FDMWING, Paragraph 7, Scheduli of Painting, add the following subparagraph: "(6) Concrete blocks in toilet rooms , lot Coat - Sherwin-Williams "Bloc-Tex" filler to fill all holes and voids and to present a smooth, solid base for final coats ' 2nd Coat - Sherwin-Williams "Tile Clad Catalyzed Epoxy Enamel" 3rd Coat - Same" 6. STORAD -WOWNG SPACE: All materials used on the job shall be stored in a single place designated by the Architect. Such storage place shall be kept clean and all damage ' to it or to its surroundings shall be made good. Any oily rage, waste, etc., must be removed from the building every night and every precaution taken to avoid the danger of fire. 7. SCtP! M OF PINTUOs ' a) The (duds and brands of paint and number of coats required on the various surfaces shall be as follows: (1) Gnf m Boards let Coat - Tape, bed and re-bed, sand smooth 2nd Coat - Texture paint with fine grain stipple 3rd Coat - Sherwin Williams Fast-Dri Wall Primer 4th Coat - Sherwin Williams Quali-Kote ' (2) 41yaniied !fetal t let Coat - Rust-Oleum Gelvinoleum #1225 Red 2nd Coat - Rust-Oleum Galvinoleum #1386 Gray ' 3rd Coat - Sherwin Williams Oil-Base Exterior Gloss (3) Ferrous Hetalse ' lsf. Coat - Sherwin WUI lame Zinc Chromate Primer B50-Y-1 (if item is furnished with shop coat, omit this item, ' except to touch-up scratched and abraded areas.) 2nd and 3rd Coate- Sherwin Williams Oil-Base Exterior Gloss ' (4) W.:_:d Cabinets. Closet Doors and Plywood Balcony Pacing: let Coat - Pratt & Lambert Tonetic Wood Stain lid Coat - Weldwood Paste Wax, buffed to luster finish (5) Pln Storage Room Door Panels: let Coat - Sherwin Williams Varnish Primer 2nd Coat - Sherwin Williams Feet-Dri Varnish ' M ADDENDUJA N9.3 23-3 °t 1~•h: Y'il•e a.,r'k'i w y r'!'n°1 '^l,riktw`" '~',A.' ''PF~\.,i/' +e~ . - - a yyyk7 ' I' ~ f I I ~ i I 1 c i I r r I ~ ~ ~ ! ' ,~I I i I ' I I J t ~ I r ' f I !11 I I f I~i o I ~.r l I I ! I ~ ~ i ! i' I f r 14 O. { i I I I I I 7 ~ ! 3 w I j ox I }I I 140 ~ t 1 1 f I amt ~ ~i~ ^ i I I I I i I I ~ I rta01 * i+~ W i ~ I { I 1 ~ x O'm' NtD1 it 'N,tD W oD.tp p,M' tIJ'~ p'j Ip'.1 t y~y~yly y!~ y yly y•y!y ~ i ~ a~.ylylyiy°i'y y~~0o,z+ I ~00 Cp OD;[~ ' ~ i l ~ A'OfN',000D'ODOOIOD~m101 OOIVI CD' f1;oDi0010ioD'CON'a4oo;a0 ~ ' , ' ~~~NOJ Q3510d.X.~ • ` _ .t__~ -f I .•f.~' °r~tl.s e0~.e,.-t fl.s i .r 1 I I ~ , ■ a •Q axfl dens , 1 I r I r d- Ef cf. I >C kk ~ ' - 1 _ M • f ~ ~ kpQla'Qk ~ ~ I ~ J WILL ;)Uq goa$ ~ I 1 1 , ! . I ~ Q?r Oi L~ - ~ f I I ' ~d DQ ?Ci xx: ' ~tIVd N~Y2iH ,--~--.-7_--•~-.-~' ; -j--r-..~~.... ~-~-----t-'-;--i_i... I MIA It I 1 j w r... ..V ° ! i i o e! i I I I i ~f ~1 a V V 9 V I . o a'II W; $ i oj OC ' i ' ty H i~l Fr. ~f T" va ~ c4 ..tcva~~'i~m ~ '+R m~r• I~~ ! ~ i j ~ I J Vq 0", . k it ~ I I r a ~ a 'r I el :Ir„ x 9474 7171 7`xT911 11 N U V- &&& i- o. a• r- O~ O~ T O~ o• O~ O. O• lit ?y a1o.2ouoo Poo ►4 y4 sd >4 >4 ti4 ~I >4 >4 34 rk i ` • "WadeM IMTToo PooM N d r V ' 460a Pooh o 0 aTU OTMOD sc A a "*I" PoaM .a >4 ?4 N ' P4 a TJe P°a~ pooe 3(oj.ig oovj poocd cg H y4 N>4 ' 4.4X >4 %4 >4 54 NN H gadJ9J7e~ x save ON a >4 >4 >4 >4 >4 >4 >4 44H%44 MM 0 < y oTU "TO a. a. aaAVd YOTJEJ W X 04 >4 >4 >4 yd 0 qaTuTj PAUL •ouoo a o a 10 da9 00 ° aTU OTM9.100 m >4 S4 >4 >4 co a or 3(ooTH POOM '4 >4 y4 bd 4 >4 >4 ~4 $4 .4 all .049 AA •btR> 11.11 CIO 24-1 o g ~ 0 43 V 43 ♦3 H 1 = !~~qee mqr t to e r a s e = +IC s s r s M,m ,xe r y ep = a sp sp so ep N ~ ~ l~ 1~ i l l 4q.. I~~ 1 Pit 1. r r r r w w w w w r r r r Jr r ~rN1 r r r r Y r r r F) o 110 10 CD 110 r4 #.4 r4 nt s4 s1 a M 04 N a e4 se >e s4 M >a s4 ►e !4 ►4 ae ►4 se a _ - ~mm >4 0 ' ~ +s y4 i4 >d Y4 x 7C a4 rt +4 >4 N >4 x w Y4 .a ►d ye s4 as b4 >4 be M M ti 1-1 fI ►4 ±4 >4 M k M M m ?4 1r4 m Y4 x m b4 >4 m m !4 m H 1 '4 H M $4 ' W bd /4 W A >4 A CC $4)4 H b4 s4 m m m 04 a ~4 M ~4 o-4 4 ~q 'J4 a 081 1 42 $ 13 do t ' x p v EJ Fl C) El q 8 O b O O O p e O OOOGGG p ~Ki E O ww v, ~ -III! Haag o o N N V! 01.01 .80 ~tn NfA ~~Z7~ ~ OWR o 24-2 r DIVISION - CERAMIC LIGHT FIXTURE SHULS r 1. SCOPE F THE WORK: ' s) The Contractor will include in his bid the cost of installing all items hereinafter specified and the purchase of these items as set forth in the Allowance, unless otherwise specified. ' b) Coordinations 8stwja Fiectrical and General Contractora: (1) The following schedule of ceramic shells, slectrirai fitments, and metal fitments is intended to facilitate the assembly and erection of ceramic shells and related electrical components. (2) The General Contractor shall be responsible for all work not within the realm of the Electrician's trade, and conversely the Electrical Contractor shall furnish and assemble the items peculiar to the electrical trade, or se required by local codes. (3) The stated allowances shall apply only to ceramic shells and r specially fabricated metal pieces. CF.RAKC INSTAL r TYY E A (3 required) Allow for: Ceramic Units, 3 0 $140.00 $ 420.00 $ Al" w for: Fabricated Metal Pieces 300.00 Electricals Aseembly: Components and ceramic shell, and provide electrical fittments for ten r (10) 60-watt lamps. (7 rec fired) Allow fort Ceramio Units, 7 ® $25.00 175.00 Electrical: Canopy, conduit hanger, and electrical ' fittments for one (1) R40, 150-watt; two (2) 60-watt lamps. r TYPE C (8 required) Al)-ow for: Ceramic Units, 8 0 $25.00 200.00 Electrical: Canopy,conduit han er, and electrical fittmenta for one f1) 150-watt silver r bottom lamp. I ' TYPE D (25 required) Allow for: Ceramic Unite, 25 0 $25.00 675.00 Provide: (Two (2) each unit) 1" Diameter eye- bolts and masonry anchors (Tampin) Electrical: See Fixture Schedule. Hang ceramic units over installed fixtures. r ' 25-1 1 E R (8 required) ' Ceramic Units, 8 a $20.00 160.00 loo : Canopy, conduit atom and electrical fittments for one, (1) W. 150-wattj two (2) 60-xatt (1, .bquired) ' &Ur,+L L*X ~t Ceramic Units, 4 0 $20.00 100000 Eleciixi~ oral:„ Canopy, conduit stem hanger and electrical fittments for one (1) R-401 ' 150-Wattj two (2) 60-watt leaps. _ Total allowance Ceramic Shells $1, 07373 .00 Total allowance Fabricated Metal Pieces ' c) An exposed metal to be painted as specified in Division, 23 - PADWO AND rI1VI81i11 o 1 1 e i 1 i 1 i 1 25-2 of 94hn Divibiou 36 0e lpeoiticadonse Chafe item s, i,• and 7 to read as Mews: apply stress to strands gradMAY aid ew* to prevent ' warping of compression ring and to facilitate alignment and truoing of bob and strand profile, Begin tenetoning by turning nut at tension rings, following this with a pair of calibrated jacks. Stress two upper strands, each diarattricaW opposite, then stress the two corresponding lower strands. Continue in this manntac, following STRAND TE g a W detailed on sheet REV-S-S until each live oon+plebs stressing stages have been complated and all strands we within 3% of their specified final stress level. Recheck strand tension aid strand r profile after all dead loads have been added and make stress level adjustments as required by Engineer, Number strands and record stress level and strand proEgo during all phasss of tensioafng, Promptly forward copies of these data to EVinow for evaluation and review, Coordinate ail details with E fthwer f. NOTE: Roof sus?zz:.djon cables and stressing mrti by the Prom oon Ctepooration, 3270 We Fain, oft. 905, llonston, Texas is acceptable. 1 S-ZS , DIVISION 26 ERECTIONOF SUSPENDED ROOF 10 Set compression ring segments and field weld together. 2. Attach four (4) 1-1 round x 201-41, temporary steel stay rods to top of both upper and lower tension rings to maintain circular shape during stressing operation. ' 3. Raise center hub and support on scaffold at final elevation. 4. Lace strands, Attach struts and take up slack in strands. W ADDaiDUH NO. I S. Apply stress to strands in three stages of approximately 1/3 final ' stress per stage. A stage consists of stressing all strands to approximately 113 of final stress in the following sequence: Stress two upper strands, each diametrically opposite, then stress the two corresponding lower strands. Continue in this manner until All strands have been stressed equally. Stressing may be accomplished by tightening turn bucUle at compression ring, or threaded stud at tension ring. Actual stress to be determined by calibrated jack attached to threaded stud at tension ring. Exact hardware type of be determined by Contractor for stress checking equipment to be used. Method, equipment and hardware to be approved by Engineer. = ADDS.NDUJII NO. 3 60 Carefully check stress after final stage to see that all strands are uniformly stressed at proper level and that hub is centered and at proper elevation. 7. Exact stress for upper and lower strands will be established by Engineer. Carefully coordinate all details with Engineer. ' S. Bolt aAilers to strand and lay wood deck. 90 Remove temporary stays in Item 42. r 100 Erection equipmert may operate from first floor by appropriate use of load distributing planking and under floor sharing. 1 M-1 1MAT3NG. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Table of Contents Item Page No, ' 1. Scope M-3 2, Special Conditions M-3 3. Fees, Permits and Inspections M-5 4. Inspection of Building Site M-5 5. Products and Materials M-5 6. Checking and Testing Equipment by Contractors and Manufacturers Representatives M-5 7. Specifications M-6 81 Cutting, Boring and Excavation M-6 9. Cutting and Patching M-6 10. Equipment Protection M-6 110 Damage to Work M-6 12. Cleaning, Testing and Adjusting m-7 13. Work by Others M-8 14. Noise Level M-8 15. Substitutions of Materials and Equipment M-8 16. Location of Equipmeat H-9 17. Installation and Connection of Equipment Furnished by Others M-9 18. Measurements M-10 19. Piping M-10 20. Pipe Supports M-11 21. Pipe Sleeves M-11 22. Flashings M-12 23, Valves M-12 24. Vents M-12 I 25. Strainers M-12 26, Gauges and Gauge Connections M-13 270 Thermometer and Thermometer Wellsi M-13 28. Drains H-13 ' 29. Balancing Dampers M-13 30. Air Outlets, Grilles, Registers and Diffusers M-14 31. Access Doors M-14 32. Flexible Connections M-15 33. Balancing M-15 34. Operating Instrue'ions and Final Drawings M-16 35. Cutting and Patching M-16 36. Equipment Foundations M-17 37. Painting: M-47 oil 1~ 1~s.d'1~11'N r t _ M-2 ' Item Page No. 38. Starters M-18 39. Motors M-18 40. Insulation Piping M-18 41. Insulation - Ducting M-19 42. Ducting M-20 43. Exhaust Fans M-21 44. Air Handling Equipment M-21 45. Aitomatic Temperature Controls M-22 46. Control Instruments M-24 47. Sequence of Operation M-24 48. Manufncturera' Qualifications M-25 i 4~:s_M~`.H1 ` i:LAR ♦~'7)..SwaH!M17 .Y ' M-3 ' HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ' SF3E ~Di:~'`rDUM fi0.5 1. SCOPE: A. The work covered under This Section of the Specifications consist of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, appliances and material, and in performing all operations in connection with the instal- lation of a complete system of HEATING, VENTILATING and AIR CON- DITIONING. (1) as shown on the drawings, (2) as discussed in these Specifications and (3) as necessary to provide a complete integrated and satisfactorily operating installation, The work ' is subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract and in- cludes, but is not limited to the following: ' (1) Air handling unit with filters and coil sections, etc. (2) Ducting (3) Chilled water piping, fittings, valves, etc, (4) Dampers and controls (5) Grilles, Registers and diffusers ' (6) Duct insulation (7) Pipe Insulation (S) Exhaust fans with ducting and registers (9) Painting ' B. This Contractor shall include in his bid all of the general con- struction required for the installation of the Air Conditioning System, such as concrete supports below equipment, pipe anchors etc., unless otherwise noted. 2, SPECIAL CONDITIONS: A, These Special Conditions shall supplement the General Conditions and the Supplementary General Conditions of the Contract which ' are hereby included in this section of the Specifications,' B, Contractor shall examine such doements together with addenda issued and bid his work in accordance with same, C. Certain paragraphs included in this section ore supplemental to similar paragraphs in above named documertd. They are not intended to supersede those paragraphs. Should any conflict exist, the matter shall be referred to the Architect for clari- fication, f. ,;'t ~ttr r rt'"~ 1i. Y,.t .'~.~t .i _ ~•t SRN J ~.I~ .S tnG 4 .e tit ~^,w +~"y4'. ' M-4 D. Codes, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations: Comply fully with requirements of all codes, ordinances, rules and regulations in effect at the site. Report any conflicts with these requirements found in the Specifications and accompanying drawings to the Architect who will issue the necessary Instructions or addenda to the Contract Documents. E. All electrical devices and equipment shall be labeled by National Board of Fire Underwriters' Laboratories. ' F. In no case shall a Bidder base his bid on a class of material or workmanship less than that required by the Contract Documents nor the above codes or ordinances. All modifications which may be required by local Authority having legal jurisdiction over all or any part of the work shall be made by this Contractor without additional charge, In all cases where such authorit;r ' requires deviatioas from the requirements of these Specifications or the accompanying drawings, this Contractor shall report same to the Architect and shall secure his approval before the work is started. ' G. Comoleteness: It is the responsibility solely of the Contractor for the completeness of his work and for giving timely and adequate information to other Contractors where required for proper rout- ing and support thereof. H. Workmanship and Installation: All work shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner, by mechanics skilled in their respective trades and properly licensee. All a pipment shall be installed in accordance with the reconrnendations of the manufactur- er and the best standard practice to bring results of first class, only. 1. Contractor shall schedule his work to permit inspections by the Architect and/or authorities having jurisdiction, before the work is concealed. J. If the Contractor performs any work contrary to the applicable Codes, Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations, or Contract Documents without written notice to and approval from the Architect, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom to correct such work. K. Contractor shall lay out his work carefully at the site to con- form to the building and site conditions and to avoid all obstruc- tions. He shall coordinate his work with that of the other trades to avoid delays and expense to others. L. Except where specifically noted, the Mans do not give exact elevations or locations. This Contractor shall acquaint himself thoroughly with the details of the proposed construction, in- cluding exact elevations, locations of necessary points of con- nections, and obstructions to be considered, using visit to the site prior to bidding, Where necessary. i v M-S 3. FE£Si PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS: Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and licenses required for work. He shall give all notices one. comply with all Laws, Ordin- ances, Rules, Regulations and Contract requirements bearing on the work. ' 4. INSPECTION OF BUILDING SITE: Before handing in his bid, it is necessary that the Contractor visit I ' the building site achy ascertain for himself the conditions to be met there in installing the new work and make dLc? provisions for same :.n his bid. It will be assumed that the Contractor, in hbL-Ainp in his bid, has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work necessary to properly install all the work required or shown. Failure to visit the site shall not furnish excuse for faulty workman- ship or omission of equipment or work under this Contract. S. PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS: ' A. The equipment to be furnished under this Contract shall be the standard product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same equipment are required, they shall be products of a sino.e manufacturer. Bf All materials shall be new Pnd of the best quality. All equipment requiring electrical coanections shall be provided for use with ' current available. fi. CHECKING AND TESTING UIPME?JT BY CONTRACTORS AND MANUFACTURERS' PR E ATIVE A. In order to place responsibility for the furnishing of the proper mechanical equipment and to see that it is installed as intend- ed by the manufacturer, the Contractor, during construction, shall request supervisory assistance from the equipment manufacturers' representatives so that the equipment will be properly installed. ' After installation the Contractor shall again request the repre- a rotative to inspect and see that the equipment is in proper working order. i B. Check inspections shall include air conditioning, heating and ventilating equipment, control equipment, and ouch other items as ire specifically designated by the Architect and/or the Engineer. ' C. Before final payment is issued, the representatives shall submit to the Architect, through the Subcontractor, a signed statement ' certifying to their inspection &nd that the equipment is pro- perly Installed and ready for opetatien. .re s^~ ~Ip.,kR, « t_ 7 f~ft a7! i a T 777 ' 7. SPECIFICATIONS: M•6 In the matter of Specifications, there are intricacies of construc- tion which are impractical to specify in detail, but in such matters the current rules of good practice shall govern. Any point which may seem to need clarification will be fully explained if application is made to the Architect. The Plans and Specificatioiia are intended to be cooperative and of equal binding force. Anything called for ' in** the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or vice versa, shall be furnished by this Contractor. Be CUTTING. BORING AND EXCAVATIONr A. No cutting, boring or excavati.ug, which may be necessary for this work in or about the building, which may in any way interfere with the wurk of another Contractor, or weaken the strucrure in any way, shall be undertaken without re-ceiving thkt approval of the Architect before starting same. B. All excavations made by this Contractor shall be properly filled, flooded, and tamped to the original grade. :his shall be done ' i.inder the Architect's supervision and to their entire approval. 9. CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. Each Contractor shall coordinate his work to avoid cutting of construction. Where it becomes necessary to cut through walla, floors or ceilings to permit the installarion of work vrider this Contract, or to repair defects which may appear up to the expira- tion of guarantees, such cutting shall be done under the super- vision of the Architect by the trade or Contractor whose work is to be disturbed. The damage: shall be repaired, after the work has been completed, by the same Contractor or trade. B. The coat of all such cutting and patching shall be psid by the Contractor requiring such cutting and patching. 10. E lT ENT PROTECTION: A. Contractor shall aL rill times take precautions as necessary to properly protect his work and equipment from damage. ' B. Pipe openings shall be closed with caps ox, plugs during installa- tion. Equipment shall be covered tightly and protected against dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury. 11. DAMAGE TO WORT( : This Contractor shall pay for any injury or damage to the work of anothev Contractor, which may be done by him or his workmen. The Architect shall be the arbiter in such matters aG may arise. q '..v 1,aW y i'.. 4 L~" I v ~ 1 'r ~a n, ,yy y::a. i~ ' ' M-7 12. CLEANING, TESTING AND AD,711'- ING: A. The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that scale, metal shavings, oil, pipe dope and every other impurity will tend to accumulate at restricted points and impede the circulation. Every precaution shall therefore be observed in the assembly of the water circulating systems to remove and exclude foreign matter ' and uron completion of erection a thorough cleaning program shall be observed. ' B. The cleaning operation shall be followed after all parts of the systems are in place, but before any are insulated or purred in. C. This Contractor shall take precaution during the cleaning opera- tton to protect hia work and the work of other trades and should any damage be done, he shall remedy or repair it to tha complete satisfaction of all concerned. The Owner's representavive is to r be present during the cleaning operation. D. Pill and flush system at least twice using a suitable cleaner in solution. In filling the system, be sure to vent in such a manner that the ' control valves cannot backfill, thus causing foreign matter to be introduced into the valve body. E, During the progress. of the work or ?on its completion, Contractor shall, at his own expense, make such tests of his work as herein specified or as required by the Architect or by authorities hav. ing jurisdiction. He shall provide all apparatus, temporary pip- ing connection, or other requirements necessary for such tests, and shall take all due precautiuns to prevent damage to the build- ing or its contents incurred by such tests. Contractor shall fur- nish a certified report of compliance or non-compliance on each ' test to Architect. F. All water piping systesra shall be properly tested to assure their being absolutely tight. In the case of pipet; which are to be insulated, these tests shall be completed and the piping system proved to be absolutely tight before any inwilation is applied. G. The procedure of these tests shall consist of subjecting a piping system to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 lbs. per square inch gauge for a:period of no less than eight hours. During this test period, all pipe, fitti.igs, and accessories in the particular piping system which is being tested, shall be carefully inspected. If leaks are detected, such leaks shall be stopped by means t designated by the Architects and the hydrostatic test 71,all again be applied. This procedure shall be repeated until, for an entire eight hour period, no leaks can be found while the system being tested is subjected to the pressure mentioned above. .r' d M•8 H. Wher,ver conditions permit, each piping system shall thereafter be subjected to its normal. operating pressure and temperature for a period of not less than five days. During this period, it shall be kept under the careful observation of the Contractor. The piping systems must demonstrate the propriety of their Installa- tion by remaining absolutely tight during this period. The satisfactory completion of any test or series of teats shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility with regard to the ultimate, proper and satisfactory operation of such piping sys- tems and their accessories. I. The Owner's rerresenta.tive is to be present during the testing of the piping. 1 J. The Contractor shall ode in his bLd the coat of adjusting all the systems covered L,,Jl the Contract for proper operation. K. Defective Work: If inspection or test shows defects, such de- fective work or materials shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated. Repairs to piping shall be wade with new material. No caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable, 11. WORK _BY OTHERS : A. The General Contractor shall include in his work the leaving of openings in the building floors, and walls for Supply, Return and Exhaust Air Ducts and Piping unless otherwise noted or specified herein, It Is the Mechanical Contractor's responsibility to see that all openings are left In floors and partitions for the proper operation of the system and that all openings are in the correct location, B. Painting of all grilles and registers located on the first, second floors, other than ':hose behind "sticks". C. The electric conduit and wiring for the motors, controllers, intexr- locks ac,d controls shall be accomplished by the electric wiring subcontractor unless otherwise specified. 34. NOISE LEVEL: All items of equipment shown on Plans and in Specifications have been selected so that the anticipated noise level in the buildings frfa the air corditioning system will not be above 40DBA. If the mechanical !1 Contractor wishes to make substitutions of equipment from that selected he must satisfy himself and the Engineer that the noise level in the buildings will not exceed 40DBA. 15. SUBSTITUTIONS Or MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Plans and Specifications are drawn on certain brand names and modal numbers of equipment to set a standard and to provide equip- ment to meet the space requirements, where applicable. kr B' S - •1- . . _ ` t r _ ...C _ 4 - „i~'' +u ~'A~~ 1, ~ r ~ r'r~ M-9 1 ' B. Where alternate brand names are given, it is on the basis that such equipment will be acceptable provided it meets the require- ments set forth as to capacity or otherwise. Where such alternate equipment is used as a basis of bidding, it shall be the responsi- bility of this bidding Contractor to check the proposed substitu- tions not only as to meeting capacity and other requirements but also that i* will meet the space requirements. C. All bids must be based on furnishing the named equipment or alter- nate. 1.6. LOCATION OF EOuIPMLNT: A. The Plans indicate approximate locations of items which the echanical contractor '_s to install. B. Final locations shall be confirmed by the Contractor with the Architect. C. Confirmed locations shall include but not be confined to the following: (1) Grilles, registers and diffusers (2) Operating switches And starters D. Where equipment is being furnished by another Contractor and con- nected by this Contractor, this Contractor shall request of the 4., Architect an approved drawing showing exact dimensions of required locations of service and shall install required facilities M the exact requirements of the approved drawing furnished. E. Contractor shall notify the Architect of his requirements for con- firmed locations a reasonable time in advance of construction to permit obtaining such data. F. Failure of the Contractor to so perform as described shall make him responsible for costs or changes required to conform to the requirements. 17. INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED jY OTHERS: A. Where indicated by the Plans and Specifications, this Contractor shall install and/or connect equipment furnished by other Con- tractc,rs or the Owners. B. In such cases, the equipment shall be furnished on the job, ready for work by this Contractor. Items of size or weight, which re- quire trucking or heavy handling, shall be furnished in place at the point of usage by those supplying the same. ■ Ai M-10 C. Such items shall be supplied to --his Contractor during the progress of the construction and at such times as will not reason- ably interfere with the progress of this Contractor's work, The Contractor shall notify the Architect of his schedule for such work sufficiently in advance to permit supply of the items to schedule requirements. t D. The Architect's decision shall be binding as to whether or no: the Contractor is entitled to extra compensation due to delays caused by failure of delivery of items to meet the schedule the Contrac- tor has furnished the Architect for his woz7k. E. At the time for final acceptance of this Contractor's work, should I any items concerned remain inc~)rnplete, due to the failure of others to supply same, this Contractor shall issue a credit for the ,cork not performed in amounts satisfactory to the Architect or else en- ter into an agreement with the Cwners for completion of the work at a future date. F. Where installatirn is incomplete, the Contractor shall provide cap-off, valve:-off, plate covers, or other items as directed by the Architect to leave the services ready for future connection and to place the system in acceptable condition for usage. ' 18. MEASUREMENTS : All Contractors shall verify measurements and shall be held responsible for the correctness of same,. No extra charges or compensations will be allowed on account of differences between actual i,imensions an9 those indicated by the Plans. Any differences found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration before proceeding with the work. 1.13. PIPING: A. Supply and install all chilled water, vent, relief and drain piping complete with all valves, fittings, etc. as indicated on ' Drawings and as required to form a complete integrated system. S. Chilled water piping: (1) Schedule 40 black steel pipe (2) 2" and smaller screwed construction ' (3) 2-p," and larger all weV ed construction (4) 4A'here all welled construction use black butt welding fittings (5) Flanges on welded construction, shall be slip on type (G) Fittings shall be by Tvbe Turn, Ladish or approved equal (7) All 900 ells shall be luny radius L~~ M-11 C. Install unions at all connections to equipment and where neces- sary to allow for easy dismantling anti service of equipment on screwed piping. D. All piping shall be installed in order to provide proper allowance for expansion and contraction and to be thoroughly cleaned before ' erection. Dirt pockets shall be installed at bottom of all risers and to be full size of pipe. A 3/4" hose gate valve shall be in- stalled on each pocket. 1 E. Drain Piping: Install drain piping from drain outlet of air handl- ing unit to nearest floor drain. Install trap in line from air handling units to give minimum of 21' trap. Piping to be sciicdule 40 screwed and of same size as drain outlet from equipment com- plete with fittings and with tee and clean out plugs at each turn in lines. Install drain piping at other equipment as indicated on Plans or ay required for proper draining of equipment. 20. PIPE SUPPORTS: A. All piping throughout shall be properly supported in an approved manner. B. Hangers for pipe 2" diameter and smaller shall be of the split cast malleable iron ring type with fastening device. ' C. Hangers fur pipe larger than 2" diameter shall be of the adjustable clevis type. D. No strap hangers will be permitted. E. Hangers shall be of a size to permit installing insulation full size through same and shall be provided with protection saddles equal to Crane No. 186, fur hot water piping and No. 18 gauge sheet metal protector sleeves on chilled uater piping. F. All piping shall be properly anchored to control expansion and contraction. G. Anchor hot water piping at point of entry into building in an approved manner. 21. PIPE SIEEVES: A. Install sleeves of Schedule 40 pipe in walls and floors where required. Sleeves ohall be properly set in walls, and shall be 4" larger in diameter than piping to pass through. Length of sleeves to match wall thickness. B. Where pip? sleeves pass through floors on fill, sleeves and pip- ing shall be properly flas;ied and waterproofed to prevent mois- ture leakage into building. M-17_ ' 22. FLAS}iINGS A. Supply and install flashing where pipes pass through outside walls. B. Flashing shall be of 18 gauge copper properly formed to fit a-, round pipe or insulation and shall be caulked as to make a water tight seal between pipes and building. 23. VALVES: A. Supply and install all valves where indicated on the Plans and where required to properly control water flow. Valves shall be as manufactured by Crane, Fairbanks, Jenkins, Luken!)&Imer, Wal- worth, Dezurik or approved equal. All valves shall b,. full line size. B. All gate valves 2" and larger shall be equal to Crane No. 465-~ O.S. & Y. iron body 125 lb. steam-200 1b. W.O.G. for chilled water and shall be equal to Crane No. 47X for H.T.W. (150 lb.) ' C. All gate valves smaller than 2" shall be equal to Crane No. 428. 125 lb. steam, 200 lb. W.U.G. D. Check valves shall be equal to Crane No. 373, 125 lb. Steam 200 lb. W.O.G. ' E. All globe valves 2" and larger shall be equal to Crane No. 351 iron body, brass trimmed, glanged, 125 lb, Stearn, 200 lb. W.O.G. for H.T.W. F. All globe valves €mallar than 2" shall be equal to Crane No. 7, 150 lb. steam, 300 lb. W.O.G. ' G. Drain valves shall. be equal. to Crane No. 56, 3/4" diameter. 24. VENTS: E Air Vents - Chilled Water Piping Systems: (1) The top of each water supply riser and other points :indicated on Plans and as required for removal of air from system, shall be automatically vented in en approved manner by means of a vent valve, with the drain from these vents connected' ' to the nearest drain line with Type L copper tubing and fittings. (2) Valves shall be equal to Lukenheimer Fig. No. 1728-3/4" Barstock Nee31e Valve. 25. STRAINERS: A. Supply and install shead of each control valve strainers as manu- factured by Crane; Waluorth, Leslie or approved equal. M-13 B. Strainer shall be equal to Crane No. 989-k for 2-k" diameter and larger and No. 988-~" diameter and smaller Iron Body Y-pattern. Strainers shall be full line size and shall be selected for low ' pressure drop at 100% flow. C. Install globe stop valve on strainer blow off for cleaning screen. Screen shall be 20 mesh, stainless steel. 26. GAUGES AND GAUGE CONNECTIONS: A. Install where indicated on Plans and at all of the following locations: ' (1) Inlet and outlet of all coils (2) Inlet and outlet tides of all control valves 1 B. Gauges shall be installed complete with cocks equal to Crane No. 712. C. Gauger, shall be equal .n Weksler No. 900 and shall have suitable scale. D. Gauges shall be as manufactured by Weksler, Ashcroft, U. S. Gauge or approved equal. 27. THERMOMETER AND TIMMOMETER WELDS: A. Install where indicated on Plans and at all of the following locations: ' (1) Inlet and outlet of all coils B. Thermometer shall be installed complete with separable socket equal to Weksler No. B-32. ' C. Thermometer shall be equal to Weksler Type 103 or 113. D. Thermometers shall be as manufactured by Weksler, Trerice, U. S. Gauge or approved equal. ' 28. DRAINS A. Supply and install drain valves where shown on Plans and at all low points in piping systems to :acilitate easy and complete draining of systems. ' B. Valves shall be 3/4" hoae type equal to Crane No. 56. 29. BALANCING DAME'ERS : ' A. Install butterfly type balancing dampers in each eruct connection from main ducts as indicated on Drawings. ;)ampers shall be 12 gauge galvanized p).ate with 3/8" square rods. M-14 ' B. Where ducts split, install 12 gauge galvanized splitter plate ty a damper with 3/8" square rods. Size shall be not less than 1- times duct size. C. Where butterfly type dampers are indicated in rectangular ducts, install 12 gauge galvanized plate with 3/8" square rod. Sized not less than 14 times duct size. D. Where sweeping elbow take: off are indicated, install 12 gauge splitter type damper with 3/8" square rods. Sized not less than 14 times take off duct size. E. Where balancing dampers are located above piaster ceiling, install Young regulator adjusting devices fastened to the ceiling furring. t F. Where balancing dampers are located abDve a suspended acoustical the (removable panel) ceiling or are exposed such as in Equip- ment Room, install a .Parker Kalon i::dicating (quadrant type ad- gusting device. ' 3i1. AIR OUTLETSA-Gg]LL S. REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS: Aa Supply and. install all grilles, registers and diffusers as indi- cated on Drawings, referring to Architectural reflected ceiling plcns for exact locations. B. Crilles, registers and diffusers shall be as manufactured by Tuttle and Bailey, Anemostat, Titus or approved equal, and shall be size and type as indicated on the Draulnags an) as specified hereafter. C. Supply air registers shall be equal to Tuttle and Bailey Type T557 finish matt black. D. Exhaust registers shall be equal to Tuttle and Bailey Type T117D. ' Finish prime coat. E. Diffusers shall be equal to Tuttle and Bailey Type DE for acoustic tile ceilings and Type Dr for plaster type ceilings complete with TF grid and No. 4 damper. Finish prime coat. F. Return air registers shall be equal to Tuttle and Bailey Type ' T117D. Finish prime coat. G. Where registers are installed in take off boots, install air flow regulators equal to Tuttle and Bailey Vectrols. 7.3l. ACCESS DOORS: 1 A. Where access doors are shown on Drawings or where required to pro- perly service equipment, install double thickness of panel con- struction (alvanized) with thick rigid insulation br,tween ' panels, completely equipped with rugged mounting frame bnd all reQessnry hardware including felt gasket, hinges and double acting handles. J. i r M-15 B. Doors on suction side of fan to open out and on discharge side of fan to open in. 32. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: A. Ducting: r (1) Install where shown on Drawings at suction and discharge ducts of air handling units and fans. (2) Connections to be canvas reinforced Neoprene 611 long, in- stalled in 1-k" x 1-k" x 3/16" angle iron companion flanges at unit suction and 1" x 1" x 1/6" companion flanges at unit ' discharges. B. Piping: (1) Install flexible pipe connections in all pipe] where indicated on the Drawings, and at the following locari,ins: a, at inlet and outlet of coils. (2) Connections shall be as manufactured by Garlock Packing Com- pany, Korfund, Finn or approved equal. (3) Connections to be equal to Garlock Packing Company spool type ' expansion joints full size of pipes. Joints shall be factory fabricated with p11E flanges at each end and installed to eliminate unit vViration being transmitted to piping. Piping to be supported in such manner as to avoid excessive move- ment at connection. Chilled wa`.er service g5oF. -z00 lbs. per square inch working pressure. Hot water 2700F. - 125 lbs. per square inch working pressure. BALANCINGS A. Upon completion of the air conditioning water piping system in- stallation and at a time designated by the Architects, tests shall be made of all water piping. Water piping shall be tested hydro- statically and proved tight under a gauge pressure of 100 psi r working pressure. B. After the air conditioning system has been completed, and before r the system is accepted, capacity and general operating testa on the air conditioning syst(xn shall he conducted by a competent and experienced Engineer, for the Air Conditioning Contractor, and ' the tests shall demonstrate the specified capacities of the var- ious pieces of equipment. A direc' reading velocity Instrument that has been recently tented and calibrated shall be used to show that the air flow has been so regulated as to give the re- quired cubic feet of air per minute for each supply and exhaust opening. ' 4-16 ' C. he room air quantities (CFM) shown on the ?lens are intended as a guide to the preliminary balancing of the air distribution systems. Further adjustments necessitated by heat losses or gains within ducts or variation in system construction shall be per- formed by this design load as are obtainable, for uniform temper- ature, by readjusting the air quantities as required so that all ' areas on the same equipment are at the same temperature, as con- trolled by the thermostat for same. D. The tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Architects or their authorized representative. E. The general operating test shall cover a period of not less than three days and shall demonstrate that the entire equipment is functioning in accordance with the Specifications, and to the complete satisfaction of the Architect. The Subcontractor shall furnish all equipment, instruments and personnel required for the tests, and the Owner w.ll furnish the fuel, water and electri- city. 34. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND FINAL DRAWINGS: A. The Air Conditioning Contractor shall turn over to the Owner, with his request for final payment, a brocMire containing the followin;; information and drawings: (1) Warranties and guarantees and manufacturers directions shipped with the equipment on equipment and/or materials covered by the Contract. (2) Approved Drawings including wiring diagrams, control diagrams, etc. on all equipment. (3) Approved Shop Drawings of all systems, including field prepared Drawingn for piping, layout anal installation. (4) Framed operating instructions (basic steps) (5) Any and all other data and/or drawings required during construction. (6) As-built plane, complete. One set of reproducible drawings on cloth and one set of b1fie prints. ' (7) Repair parts listed on all major items of equipment. B. All the above data and information shall be accumulated during progress of job, retained by the Subcontractor in neat form and turned over to the owner in a suitable package folder. 35. CUTTING AND PATCHING: The cost of any cutting and patching required by this Contractor during construction or within the guarantee period shall be borne by this Ccntractor. 'T V i M-17 36, ElUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS: A. Supply and install concrete foundations below equipment as shown i on Playas or as required to properly support all equipment. B. Concrete foundations under all equipment shall be a minimum 4" high, 6" wider than equipment base and 6" longer than equipment base. i 37. PAINTING: A. Painting work included under this Contract includes the painting of the following: ' (1) All equipment, piping, ducting, pipe insulation, etc. located in the mechanical equipment room. i (2) Pipe insulation located in chases. (3) Under floor and underground piping before invulation is installed. B. No painting required for ducting or duct insulation. concealed above ceilings on in chases. C. The canvas jacketed pipe covering shall be given one coat of glue sizing and two coats of lead and oil paint before the bands are installed. D. All pipe, pipe hangers, ducting and other metal wort: not specifi- cally otherwise called for herein, shall be painted one prime coat, two coats of lead and oil paint. E. Paint materials shall. be as manufactured by the Pittsburg Paint Company, Pratt: and Lambert or equal, and shall be mixed and used as directed by the manufacturer. F. All concealed pipe within the buildings shall be identified by Minnesota Mining and Mfg. Co. Scotch tape colored and lettered name strips and arrows indicating flow direction. Identification of piping in the Equipment Room shall be done by color coding as obtained from Architect. G. Obtain approved color schedule from Architect. H. UnderEzound chilled water piping shall have all metal surfaces thoroughly cleaned of gr,:ase, dirt, rust and scale by use of metal brush and scrapers. 1. All exposed grilles, registers and diffusers located shall be i painted by others. i r r. x, f e M-18 38. STARTEM A. Supply with all motors. B. Starters for motors 1 HP and above shall be combination line starters suitable for 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle operation. In NEMA type 1 enclosure. C. Complete with red running light, start-stop push buttons, 2 spare interlocks and 440 volt to 120 volt control transformer, and 0/L protection for all 3 phases. D. Size as required for motnr HP. E. Starters, General Electric, Westinghouse, Allis Chalmers or ap- proved equal. F. Starters for fractional HP motors shall be single pole, single thttw*!switch with thermal overloads to suit motor HP, 120 volt, single phase, 60 cycles, Ivory toggle handle and red running light. G. As manufactured by Arrow Hart, Allen Bradley, or approved equal. 39. MOTORS: A. Supply all motors requiraul to drive equipment specified.' i B. Install motors as required for proper alignment and operation. C. Motors shall be suitable for across the line starting and shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Reliance, Westinghouse, Allis Chalmers or approved equal. Motors shall be manufactured in accordance with A.I.E.E. and N.E.M.A. standards. D. Motors shall be open drip proof general purpose. E. Motors for 1 HP and above shall be for operation with 440 volt 3 phase, 60 cycle. F. Motors for lease than 1 HP shall be for operation with 120 volt, single phase, 60 cycle, unless otherwise noted. G. Maximum R.P.M. 1800. 40. !RSULATION PIPING: A. Supply and install all insulation and matei,idl rpa»ired to com- pletely insulate cLilled water piping Indicated, on Plans and as required to form a complete system. B. Insulation shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville, Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co., Philip Carey Manufacturing Co., Owens Corning or approved equal. i M-19 C. General: (1) Insulation shall be applied with all joints carefully fitted to eliminate voids. Where voids tend to occur, insulation shall be refitted or replaced. (2) The application of insulation in the field shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. Nu section of ineo:lated pipe in trenches shall be backfilled prior to the Engineer's approval. (3) The utmost care is to be taken to ensure that the installed insulated pipe system is of the best possible workmanship. Any section of insulation which becomes damaged whatever the cause, is to be cut out and replaced. D. Chilled Water Piping: (1) To be covered equal to 1-~" thick Fiberglas pipe covering with white flame retardant vapor barrier jacket. Longitudi- nal joints to have jacket overlap coated with vapor barrier adhesive. End joints to Le coated with adhesive, firmly butted and covered with a 4" wide strip of jacket material heavity coated with vapor barrier cement of the same color as the jacket. Adhesive shall be equal to Bandmaster K218. (2) Fittings and valves to be covered with mitred pipe :insulation ' or molded fittings, to the same thickness as adjacent piping, (3) Smooth out irregularities with asbestos finishing -ement. ' (4) Pipe, fittings, and valves to be finished with 8 ounce can- vas, adhered with "Arabol" Lagging Adhesive. Applied by ' d1pping canvas and completely impregnating with adhesive. (5) At all pipe supports, a block of Wolmanized Yellow Pine of height and width equal to the thickness of the pipe insu- lation and at least 6" long shall be inserted Into the in- sulation 41. INSULATION - DUCTING: A. Supply and install all insulation required to insulat, all fresh air, supply air ducting and plenums indicated on Drawings and as required to provide a,.eor fete. system. B. Insulation shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville, Owens Cnrn- ing, Pittsburg Plate Glass Co., Philip Carey Mfg. Co. or approved equal. C. Refer to Ducting section of Specifications for extend of internal duct insulation required. M-20 D. Duct Insulation (Internal) (1) All supply air ducting, and all fresh air ducting and cas- t ings requiring internal insulation shall be Insulated inter- nally equal to Microbar Dual Fiber Glass duct liner 1" thick- ness as manufactured by Johns Manville. (2) Ducts to be lined by adhering:ltner with Benjamin Foster No. 82-18 Qutek Tack Rubber Base Cement. Lining to be attached ' to sheet before folding Iii brake. The coated side of liner is to face the air stream. Exposed edges to be coated with above adhesive. (3) In addition to its adhesive, liner shall be secured by sheet by mechanical fasteners of welded pin type at approximately 12" centers throughout on all sides of the duct. 42. DUCTING: A. Supply and install all supply air, fresh sir and exhaust ducting indicated on the. Drawings and as required to form a complete sys- tem. B. All supply air, fresh air ducting i hal.l be insulated internally. C. All return air ducting shall be insulated internally for acous- tical reasons. D. Duct dimensions indicated on Drawings allow for internal Insula- tion where applicable and are actual duct sizes required. E. Refer to insulation section for insulation. F. Ducting shall be constructed of new clean galvanized prime grade copper bearing sheets of the following gauges: Up to 12" largest Duct Dimension 26 U.S.STD.GA. 12" to 30" Largeat Duct Dimension 24 U.S.STD.GA. 31" to 60" Largest Duct Dimension 22 U.S.STD.GA. 60" to 90" Largest Duct Dimension 20 U.S.STD.GA. ' G. Casings and plenum chambers shall be of 18 gauge galvanized sheet plate properly stiffened and braced with 1-V x 1-k" x 1/8" angle iron and shall be of internal standing seam construction. H. Type of duct construction shall be as recommended by A.S.H.R.A.E. Guide, latest edition, 1. All panels 12" and larger shall be cross broken ;or rigidity. ' J. All square elbows shall have installed in them double thickness. K. All ducting shall be scaled airtight with an approved sealer com- pound and 2" wide strip as',hesive duct tape, li 1 i ' i . i 1 . 1 1 ITEM NO. 25 Page M. 21 Item 44 A- delete A and substitute therefore "A. Supply and install 2 zone multizone nir handling unit of size, capacity and type as specified herein " and es indicated on'drawings. 1 } i M-21 L. lorizontal ducting shall he supported from structure above on a maximum of B feet 0 inches center with hangers as follows: (1) 36" and smaller - 18 gauge galvanized metal strips (no perforated strips allowed). Strip to be wrapped around duct and securely fastened to duct by sheet metal screws and se- curely fastened to structure above in an approved manner. (2) 60" largest dimension 1" x 1/8" flat bar secured as in (1) above. (3) 61" and larger - trapeze type hanger cf 1-~" x 1-k" x 1/8" angle iron with 3/8" diameter rods securely fastened from structure above in an approved manner. M. Vertical ducts in duct chases shall be supported at each floor and at mid point between floors with 1" x 1" x 1/8" angle iron securely fastened to ducts and structure in an approved manner. 41 . EXHAUST FANS : A. Supply and install exhaust fans where IndAcated on Drawings. x, $ B. Fans shall be as manufactured by I.L.G., Trane, Buffalo, Carrier, American Standard or approved equal snd to be equal to those shown on Drawings. 44. ; Y i{ANDLING EQUIPMENT: k k A." Supply a..W ins fail-3 zone multizone air hun4ling unit of size, ~;pacity and tyre as specified herein and lis:,indicated on Drawings. 1~► B Aic handling equipment shall be as manufabir.ed by Carrier, Trane, Af, Buffalo. jw-i*nt indicated on the Drawings is based on Carrier. All units shall be fcctory built urmnplete as follows: Fa4Niory insulated fan section (2) Factory insulated coil section 'lt~th.Insulated drip pan and drain outlet connection. i (3) Cooling coils for chilled water h copper tubes and aluminum fins 8 fins/ins. maxims it velocity 500 ft./min. Max p.d. 10 ft. of water. Min. b .-ows. (4) Filter section complete with cleanable filters (S) V-belt drive with edjustnblc pitch pulleys and belt guard. (G) Vitiration isolators for floor mounting. n .x:.~, x ~ v. bar: ,yt`pf ~ ~ ~ r td, ;r, c . d y~„w~ ~ . ; , ~ , r M-22 (7) Open general purpose motor. 4110 v/3 phase/60 cycle, 2 speed .11200/1800 ..P.M. (8) Starter for 2 speed motor (9) Factory assembled mvltizone damper section on unit. Electric ' Heaters and contactors specified under Electrical Section of Specifications. 45. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS: A. Scope: ' (1) The Subcontractor under 'Chis heading shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for the proper installation of an automatic temperature control system as ' herein specified. (2) .ne control system shall be pneumatic as indicated ' (3) The control system shall be completely installed by Honeywell Inc. or as approved by the Architect, Engineer and the Owner. (4) Complete air piping shall be provided for all control appar- atus. Pipe generally shall be seamless copper tubing, type L. hard drawn. Fittings shall be brass or copper solder ' joint type except at connections to apparatus where brass compression type fittings shall be used. In lieu of copper pipe for connections behind control panel and other loca- ticns that are accessible for replacement may be virgin t black polyethylene plastic tubing. (5) All piping shall be concealed, except in machine rooms, etc. ' and pipes shall be racked side by side and: not field cabled together, so that individual pipes can be traced. In lieu of racking groups of pipes, factory made cables ,nay be used. Tubing for cables shall be as specified above and shall be continuously color coded or number coded. Tubing shall be laid parallel and enclosed in a nylon or Mylar envelope over which is extruded a virgin vinyl or polyethylene sheath. r (6) Piping shall not be run concealed under duct insulation, inside of ducts or in direct contact with surfaces colder than normal room temperature, such as outside air ducts, conditioned air supply ducts, etc. r (7) All -)!ping shall be properly supported and installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Adhesive type pipe hangers shall not be permitted. (8) An air compressor shall be sized to handle the entire con- trol system while not operating more than one third of the time. A direst expansion type moisture separator shall be furnished with the air compressor as a refrigerated air dryer. t, 4U , l I Atmospheric dew point of this unit shall be at least minus 120F, The compressor shall have sleeve or ball bearings in grooved fly wheels with V-belt drives. It shall be equip- ped with a fully automatic lubricating system and all parts shall be enclosed to prevent loss of oil. The compressor shall be provided with an intake air cleaner, discharge stop valve, and pressure relief valve. The relief valve, ' placed between the compressor and the discharge stop valve, shall be set for a pressure of 10 psi above the control switch cut-out pressure. Intake air cleaners shall be of the clean- able impingement type. The compressor shall be equipped with a belt guard and motor starter for the electric motor. In lieu of the refrigerated air dryer specified, a chemical (desiccant) type may be used. This dryer shall be the twin tower type utilizing one tower to dry the compressed air while the other tower is being re-activated. Towers shall be switched automatically. B. Electric Wiring: Electric wiring shall be completely installed by the electrical subcontractor. This includes all power and control wiring, line or low voltage. All materials and labor shall be furnished by the electrical contractor. All wiring shall'be performed in accor- dance with the National Electrical Code, State and Local Codes and the requirements of this Specification, ' C. Service Guarantee: The control system herein specified shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service. If within twelve months from date of acceptance by the Architect, any of the equipment herein described is proved to be defective in workmanship or material, it will be replaced and repaired free ' of charge. After completion of the installation, the automatic control contractor shall regulate and adjust all thermostats, control valves, motors and other equipment provided under this con- tract. }se shall place them in complete operating conditions sub- ject to the approval of the Architect. This subcontractor shall, after completion of the original test of the installation and acceptance by the Architect, provide any service incidental to ' the proper performance of the temperature control system under guarantees outlined above for a period of one year. ' D. Control Diagrams: The temperature control manufacturer shall prepare six copies of a complete set of piping and wiring diagrams including all instructions and a detailed list of equipment. E. Installation of Valves and Dampers: ' All automatic control valves shall be furnished by the temperature control manufacturer and installed by the mechanical contractor with the exception of refrigerant solenoid valves, if any, which r r M-24 sre to be furnished by others. All automatic control dampers ' shall be furnished by Vib temperature control manufacturer, with the exception of unit face and bypass dampers, which shall he installed by the mechanical contractor. All pressure balanced ' or gravity louvers and all manual dampers shall be furnished and installed by the mechanical contractor. All motorized valves and dampers shall be furnished with position indicators. r Two position valves and radiator valves ail not acceptable ex0ept where specified. All valves shall be spring return to th '"fail-safe" position'; All valves and dampers which operate in sequence shall have pilot operated positive positioners. 6. CONTROL INSTUMENTS : t A. Dampers: (1) Dampers are to he of the louver type with black enamel ' finish, and having welded steel frames. Blades shall have interlocking edges. The edges of all blades shall be felted if the damper is to operate in outside air service, either as an intake or as a discharge. damper. Damper blades shall ' have steel trunnions mounted in bronze sleeve or ball bear- ings. Dampers shall not be more than forty eight inches (4811) in length between bearings. All modulating dampers ' shall be of the opposed blade type. Blades shall be not over ten inches (10) in width. (2) Damper shall be guaranteed to close substantially tight, and shall provide substantially the full area of the opening when opened. r B. Relays and Miseellaneouci Items: (1) The necessary relays shall be furnished and installed as required for the successful op^_ration and sequencing of the system "erein specified. Enclosed cabinets shall be pro- vided for all relays, switches. terminal strips, transformers, etc. as required in the respective equipment rooms. t (2) All room thermostats shall be equipped with attractive steel covers and guards where indicated. (3) All coils valves shall be, unless otherwise indicated, single seated, with equal percentage contoured or V-ported plugs, r and a rangeability of at least thirty to one. All valves shall have removable packing. 47. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: r A.. Multi-Zone Unit: (1) The unit fan shall be manually started and stopped from the control panel. When :he fan starts, the outside air damper shall open to a position determined by the manual position- ing switch also locates on the panel. Wttcft' the" fan steps, the outside air damper shall fully elose. .Itl4i!tllS, .~..I..M k _ ANDASR Co~~o~~~» r 1 MM No, so Refe-rte page M- 1S of 9pecificationes Article 4Z-A-($) Pa`rwl,: \ Panel shall include a potentilonvIter Control to BUY ad)"t Y fresh air damper position from a nAnirum to maodwiw+n position i. e. s for 100000 CBM maxj to is 000 Crm Mme. WA at the ME ADDENDUM NO. aame time operate in paz"9 4 sets nominal 4I-0" x I-#' dampers in akt rslisf op"iK at the top CW*W at t1+s root OvW ' maw .fir the awditohu .ai.w . •Ea3tSC ITEM NO. 28 Addendum No, 1 Item 1 A Delete phrase beginning "and at the same time t and ending "roof over the auditorium. " J r , ITEM NO. 26 i Page M 25 Item 5 - Delete this paragraph entirely. I C.41 Fir f'. ..Itr... . ITEM NO. 27 Page M 25 Item 6 - Change reference to "3 manual gradual positions switches' on line 3 and 4 to "2 manual gradual positioning switches. 111 11 I' 11 1 1 1 i• f c. t r r M-25 (2) Cold deck temperature shall be controlled by an insertion r thermostat located downstream of the unit coil which shall throttle a straight-throumh valve on the chilled %:ater supply line. r (3) Temperature in the Auditorium shall be controlled by a wall mounted, modulating room thermostat which shall, on a rise r in temperature, turn off the electric heater for its zone in 6 successive steps, and on a further use, modulate open the normally closed cold deck damper on the 4cld deck and modulate close the interconnected non cooled air, damper. ' The sequence shall reverse on a temperature drop. If the fan stops, the step controller shall open all heating switches. If air pressure to the step controller fails, the fan shall r stop. (4) Temperature in the Office-Lobby area shall be controlled by r a modulating room thermostat which shall function in the same manner as described above for the Auditorium except that there shall be five steps of electric heat control. = AWai,Dult tiu. 3 r i (5) Temperature in the Meeting Rooms shall be controlled by a modulating room thermostat in each zone. Loads greater than 6 KW in these areas shall be controlled in 2 stages. Each ' thermostat shall operate its respective electric heating coil. A sub-master thermostat, located in the supply air to this zone, shall throttle the zone face and bi-pass damper to maintain a pre-determined schedule of supply air tempera- ture to this zo9e. This thermostat shall be reset over the range of 50°-70 F. by the room thermostats such that when any zcne r8quires full cooling, the discharge air tempera. , ture is 50 and the other rooms reheat. When no room re- quires cooling, the supply air temperature is 75°F. At any interim condition, the supply air temperature can be any value between 50° and 750 adjustable. ME ADDENDUM NO, 3 (6) The control panel previously referred to shall be located where shown or, the Plans and shall contain, in addition to ' devices previously described, three manual gradual position- ing switches for the motorized diverting dampers located in each zone. Fan speed may also be changed from this panel ' (Supply fan is 2 speed). Air pressure gages, calibrated to motor ranges, shall indicate the position of each damper motor operated from the panel. Panel shall be totally en- ' closed steel cabinet, of an attractive appearance and shall be surface mounted. Operating instructions shall be moijnted thereon and protected by an overlay of plastic. ' (7) All electric heaters herein specified shall de-energize Pn air flow failure SE AfGW6. r N0. f ' 48. MANUFACTURERS' QUALIFICATIONS: A. Manufacturer's names are mentioned in these specifications to .n~ establish a standard of quality and construction and it 16 not K M-2b intended to exclude the product of any reputable manufacturer regular ,y engaged in 7 commercial production of specific equip- ment, pi-ovidel all esseucial requirements of the specification; relative to material, capacity and performance are met. Any t substitutions must be submitted in ample time for approval. B. Where a base bid is specifically called for the Contractor shall include such in his bid with an add or deduct for the equipment of any other manufacturer, C. The foll(r4ing shall be used as a basis for contract awards: Pipe Fittings Tube Turns, Ladish Pipe Supports Crane, Grinnell Valves Crane, Fairbanks, Jenkins Lunkenhaimer, Walworth, Dezurik Vents Crane, Lunkenheimer Strainers Crane, Walworth, Leslie Gauges Weksler, Ashcroft, U. S. Gauge Thermometers Weksler, Trerice, U. S. Gauge Drain Valves Crane, Walworth, Jenkins Grilles, Registers, Diffusers Tuttle & Bailey, Anemostat, Titus Starters Westinghouse, G.E., Arrow Hart Square "D", Allen Bradley Motors Westinghouse, Rel-lance, G,E. Vibratiou Eliminators Vibration Eliminator Cc., Korfund Vibration Mountings, Inc. Insulation Johns Manville, Pittsburg Plate Glass Co., Philip Carey Manu. Co., (hiens Corning, Pittsburg Corning Insulati,)n Ducting Johns Manville, Owens Corning, Pittebtwg Plate Glass Co., Philip Carey Exhaust Faa3 ILG, Trane, Buffalo, Carrier Americana Standard Air hard]{ng equip. Carrier, Trane, Buffalo Controls Honeywell, Johnson Powers ;t 1 r- P-1 PLUMBING Table of Contents Item Page No. 1. Scope P-3 29 Special Conditions P-3 3. Fees, Permits and Inspections P-5 4. Inspection of Building Site P-5 5. Products and Materials P-5 ' 6. Checking and Testing of Equipment by Contractors and Manufacturers Representatives P-5 7. Specifications P-5 1 81 Cutting, Boring and Excavation P-6 91 Cutting and Patching P-6 100 Equipment Protection P-6 11. Damage to Work P-6 12. Cleaning, Testing and Adjusting P-6 13. Equipment Specified Elsewhere P-8 14. Work by Others P-8 15. Excavating, Trenching and Backfilling P-8 16. Piping Material P-8 17. Piping Installation P-10 18. Pipe Joints P-12 190 Unions PP13 20. Building Sanitary Drainage System,Soil Waste and Vent Lines, and Rainwater Drains Piping P-13 21. Flashings P-34 22. Pipe Sleeves and Fixture Supports P-14 23. Floor and Wall Plates P-14 24. Traps P-14 25. Valves P-15 26. Cleanout Plugs and Test Tees P-15 27. Hydrants P-15 28. Electrical Work Associated with Plumbing Contract P-16 29. Installation P-16 30. Painting P-17 316 Domestic Cold Water Distvibution P-17 32. Identification of Piping P-18 33. Extra Supplies P-19 34. Disinfection of Water System P-19 35. Test and Certificates P-20 rr- ' P-2 Item I.,ee No., 36. Floor Drains and Roof Drains P-20 r 37. Types of Fixture and Fixture Trirtmings P-20 38. Water Heaters P-22 39. Hose Cabinets P-23 ' 40. Sump Pumps P-23 41. Steam Bath Unit P-23 1 1 1 r r r r r r r- r r PLUMBING ITEM NO. 29 ' Generally delete any reference to steam supply piping etc. mentioned in specifica- tions. , 1 1 t 8. S~ ADd3F.h7~Uli nv, 1 P-3 PLUMBING ' 1. SCOPE: A. The work covered under this section of the Specifications con- sists of furnishing all labor, materials, devices, appliances, fixtures and equipment and in performing all operations in con- nection with the installation of a complete plumbing system. ' (1) As required and implied by the Drawings ' (2) As discussed in these specifications and (3) as necessary to provide a complete, Integrated and satis- factorily operating installation. The work shall generally include but is not limited to: ' (1) Plumbing fixtures and accessories (2) Sanitary Sewer System (3) Cold Water Supply Distribution System (4) Domestic Hot Water Distribution System (5) Steam Supply Piping System for Steam Units (b) Storm Water Drainage System (7) Fire Protection Piping to Hose Cabinets ' and all other items indicated or specified or as required or necessary to complete the work, whether each item is specifically shown or referred to or not. B. This Contractor shall include in his bid all the concrete sup- ports, miscellaneous steel and other general construction labor and materials necessary to the installation of a complete plumb- ing system. ' 2. SPECIAL CONDITIONS: A. These special conditions shall supplement the general conditions and the supplementary general conditions of the contract which are hereby included in this section of the Specifications. B. Codes. Ordinances. Rules and Restu.lations ' Perform all work under this contract in strict accordance with the lumbin code of the Cit of Denton Te as a the Directives of the Inspector. o n t e an a other pert ont codes ' ordinances a per NEC, AGA a regu.irements, where applicable. 1 1 P-4 Report any conflicts with these requirements found in the MS eeifications and the accompanying Drawings to the Architect who w 11 issue the necessary instructions or addenda to the Contract Documents, Co All electrical devices and equipment shall be labeled by National Board of Fire Underwriters' Laboratories. D. In no case shall a bidder base his bid on a class of material or workmanship less than that required by the contract documents nor the above codes or ordinances. All modifications which may 1 be required by a local authority having legal jurisdiction over all or any part of the work shall be made by this Contractor without additional charge. In all cases where such authority requires deviations from the requirements of these Specifications and accompanying drawings, this Contractor shall report same to the Architect and shall secure his approval before work is started. E. Completeness: It is the responsibility solely of this Contractor for the com- pleteness of his work, and for giving timely and adequate informa- tion to other Contractors where required for proper routing and support thereof. F. Workmanship end Installation: All work shall he performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mecha. tcs skilled in their respective tirades and proper- ly licensed. AIA equipment shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and the best standard practice to bring results of first class only. G. Contractor shall schedule his work to permit inspections by the Architect and/or authorities having jurisdiction, before the work is concealed. H. If the contractor performs any work contrary to the applicable 1 codes, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or contract documents without written notice to ani approval from the Architect, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom to correct such work. 1 I. Contractor shall lay out his work carefully at the alto to con- form to the building and site conditions and to avoid all obstru- ctions, He shall coordinate his work with that of other trades to avoid delays and expense to others. 3. Except where specifically noted, the plans do not give exact ele- vations and locations, This Contractor shall acquaint himself thoroughly with the details of the proposed construction, ineled- ing exact elevations, locations, of necessary points or connec-• tions and obstructions to be considered, using visit to site prior to bidding, where necessary. 3. FEES PERMITS AND-INSPECTIONS This Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and licenses required for work. He shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and contract requirements bearing on the work. ' 4. INSPECTION OF BUILDING SITE: Before handing in his bid, it is necessary that the Contractor visit the building site and ascertain for himself the conditions to be met there in installing the new work and make due provisions for same in his bid, It will be assumed that the Contractor, in handing in his bid, has visited the premises and that his bid covers all work neces- sary co properly install all the work required or shown. Failure to visit the site shall not furnish excuse for faulty workmanship or omission of equipment or work under this contract. S. PRODUCTS AND MATER_IM : The equipment to be furnished under this Contract shall be the standard ' product of the manufacturer. Where two or more units of the same equipment are required, they shall be produdts of a single manufacturer. ' 6. CHECUQG NG OF EOMIPMNT CONTRACTORS AND A ERS' REPRESEELTIVES A. In order to place responsibility for furnishing of proper mechani- cal equipment and to see that it is installed as intended by the manufacturer, the contractor, during construction, shall request supervisory assistance from the equipment manufacturers' represen- tatives to inspect and see that the equipment is in proper work- ing order. ' B. Before final payment is issued the representatives shall submit to the Architect, through the contractor, a signed statement certifying to their inspection and that the equipment is properly installed and ready for operation. 7. SpECIFICATIO : In the matter of specifications there are intricacies of construction which are Impractical to specify in detail, but in such matters the current rules of good practice shall govern. Any point which requires ' clarification will be fully explained if application is made to tba Architect. The plans and specifications are intended to be coopera- tive and of equal binding force. Anything called for in the specifi- cations and not shown on the Plans, or vice versa, shall be furnished 1 by this Contractor. ' 8. CUTTING. BORING AND EXCAVATION: A. No cutting, boring or excavating, which may be necessary for this work in or about the building, which may In any way ' interfere with the work of anothet Contractor, or weaken the structure In any way, shall be undertaken without receiving the approval of the Architect before starting same. ' B. All excavations made by this Contractor shall be properly filled, flooded and tamped to the original grade. This shall ' be done under the Architect's supervision and to their entire approval. Where excavations occur below floors on grade or be- low pavement tamping shall be done by mechanical means. C. All excavations and back filling shall be done in accordance with governing codes. 9. CUTTING AND PATCHING: This Contractor shall coordinate his work to avoid cutting of con- struction, Where it becomes necessary to cut through walls or floors to permit the installation of work under this Contract, or to repair defects which may appear up to the expiration of guarantees, such cutting shall be done under the supervision of the Architect by their Contractor. The damage shall be repaired, after the necessary work has been completed, by the same Contractor or trade. ' 10. EOUIRiENT PROTECTION: A. Contractor shall at all times take precaations as necessary to properly protect his work and equipment from damage. B. Pipe openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during Installa- tion. Equipment shall be covered tightly and protected against ' dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury. 11. DAMAGE TO WORK: ' This Contractor shall pay for all injury and damage to the work of another Contractor, which may be done by him or his workmen. The Architect shall be the arbiter in such matters as may arise. 12. CLEANING. TESTING. AND ADJUSTING: ' A. During the progress of the work and upon its completion, Con- tractor shall, at his own expense, make such tests of his work as herein specified and as required by the Architect or by Authori- ties having jurisdiction. He shall provide all apparatus, tempo- rary piping connection, or other requirements necessary for such tests, and shall take all due precautions to prevent damage to the building or its contents incurred by such tests. Contractor shall furnish a certified report of compliance or non-compliance on each test to Architect. 1 ' po-7 ' B. The Contractor shall include in his bid the cost of adjusting all of the systems covered under the Contract for proper opera- tion. At the completion of the work, the materials and equipment shall be cleaned thoroughly and delivered in new, bright condi- tion satisfactory to the Engineer. C. Leaks, defects or deficiencies discovered as a result of the tests t shall be repaired or made good immediately; and tests shall be repeated until the test requirements are fully complied with. No caulking of pipe joints to remedy leaks will be permitted. ' D. Tests of sanitary drainage. rainwater drainage: The entire sani- tary drainage, rainwater drainage and venting system shall have all necessary openings plugged to permit the entire system to be ' filled with water to the top of the highest vent stact above the roof, and proven tight at all points. Each riser shall be tested separately. The system shall hold this water for 30 minutes with- out showing a drop in level greater than four inches; the water shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. Where a portion of ' the system is to be tested, the test shall be conducted in the same manner as described for the entire system except that no portion of the system need be submitted to a test of less than a 10 ft, head of water (except the uppermost 10 feet of the system). ' All requirements of the CODE OF RULES REGULATING THE WORK OF PLUMB- ING AND DRAINAGE IN THE CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS, shall be met by Contractor. ' E. Tests oWater SUstm; Upon completion of the roughing-in-and before setting fixtures, the entire cold water piping system and domestic hot water piping system and fire protection piping to ' hose cabinets shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100 pounds per square inch gauge and proven tight at this pressure for not less than 30 minutes. The water used for ' tests shall be stained from a potable source of supply. Where a portion of the water piping system is to be concealed before completion, this portion shall be tested separately in a manner ' described for the entire system. F. Testin of steam supply Piping system: Shall be same as "Tests of Water Systems'., G. Defective Work: If inspection or test shows defects, such de- fective work or material shall be replaced and inspection and ' testa repeated. Repairs to piping shall be made with new material. No caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable. De- fects discovered shall be eliminated ay resetting the fixtures and equipment with new gaskets. ' H. Certificate of A roval: Upon the satisfactory completion and anal test o the plumbing system, Contractor shall obtain from ' the proper Authority having ,jurisdiction, and shall deliver to the Engineer and to the Owner, a certificate of approval thereof. 1 p-8 ' 13. EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary material and labor and shall connect to the plumbing system all fixtures and equipment having plumbing connections and which are specified or shown in other sections of the contract documents. ' B. In particular provide water make-up to cooling towers and chilled water circulating system. 14. WORK BY OTHERS: The electric wiring and conduit for the motors, controllers, interlocks and controls will be accomplished by the electrical contractor, unless t otherwise specified. 15. EXCAVATING. TRENCHING. AND BACKFILLING: t A. Excavation: ' (1) Excavate trenches of sufficient width for proper installaticn of work and grade bottom of trenches evenly, providing hell- holes as necessary so that barrel will have a solid bearing full length of pipe. Refill all cuts below trench grade ' with sand or fine gravel firmly compacted or with concrete. B. Sewer and water pipes shall be laid in separate trenches as required by The Governing Plumbing Code. C. After pipe lines have been tested, inspected and approved, and prior to backfilling, forms shall be removed and the excavation shall be cleaned of trash and debris. Material for backfilling shall consist of sand, gravel, or other materials approved by the Architect and shall be free of debris. Under pavements and ' other surfacing, mechanically tamp backfill in layers not exceed- ing 6 inches. Do not use any rock in backfill for depth of 2 feet over top of pipe and exclude cinders around metal pipes. ' Backfill must be placed and sheathing removed in such manner that pipe will not be disturbed. I D. Fittings at bends in the pipe line shall be firmly wedged against ' the vertical face of the trench. E. Frost Protection: (1) All plumbing work shall be installed to insure protection from freezing of conten a and frost closure of vents. Trenching shall be deeper than the established ground frost line recommended. 16. PIPING MATVIALS: t A. Provide first quality plumbing materials as specified herein with materials and devices identified by make, weight, types and classes ' of product. 1461 B. Provide and install with all piping systems all ngs, nipples, adapters, unions, joints, traps, connections r J otner accessories as required to execute the layout shown or implied by the drawings ' and specifications. C. Sanitary soil, waste and drain pipe and fittings and rainwater drainage piping within the building, under concrete slab and to ' a distance of 51-0" beyond building line shall be extra heavy ashpaltum coated cast iron drainage pil?e and cast iron sanitary drainage fittings - ASTM A74, unless otherwise noted. t D. Above ground sanitary soil waste ane. vent pipe and fittings: Where chase or wall thickness Is inadequate to conceal the re- quired size in cast iron, shall be type "DWV" copper properly connected into the cast iron hub (Utilizing heavy red brass ferrisle and caulking in compliance with the :local plumbing code). ' E. Above ground sanitary waste, drain acid vent QipinA: 2V and smaller may be o zinc-coated wrought: iron except where cast iron, lead, brass or copper is required by local code. Wrought iron pipe ' shall be equal to Byers genuine galvanized wrought iron pipe with matching screwed fittings, ASTM A72-45. Copper drainage pipe shall be Type L seamless copper with solder joint sanitary drain- age fittings - ASTM-B-306. ' F. Cold water domestic hot water, fire protect on. steam supply, and ui ent drain piping above ound:and within the building shall be Type L seamless copper tube a wrought copper solder-joint fittings - ASTM C75. G. Water i in underoundd within building and to a distance of five feet beyond building line, and where indicated on the drawings, when larger than 3 inches in size shall be Type "k" hard drawn seamless copper tubing, ASTM Specification B-88-51 with wrought copper sweat joints or cast iron pipe A.S.A. Specification A 21-6 class 150 with boltless gasketed joints and cast iron fittings. H. Water piping underground within building and to a distance five feet beyond building for sizes 3 inches and smaller shall be Type "L" hard-drawn seamless copper tubing ASTM Specification B-88-51 with wrought copper solder fittings or cast brass brazed fittings. I. Sanitary ac~er viva and rainwater drains a ine under ound from cast iron line beginnii.g crPrnximate y 51-0" n,stajot? of building, ' shall be of extra heavy clay pipe as follows: (1) Extra strength clay pipe shall conform to C.S.P.A.-2-63 specifications. (2) The installation of extra strength clay pipe shall conform ' to A.S.T.M. Specification C12-58T. (3) All joints in clay pipe shall conform to A.S.T.M. Specifi- cation C-425-60T, type 1 or type 3. N-A 1 ' P-10 ' 17, PIPING INSTALLATIONS: A. Horizontal sanitary soil and waste pipes shall be given a grade ' of % inch per foot, and must be so laid as to insure tha-: the slope towared the mail sewer will be continuous. Clean-outs shall be provided where sham on the drawings or where required by code or for proper maintenance and shall be the same size as the pipe except where otherwise noted on the drawings. Use brass cover plates on walls and floors over cleanouts. ' Recess eleanouts behind wall and floors over cleanouts. B. All main vertical sanitary soil and waste stacks shall be extended full size to and above the roof line as vents, terminating not less than twelve inches above the roof. Where practicable two or more vent pipes shall be connected together and extended as one e pipe through the roof. C. Changes in pipe sizes on soil, waste, and drain lines shall be made with reducing fittings. Changes in direction whall be made t by 45, degree wyes, half wyes, long sweep % bends, 1/6, 1/8, or 1/16 bends, except that sanitary tees may be used on vertical stacks, and short k bends or elbows may be used in soil and waste ' lines where the change in direction of flow in from the horizontal to the vertical and on the discharge from water closets. ' D. Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building by Contractor, and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care shall be take not to weaken the structural portion of thy: building. Service pipe, valves and fittings shall be kept o sufficient distance from other surfaces to permit not less than k inch between finished coverings on the different surfaces. Changes in pipe sizes shall be made with reducing fittings. E. Equipment drains s ecified, required or indicated on the drawings shall, consist of inch globe valves with renewable discs and ' 3/4 inch hose nipples. Additional drains with k inch globe valves with renewable and 3/4 inch hose nipples shall be installed at low points on the hot and cold water piping. All piping shall ' grade to the drains. F. Air chambers, 12" long and same pipe size as riser shall be pro- vided at top of each Plumbing Riser. In addition, air chambers shall be provided on all branch lines to fixture groups and shall consist of 12 inch vertical lengths of pipe of same dia- meter as branch supply with cap. 1 G. Allowance shall Le made throughout for expansion and contraction of piping. Runs of pipe over 50 feet in length shall be anchored to the wall or to the supporting construction about midway on the run. ' P-11 r H. Locations and sizes of chases and openings necessary for the proper Installation of the work shall be determined in advance and provided during the erection of the work. Where pipes pass tiarough water-proofing membranes, flashing sleeves shall be installed with an integral flashing flange to which a flashing shield can be soldered; and the space shall be made watertight. 1. Pipe Hamers shall be of a type suitable for each use. Perforated straps shall not be used in any work. For ferrous pipes, use 1 malleable iron, adjustable, split ring, swivel hangers. Where several pipes are parallel at the same elevation, trapeze', hangers may be used. For copper pipes up to and including three inches (311) in size, use malleable iron, copper plated hangers. For copper pipes larger than three inches (31') use copper-plated elevis hangers. Hanger rod sizes shall conform to the following schedule: ' Pipe up to and including 2" 3~//8.~" rods Pipe 2", 3" and 3k" 1/2" rods ' Pipe 4" and 5" S/8" rods P;.pe 6" 3/4" rods All horizontal runs of exposed ferrous piping shall be suspended by means of hangers with the following maximum spacing: Pipe ~upp to and including 1" 8 feet Pipe lit" and 2" 10 feet ' Pipe 2V and 3" 12 feet Pipe A" and 4" 14 feet ' Pipe 5" and 6" 16 feet pipe 8" and 10" 20 feet All horizontal runs of exposed copper piping shall be suspended by means of hangers with the following maximum spacing: Pipe up to 3/4" in size - 5 feet ' Pipe 1" and 1%- 8 feet Pipe lk" and larger 10 feet There shall be a hanger within two feet (21) of each elbow or tee. Additional supports shall be provided for valves, strainers, etc. Cast iron pipe shall have not less than one hanger per length of pipe. Vertical risers shall be supported by approved ' riser clamps at each floor. Vertical pipes within a space shall have not less than two (2) supports. Supports and hangers shall be installed to permit free expansion and contraction in the piping systems. Where necessary to•control expansion and con- , . traction, the piping shall be guided and firmly anchored. No piping shall be self-supporting; nor shall it be supported from equipment connections. Domestic cold water and hot water, fire protection and steam supply pipe hangers shall be sized to go around specified insulation with saddles being provided to pro- tect the insulation. P-12 ' J. Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates: Where exposed pipes pass through oors or finished walls, they shall be fitted with chromium- plated escutcheons of an approved pattern. K. Valve Chart and Label: Prepare and install, in suitable glazed frame, typewritten valve charts giving the number, location and ,'unction of each line valve installed. Install on each valve stem a stamped one and one-half inch (lk") diameter brass tag plainly numbered corresponding to the number indicated on the above chart. Tag shall be secured to valves by heavy brass figure eight hooks. L. Cleaning: All piping shall be thoroughly flushed with water eb ore placing in operation. As soon as the water in the piping i runs clear, the strainers shall be cleaned and the system placed in operating condition. M. Ends of screw-jointed pipes must be cut square so as to seat in bottom of recess of the fittings, and must ',is reamed out. Bend- Ing of soil, waste, drain and vent pipes wi4"l not be permitted. N. Particular cere shall be taken in running piping so as not to interfere with finished electrical work. In the event of con- flict, location priority shall be afforded electrical work so ' as to not affect the appearance of the buildikeg adversely. 18. PIPE JOINTS: A. Joints in hub-and-spigot cast-iron soil, waste, and vent pipes and threaded pipe or caulking ferrules, shall le firmly packed with oakum and caulked with molten caulking leaO at least one inch deep ±n one pouring and finished flush with hub. B. Threaded joints shall have American National taper screw threads, with graphite-and-oil compound applied to the male thread. Connections between threaded pipe and soil pipe shall be similar and the threaded pipe shall have a ring or half-coupling screwed on to form a spigot end. C. Fittings on copper tubing shall be solder-joint type of wrought ' copper and shall be assembled with special solder, using a non- corrosive flux, all as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing and fittings. Surfaces to be soldered shall be cleaned bright. Use 95-5 solder for water piping and 50-50 solder for i drains and vents. Heat copper tubing larger than 1" with ring torch. Wrap copper tubing with electrical tape wherever tubing touches a dissimilar metal. ' D. Connections between lead and cast-iron hub and spigot pipe shall be made with red brass ferrules and wiped joints, ' E. Joints between cast-iron and clay pipes shall be made with hot pour, mineral filled bituminous joint compound. Parking shall be oakum. P-13 ' F. Bituminous joint compound shall be a product which has been in successful use for at least five years. It shall adhere tightly to the pipe surface and when set shall have sufficient elasticity to permit slight movement of the pipe without injury to the joint. Compound shall form tight joints under all conditions of trench and weather and shall not deteriorate when submerged in water or domestic sewage. i 19. UNIONS: A. Unions on ferrous pipe two inches in diameter and smaller shall be zinc-coated malleable iron; and on ferrous piping 2-k inches in diameter and larger shall be zinc-coated cast iron, flange pattern. B, Unions on brass or copper pipe two inches in diameter and smaller shall be brass= and on non-ferrous water piping 2-k inches in diameter aad larger shall be flange pattern brass or bronze, 150 pound class, C. Gaskets for flanged unions shall be of the beat-quality fiber or plastic. D. Unions shall not be concealed in walls, and unions shall not be covered by insulation. 20. PUILDIN SANITARY I GE SYSTEM SO Z4 WASTE AND M§Mr L INWA R DRAINA L P I A. Supply and install a complete watertight gravity system oft sanitary drainage between plumbing fixtures, floor drains, special equipment, etc, and the point of termination indicated on the drawings. 1 B. Soil, waste, vent, and drain piping for sanitary drainage and rain water drainage, must be of the sizes noted and be run as indicated, Where elevations are given, pipes must be run in ' straight lines and have a uniform grade between the elevations noted, and no branch drain shall have a lesser grade than that indicated for the main drain to which it is connected. Where 1 elevations are not given, pipes shall be given a uniform grade of k inch per foot, except that where such grade on overhead pipes would reduce the head room materially, the grade may be reduced to not less than 1/10 inch per foot, if so directed by ' the Engineer. All overhead pipes must be kept as close to ceilings as possible, unless otherwise indicated or noted. The soil and waste pipes so shown and noted on the drawings shall be extended as vent pipes to above the roof line and project above roof line not less than twelve inches nor more than eighteen inches. Where so noted or indicated on the drawings, two or more vent pipes shall be connected together and extended as one pipe. Connections of vent pipes shall be made in concealed space at least three feet above floor on which the fixture vented is located so as to prevent the use of any vent line as a waste. P-14 ' C. Provide traps for each untrapped fixture or device. Traps shall be as close to fixture as practicable. Do not double trap any fixture or line. 21. FLAS_ HINGS : A. The flashing of vent lines through the roof shall be accomplished ' under the responsibility of the general and plumbing Contractors. B. Flashing Connections: At all points where the vents pass through the roof, the openings shall be flashed with sheet lead flashing weighing not less than four (4) pounds per square foot. The :lashing shall be made absolutely watertight at the roof line and shall be extended up, over and down at least two '(2) inches into the pipe. Each flange shield shall extend not less than fourteen (14) inches in all directions from the respective vent, underneath the roofing material on the upper roof slope and over the roofing material on the lower slope of the roof. 22. PIPESLEEVES AND FIXTURE SUPPORTS: A. Pipe sleeves, hangers, and supports, and fixture supports, shall be furnished and set in proper and permanent locations. Pipe will not be permitted to pass through structural members unless noted on the structural drawings or approved in writing by Structural Engineer. ' B, Pipe sleeves made of schedule 40 steel pipe properly secured in place with approximately one-quarter inch (t") space between each sleeve and the surface of the pipe and/or insulation passing through it, shall be provided for all pipes passing through con- crete floors or masonry walls. Where approved, pipes pass through footings, cast iron sleeves shall be provided no less than four (4) inches larger in diameter than the pipes for which they are installed. All pipe sleeves shall be built in place as the walls and floors are built up. The spaces between sleeves and pipes through concrete floors and exterior masonry walls shall be made watertight with approved plastic materials. Paint:'visible sur- faces of sleeves to match adjacent surfaces. 23. FLOOR & WALL PLATES: ' Uncovered exposed pipes, where passing through floors, finished walls shall be fitted with chromium-plated castbrass plates on chromium- ' plated pipe, or with cast-iron or steel plates on ferrous pipe. Plates shall be large enough to completely close the hole around the pipes And shall be -square, or round, with the least dimension not less than one-eighth inch larger than the diameter of the pipe. Plates shall ' be secured to pipe by set screws in hub of plate. Paint unfinished plates to match adjacent building surfaces. 24. TRAM: A. Each fixture and piece of equipment requiring connection to ' the drainage system, shall be equipped with a trap. P-15 ' B. Each trap shall be placed as near to the fixture as possible. Traps installed on cast iron hub-and-spigot pipe shall be extra heavy cast-iron. Traps installed on threaded pipe shall be recess drainage patterns All traps shall be vented. 25, VALVES: A. Valves shall be provided on all supplies to fixtures as specified. B. Valves indicated on drawings in connection with runouts, risers, ' bran:!hes and mains shall be in accordance with paragraph (e) below. Valves shall be gate valves unless otherwise specified herein or noted on the drawings. C. Valves up to and including two inches shall be all-brass with solder-joint, rough bodies and finished trimmings. Valves 2-k inches and larger in diameter shall have iron bodies, brass 1 mountings, and either screw or flange ends. D. Valves shall be equal to Crane, Fairbanks, Jenkins, Walworth. ' 26. CLEANOUT PLUGS AND TEST TEES: A. Cleanouts installed in connection with cast-iron hub-and-spigot pipe shall consist of a long-sweep % bend or one or two 1/8 bends extended to an easily-accessible place, or where indicated on the Drawings. An extra-heavy cast-brass ferrule with counter- sunk trap screw cover shall be caulked into the hub of the fit- tings. ' B. Cleanouts shall be provided at each change of direction, in interior horizontal runs at intervals not exceeding 50 feet. Cleanouts shall be brass caulked into the lines and, where they I occur in walls or floors of finished areas, shall be provided with access plates. All Interior cleanouts shall be same size as the pipe served up to four (4) inch size ad indicated on Plans for all larger lines. Exterior cleanouts shall consist of a ' concrete encased wye in the line with cleanout leg extending up- ward therefrom and terminating in a concrete slab below grade. A standard cast iron cleanout casting shall be set on this slab ' in such a manner as to be flush with finished grade and to provide access through its cover to the cleanout. A removable concrete stopper shall be set in the open top of the cleanout pipe. Cleanouts shall be the same size as the sewer. 27. HYDRANTS: A. Provide three-quarter (3/4) inch freezeproof box type yard hy- drants in brass flush boxes with hinged locking cover, removable key. Locate hydrants where indicated on drawings. B. Hydrants shall be equal to Josam 1430N. 1 P-16 ' 28. ELECTRICAL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH :'LUMBING CONTRACT: A. Motors, controls, and switching and protective devices required for the proper operation of equipment shall be furnished by this ' Contractor and shall conform to the Electrical section except where such apparatus is furnished mounted and connected integral with the motor-driven equipment. ' Be Final connections to equipment, including motors, together with the installation and connections to all related control and pro- tective equipment, shall be accomplished as a part of the ele- ctrical work under the Electrical Specifications. C. This Contractor shall provide all wiring diagrams and other Infor- mation required to prc,perly wire up all electrical equipment and controls furnished by him and hand over to electrical contractor. D. This Contractor shall supervise the installation and wiring by the electrical contractor and shall assume full responsibility for a correctly wired job and acceptable in all respects to the Architect and VBFU. 29. INSULATION: ' A. After satisfactory tests have been completed on piping systems the lines shall be cleaned and insulated as follows. ' Be Insulation shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville, Owens Corning, Philip Carey Mfg. Co. or equal. ' C. General: (1) Insulation shall be applied with all joints carefully fitted to eliminate voids. Where voids occur insulation shall be refitted or replaced. (2) The application or insulation in the field shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. No section or insulated pipe shall be concealed prior to the Engineer's approval. ' (3) The utmost care is to be taken to ensure that the installed insulated pipe is of the best possible workmanship. Any section of insulation which becomes damaged whatever the cause, is to be cut out and replaced. D. Cold water Domestic Hot Water, Fire Protection and Steam Supply Piping run above ground. ' (1) To be covered with equal to 1" thick fiberglas pipe covering ' with white flame retardent vapor barrier jacket. Longitudi- nal joints to be firmly butted and covered with a 4" wide strip of jacket material heavily coated with vapor barrier cement of the same color as the jacket. Adhesive shall be equal to bond-Maater's K218. r- ' P-17 ' (2) Fittings and valves shall be covered with mitred pipe insulation or molded fittings to the same thickness as adjacent piping. ' (3) %nocth out irregularities with asbestos finishing cement. (k) Pipe, fittings and valves to be finished with standard weight canvF3 jacket and a coat of white vapor barrier cement. (5) Iru%ulation to be protected with saddles at pipe hangers ' and supports. 30. PAINTING: ' A. Exterior surfaces of piping installed in or through concrete floors or tile floors and underground shall be given one coat of acid-resisting paint having a bittminous base. Finish painting ' of exposed pipe, pipe covering, hangers, supports, and other iron work in finished spaces shall conform to the painting schedul: of the Architectural portion of the Contract Documents and such ' other painting as provided herein. B. All equipment shall be delivered to the Job with suitable factory finish. Should the fim.'eh be marred in transit or during instal- lat.ton, it shall be finished to present a neat, workmanlike ap- pearance. C. All insulated lines in uninhabitable or crawl spaces or concealed in pipe erases shall be painted with a heavy coating of asphalt emulvion to a thickness of 1/16" inch. All insulated lines in equipment or mechanical rooms shall be sized with a heavy coat of glee sizing. When the sizing is dry, it shall be painted two costa of enamel gloss Pittsburgh Industrial Paint. Color as per ' architectural schedule. D. All uncovered steel or wrought iron lines, supports and hangers in pipe chases and in uninhabitable or crawl spaces shall be ' painted two (2) coats of black asphalt varnish. Uninsulated copper and cast iron lines in these spaces need not be painted, but shall be thoroughly cleaned. All other uncovered lines and ' all other hangers and supports shall be primed and painted two (2) coats of lead and oil paint. The primer on cast iron lines shall he a material that will contain the asphaltum or coal tar ' coating, E. All painting done under these contracts shall be in colors speci- fied herein or designated at the time of the installation. Successive coats of paint shall be of different shades. Paint ' materials shall be Pittsburgh Industrial in all cases. 31. DOWSTIC COLD WATER DISTRIBUTION: A. Supply e.nd Install complete systems of cold water distribution from cold water supply source indicated on the Drawings to r fixtures, hydrants, etc, as shown and/or Implied, P-18 B. Supply and install control and automatic valves as shown on drawings and as required. (1) Shut off valve at bottom of each riser (2) Shut off valves at each cold branch supply to each fixture. ' C. Provide sealed air chambers as noted on drawings and install as per manufacturers' recommendations to eliminate water hammer. D. Properly pitch pipe, vent, etc. as noted and directed. E. Branch fixture connections shall be as fellows with reductions ' at fixtures as required by terminal outlet. Fixture Cold Hoot ' Hydrants 3/4" - Special Equipment As Noted As Noted ' F. Supply and install pressure gauges with gauge rocks at the cold water inlet into the building and other points indicated on drawings. G. Supply and install thermometers with wells and separable sockets at cold water entry to building and other places indicated on drawings. 32. IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING: ' A. All piping exposed in mechanical or equipment rooms or in un- inhabitable spaces, including crawl spaces, or concealed in accessible pipe spaces or in other accessible spaces shall be ' color coded using colors and color banding as follows (the piping shall be painted a solid color in short lengths as indicated in the first column and banded as shown in the second column.): ' i. 2. Cold Water. Green No Banding ' B. Piping shall be painted in short lengths of about fifteen inches (1S") and banded over the painted strip as required. Banding shall be approximately ten (10) feet on centers with the bands ' being about one and one-half (1k) inches wide with one and one- half (1k) inches of space between bands. Arrows, same color as banding, approximately six (6) inches in length and spaced about ten (10) feet on centers shall indicate the direction of flow in the pipe. Vertical piping shall be marked on each floor. Markings shall be placed adjacent to valve and fittings, except valves and fittings on toilet room fixtures. All painting for purposes of identification shall be in addition to painting as ' specified elsewhere. ' P-19 33. EXTRA SUPPLIES: Furnish and place in the mechanical equipment room one dozen complete ' sate of washers. Each set shall consist of one washer of each size used in faucets, b.ibbs, wall hydrants, etc. This extra equipment is to be enclosed in a wall mounted wood or metal box with hinged cover. ' Box to have compartments of ample size for the different sizes and kinds of washers. ' 34. DISINFECT: ON OF WATER SYSTEM: A. Upon the ^ompletion of all tests and necessary repairs or re- placemente, all water piping systems shall be subjected to a ' disinfection procedure as herein specified. The systems to be disinfected ahall include hot and cold water piping, drinking water piping, fire protection piping and any other systems that ' may be connected to the same supply source. The disinfection shall be applied to all piping included in the contract from the main cut-off valve through all appurtenances connected thereto. B. These systems shall be thoroughly flushed with water to remove sed- iment. Following this flushing, they shall-be disinfected in accordance with one of the following methods: ' (1) The system shall be so chlorinated that a chlorine residual of not leas than 10 ppm remains in the water after 24 hours standing. Water from the source of supply shall be con- trolled so as to :low slowly daring the application of chlorine. The rate of chlorine mixture flow shall be in such proportion to the rate of water entering pipe that the chlorine dose applied shall produce 10 ppm after 24 hours standing. This may be expected with an application of 25 ppm, although some conditions may require more. ' In the process of chlorinating the system, all valves and other appurtenances shall be operated while the pipeline ' is filled with the chlorating agent. (2) For emergency repairs where a shorter retention is necessitat- ed, it will be permissible to have a contact period of one hour with a 100 ppm chlorine concentration. C. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly t flushed from the system at its extremeites until the replacement water throug1tout its length shall upon test be approved by the public health authority having jurisdiction. Thds satisfactory quality of water delivered by the new system should continue for a period of a. least three (3) days as demonstrated by laboratory examination of samples taken from a tap located and installed in such a way as to prevent outside contamination. After the systems are drained, they shall be thoroughly flushed with fresh water and returned to service. i P-20 35. TESTS AND CERTIFICATES: A. Costs of tests and disinfection shall be borne by the Contractor who must furnish the Owner, with a copy to the Engineer, a certi- ficate authenticated by proper public health authority that all required water and piping tests and disinfection have been satis- factorily made. B. Certificates of factory tests, guarantees, warranties, copies of operating instructions, maintenance guides, etc on all equipment ' and devices shall be furnished tc, *he Owner through the Engineer. 36. FLOOR DRAINS AND ROOF DRAINS: ' A. Supply and install open hub drains where indicated on drawings and as required to properly service mechanical equipment. Confirm ' exact location of hub outlets required at mechanical equipment. B. Floor drain type "A" shall be equal to Josam Series No. 300 cast iron floor drain, bottom outlet, inside caulk with type "H" chrome plated brass adjustable hinged strainer. C. Floor drain type "B" shall be as indicated on the Plans. D. Open hub drains shall he as indicated on the Plans. E. Install deep seal cast iron P-traps at all floor drains and open hub drains. F. Roof drains shall be Josam Series No. 4110 cast iron roof drain ' with large sump, bottom outlet, removable done and flashing ci-;mp device integral with gravel stop. Size of drain to be as indicated on the Plans. 37. TYPES OF FIXTUP.SS AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS: A. Supply and install all fixtures indicated or, the Drawings. B. See Architectural Plans for locations of any plumbing fixtures or equipment not specifically located on the Plumbing Drawings. ' Provide necessary plumbing fixtures and connections as required to make same operate to meet code. C. Plumbing Fixtures: Fittings and piping shall be brass and wherever exposed, shall be polished chrome plated. Provide tight fitting wall or floor escutcheons of chrome plated brass wherever pipes pass through walls, floors, or ceilings. All porcelain or vitreous ' china shall be clean, smooth and bright. All shall be warranted not to craze, color or scale. All plumbing fixtures shall be white in color; all water closet seats to be white. All hot and • cold water supplies shall have chrome plated brass stops. Plumb- ing fixtures shall be of vitreous china unless otherwise specified and shall be of the following types, furnished complete with all fittings, mounting flanges, carriers, caps, setting compound, etc. ITEM NO. 30 f Page P 21 W.C.Water closets shall be floor mounted and not wall hung as specified, ' trim, seat and all other items to be the same as specified. •-1 .'a .)~f ',i~J 111 'r fr,l ' 1ilr''., 'J !l. 'Ir~ I',n r'~;{„ ' t Tltn f')t. Ij .f f I Cl :)f1 j"))I)"l~~)fLI f)'r"_.'r1f••'3 ~1 fF .f• f`1 J11 f f (j : C 1 .'If1'J rFC~ (U}1') f1 11l r'1'i'ii )7i`J f9A V1.'f'3Yj1) arl 1I J f , l f.rlr !'1 2G I; .'A Jrl_,rrvjil. 1r'~iflcN ))rll lr !'yli'Irf1r1 ,,J,~ (lrfu ,itn1 In Iuti:.., ,q[ J~,t;x~~1 1:;c•) iJGf .c. h? ^'-,i'1~2 .nn~~L r~ fr.Ir;,') ~:,I Sfr,l:~ >(J~S •i~'1f) 7on1'] ' "if'' ',a~{1 riJi~r :ltufs') yhi~ni ~14_+,flfrr. r!nJJ()(f ,nir'if1 'ron13 nn-11 .'1~iL(!Y(12 ~)_I`~flfl~ '1~CfEi1'll(.~lG i'.e'l.-Id btAf,ffj h~lO'LI~'1 ')IlJ flO f.'71(l'JCf'111 R6 -A 1ff<lla, r'il" t)1jY1 .3 ,arr;l~j gill no f1911;_)i f;(11 ;Ir Od f ffAf ! frri wjb flrrri fr5lgo U 1 1,')rj(1 511n 7f1J1;'1[) 'ir7I)f Sf; ~;SfGnt-'T I10'Ir f%.G" ' I ' 1 ~=Iill Ifl 't 1~. 1;: t1-..')'l , 1' f Jr'II l it rl ~i; 41,r J E.; .tr', t, (il I ~r•'f ]7 f~1 ',',f~) .[r.f:. 1'I~' 1f 11 f I~I'.I 5., t', 'If r JI_/. U I ff.f. 'f 1 r ' r!O f)~IJ(}'11J)Irl ?~)'1I11Xil ;1n [ffij iI ilflf it !d. i'.flf JAC l f111r''.if f(J t'r1r, 10 [i '11 G'JU.J 'lol i'f1r;f'1 jilll3! ':)IiT 110 ;~11f'.`)L31JJlJ:' l•ofI Ilj91I'.7[lljlt) 'rC) )'I'I11111J'1 f) fi(lO1:J1_)4Jllft07 JJf1fi 89'11f'tXi1 T_jdC(nuJfq ni ss:;'1`J(io -jarrl 1)1 I ° 1 I'F' G=:Wld '1C1 f fiff.%: ~Sfllff~rl filitr ?;i;f7 fl :2')7lf 1YI~1 ~ 11Irf'.i.!f'1 ,.J n1 , ;i t NIPJ1 Of)'Ivrri`l .f),-)jrIq .-)friwj f j bofle. [Orl ')(f f f flr ~ f)')rr)q '1I r3 rv)vJ'I')I o ;!~'r'Id f1J)nlq rot)n!rfo fr) i?{li Y.,ffa j,'I'• a'-) 1'101I 't,) ff(,LJ f1A , Ttrrifi')7 in w.., lf;)(rwrffl 1rif;~ -ffA . 1(f,J'Id I)nr> 11S~1r>'~?. 9d 1Ir)1i2 c11if1'1 J1f 11 rut?_ e')'111 SXjI ;llri(l11H.l.f q I1A J fi')'r3 7r) uo ln'.) r) J )l!fl ~ !fns ln(l 11h ,°)3iffw o(f r)1 ?~Jrj3r 1l)r~1~ 'inln'.f 1'.r, "1Ofo': ni ~lir1';I -firfufl'1 ,Pq')7~,, 2?s'fff h-)Irf(I <)lnn~rfo wnri 11n1f? ',-)11ggri I 'I fiw 1 o') U~'c"tto~r;a 'i ni, I9HJo .,P')tnit r,(11if0 nrfo')'lfIV to r).J Iff;rfa ;_~7uJr~'1 flf f1r, (;fiw !)791gnfa:, 1)r)llaifviu'i .P,,.) ; ni'.I(3lfo`. offf jr) 9c1 IJrff~ f)Iln ,1)10 , f)r"Jorj.rno? ~?nLJ1g8 Iegn'1 ~2'Y91'1'!f)) ~2'i?SflB_.1 ~~n1lfUrr l ,r,;rliJli.i ' P-21 S of Item Description W.C. Water Closet Equal to Crane Placidiue 3-359 siphon jet, elongated rim, whirl- ' pool quiet action with 1~" top spud wall bowl with Sloan 110 FYVp Gft ADDLNDUM NV. Royal Flush Valve with vacuum breaker and 1" screwdriver angle stop and flush connection. White seat 3-895 and concealed chair Carrier equal to Zurn, or Josam. ' Lav. Lavatory Equal to Crane Norwich 1-194-V with 8-2040 A trim, 20" x 18" Drilled for and with concealed arm chair carrier equal to Josam C-300 series with block base to suit construc- tion, Trap equal to 8.5266 cast body 1h," adjustable "P" trap with cleanout and waste to wall, 8-5222 strainer waste fitting and 8-5002 e supplies. UR. Urinal Equal to Crane 7-104 "Expedio" ' vitreous china blowout action uri- nal, with 1k" top spud and 3" S.P. S. female outlet connection complete with Sloan 180 TYV Royal Flush valve closet carrier and drainage fitting equal to Josam No. C-240. With block base to suit construction. ' S.S. Service Sink Crane #7-563, 22 x 18" A.R. ena- meled cast iron sink with #8-3756 R.C.P. faucet with vacuum breaker and rigid hose end spout, #84500 chrome plated rim guard and #7-620- 3" A.R. trap standard. Furnish accessible " g10be stops on water services to these fixtures. ' EWC Eimtrie Water Cooler Approved equal to Halsey-Taylor Model WM14A, air cooled hermitic unit, 1/5 HP9 11 volt, single ' phase, 60 cycle, wall hung, com- plete with 1%* P-trap and 3/8" angle stop with riser. ' SD Shower Drain Approved equal to Josam Series No. 300 cast iron drain, bottom outlet, inside caulk with typq "H" chrome plated bras ~~~dd~~~Wy able hinged strainer.niti~ll ,le seal cast iron P-trap. ITEM NO. 31 Delete all references to showers and shower equipment gage P 22 Item 38 Water Heaters (2) ITEM NO. 32 0, Delete water heater No. 2 entirely. c i,+ii 3" 1'11 - . , r,; J lrtt,,;l i !r.: r•J ^i Mfr, ibfli t jCi~,n •1(1 ~!';f `iir71 (1L'! BAM . 1 iflr ' x''1'1 a. Page P-22 of 9pecificadones Article 38-A(i and 2) An*W to read= , (i) Water Heater Mo. i @hall have beater its 24-wVj ro; stMps. I1 1 (2) water Hoatet No. 2 d+a11 have 3 heater elsawats with 3-30KW Sul), Water Heater No. 2 is 480 yoltse 3 obese. Not 280 volts ' (typographical once). . 90th heaters to be PVPIied with contaotws fu6"hoi by heater n++~+~laetar~f ' 1 P-22 5ZE ADD=t;,M A0, J ' SH Shower Approv d equal /o Powers type HC- 10 f r ed piping with Speak- SS 224 4ode1 3 shower head w **h ben shower arm and escutcheon. tall a 6 pound ' Shower Lead Pans /t h shower,stall. r the oor and turn At w is the lead 6 ches. Burn ' e eo that the o uteiy water tight ive each pan shalt overed with not less coats of bitumastic e fan is set in ach pan is set in rior surface of it edges shall be com- pletely vered with not less than two heavy coats of bitumastie paint, prior to, the application of the floor finishing material. Sink "A" Kitchen Sink Approved equal to £lkry Sturdi- bilt scullery sink Model NSS-8248 24RL double coVartment 149 gauge Type 302 stainless steel sink with ' 24 incl drainboards, with 24 gauge stainless steel detachable formed angle legs and adjustable level- ing bolts, eomplete with LK-1.3 Waste fittings and LK-67-C faucets. 38. WATER HEATERS : Spy ADDM(X No. 1 A. Furnish and install electric water heaters where shown on the Plans as follows: (1) Water heater No. 1 shall be approved equal to Pressure Ves- sels, Inc. (Fort: Worth, Texas) Series 36, Model NSAI 70 gallon storage capacity, ASME stamped for 125 psi working pressure and be equipped with 15KW, 480 volt, three phase heating element capable of heating 61 gallons of water per hour through 100oF temperature rise. (2) Water heater No. 2 shall §dA%Wroi1 a&0equal to Pressure Ves- aels Inc. (Fort Worth, 34xas) Serie' 36 Model NSAI 341 with 341 gallon store capacity /ASME stamped for 125 psi working pressure an a equipp with 90 KW9 280 volt, three phase heating el epe capabl of heating 369 gallon of water ' per hour throe 100oF. t erature rise. 1 r l 'n • fl:'r 'i:tlftlC "f1 ~~~•,"~~i IrJr!i~1ft ~oj m Llr{ ,lrl~tiit .,,,,~~,rfit ~rorJtl '•rfa rrI If I[ ITEM NO. 33 ' Page P 28 item 40 A. (1) and (2) i Item 41 Delete these items entirely. ' ,l,1 jltir. },I r~l 1'''.{ [ n11 {li ~:i1:: .{i~~'~r1 1`)fi[~r") c~LR'f Cl)3 oorfC,'1, ;frr {1:;,';ii) , 11ov {W11 titL'.l 1.1'Ji~filf)j."i 'jd h1h 11J-'%'1'{'1 ,'i2['1 f)'1IJ1G'f'r ~ti]JI .l~'1rtJi f{LIlC=7f{~ ?1;Cr„ ' of Jf',t Jj)') !)'1'/(,J lliC?I. 'aii~ .j1 (il{~~ •tJN 'v)1l JI~FJI',-~.' (~,fJ,i rlf. 1[ a r. ( f rJF ,f11 t)'~ ;'lJf!) i :I 1,: •JA t(V(f I I I ill i,J rlI ,''1k1t1?2')tlr, {Ir!~11.'.~ to f1oJ Iw; P 4F ~;O..') Xf ?o c~ r.'~ [.7 fr.1r11 4'1'.i'r".`)1 , ~ir)I{(I J. 1(~,7,110'S1I 1 '!(!Gf{ 'f J~ 1S F 1 . ' P23 39, HOSE CABINETS: A. Furnish and install where indicated on the drawings a hose cabinet with the following accessories: ' (1) Hose cabinets shall be W.D, Allen Co. No, R7169NLS with 20 gauge steel body and 12 gauge steel door and trim with break ' glass latch shield, Cabinet to have prime coat of paint in- side and outside and be Underwriter's Laboratories listed Install one Allenco aluminum door plaque to read "Fire Hose". (2) Hose rack shall be Allenco with hose clip on back of cabinet, Rack to be mounted to allow 180 degree swing, Hose valve to be Figure 170 Underwriters Labeled angle valve, size 2k inches ' rough brass body of 175 13SIG working pressure, Furnish 2k" to lV" reducer, Fire hose to be figure 475 Underwriters labeled unlined liner Fire hose, size A inch, 75 feet long ' complete with Allenco brass fog nozzle and brass couplings attached, Fire extinguisher to be Figure 3080 S Underwriters labeled 2k gallon Soda Acid extinguisher of stainless steel construction complete with charge. 40. SUMP PUMPS: ADDENDuM No. A. Where indicated on the plans, furnish sump pumps as follows: (1) Sump Pimp No. 1 to be approved equal to Chicago Pump Company ' duplex pumps model LB2, 1750 RPM with 3/4 HP 220v, single phase motor on each pump, Each pump to have capacity of 50 gpm at 20 ft, head and be complete with float switches mechanical alternater, combination starteru snd complete controls factory wired to motor for one point electrical connection. Moor to have built-in overload protection. Unit to be complete with steel basin cover and 36 inch diameter cast iron basing of depth to shown on the Plans. (2) Sump Rump No. 2 to be approved equal to Chicago Pump Company duplex pumps Model VCSOM4, 1150 RPM with 7k HP 48OV, three phase motor on each pump. Each pump to have capacity of 600 gpm at 25 Ft, head and be complete with float switches, mechanical alternator, combination starters and complete controls factory wired to motor for cre point electrical connection, Motor to have built-in overload protection. Unit to be complete with steel basin cover. Mount in 72" diameter concrete basin furnished under another section of the Speci- fications. 41. STEAM BATH UNIT- ` ' ~ ADDMUM NV.13 Where indicated on the Plans, furnish and install a steam bath unit (4 required). Unit shall be approved equal to Rona Steam Bath Unit Model RM 1205 40 amp, 220v, single phase, complete with all controls and safety devices all as manufactured by Milco Manufacturing Co., Houston, Texas. E-1 ' ELECTRICAL WORK GEC REQUIREMENT'S ' Table of Contents ' Item Pasc_e_No. 11 Contract Conditions E-2 20 Intent of the Specifications and Drawings E-2 3. Guarantee E-3 40 Approval of Equipment E-3 ' S. Codes and Ordinances E-4 60 Quality of Work E-4 70 Cooperation with Other Trades ' E-4 8: Construction Requirements E-S 1 90 Equipment Protection E-S 10. Cutting and Patching £-5 lie Excavating and Hackfilling E-S, 121 Safety Guards E.4- 13a Drawings E-6 140 Fees and Permits E-6 15. Shop Drawings E-6 ' 164 Painting E-6 170 Clean-Up and Test E-7 ~.t i i 1 1 { S i E-2 ELECTRICAL WORK ' ueneral &ectuirements 1 1. CONTRACT CONDITIONS; A. The Electrical Subcontractor, hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, shall be bound to the Prime Contractor by the terms of the General Contract Agreement, the General Conditions, Sup- plemental General Conditions, and Special Conditions, the Draw- ings and Specifications; and to assume toward him all the ob- ligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, as- sumes toward the Owner. The Electrical Specifications, both General Requirements and Technical, and Drawings shall be made a part of the Contract Documents. ' B. The Contractor shall be held responsible for changes made by addenda prior to award of the Contract and these addenda shall be made a part of the Contract. Co Certain pe agraphs included in this section are supplemental to similar paragraphs in the General Conditions, the Supplemen- tal General Conditions, and the Special Conditions of the General Contract; they are not intended to supercede these paragraphs. Should any conflict exist, the matter shall be referred to the Owner's Representative for clarification prior ' to the bid opening. D. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools, superintendence, equipment, and operations necessary to provide for a complete and workable electrical system as defined in the Specifications and Drawings. ' E. The Contractor shall be responsible for visiting the site and checking the existing conditions. He shall also familiarize himself with the Drawings and Specifications of work in other ' Sections of the Prime Contract so as to determine the scope of this work and also to inform himself of work which he is to do directly or to assist in its completion. ' 2. INTENT OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS: A. It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings that upon ' completion and testing of the electrical work the entire electrical system shall be complete and shall be in a finished workable condition. This condition shall fulfill the require- ments for the satisfactory operation of the facility in the manner intended. Any discrepancies or omissions which might prevent such workability shall be reported by the Contractor with his bid. E-3 t ' B. All work that may be called for in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings, or shown on the Drawings and not called for in the Specifications, shall be performed by the Contractor as if described in both, and should any work be required which is not denoted in the Specifications or Drawings, but which is nevertheless necessary for the proper carrying out of the in- tent thereof, the Contractor shall perform all such work as fully as if it were particularly described. 3. GUARANTEE: ' The Contractor shall guarantee all material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the project by the Owner from the Prime Contractor. Any defects due to faulty ' equipment, methods of installation or workmanship within the period shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor promptly upon notice of the Owner, and at the entire expense of the Contractor. I 4. APPROVAL OF EOUIPMENT: ' A. All materials and equipment shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. They shall be new, of the best quality and grade, and listed by the Underwriters' Laboratory, Inc. B. The dettiils on the Drawings and the requirements of the Speci- ficationc shall be based on First listed Item of equipment, article, or material. If the=ontractor desires to furnish ' any of thi other listed items of equipment, articles, or material other thav that listed first in the Specifications, the Con- tractor aline shall be responsible for the correct function, operation, and accomodation of the other listed items of equip- ment, article, or materials. In the event of misfits, or changes in the work required, either in this section or other sections of the Contract, the Contractor alone shall bear all costs in ' conjunction with all changes arising out of the use of other listed items of equipment, articles, or materials. ' C. The Contractor shall submit for approval five copies of submit- tal data within fourteen days after award of the Contract. The submittal data shall include manufacturers names, catalog numbers and descriptive information. Should this submittal ' for approval not be received within twenty one days after the award of the Contract, the equipment, article or material specified herein shall be furnished. The Contractor's submittal ' shall be made through the Prime Contractor to the Owner's Representative. D. In the event the Contractor submits for approval any equipment, article, or material that is not in conformity with the Speci- fications, the Owners Representative reserves the right to re- ject the submittal; and, in this case, the Contractor shall ' submit for approval other equipment, articles, or materials which is in conformity with the Specifications. i r- E-4 E. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the Plans or in the Specifications by reference to manufactur- ers' or vendors' names, tradenames, catalogue numbers. etc., it is intended merely to establish a standard; and, any material, ' article, or equipment of other manufacturers and vendors which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the general design will be considered equally acceptable provided the material, ' article, or equipment so proposed, is in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, of equal substance and function. It shall not be purchased or installed try the Contractor without the Architect/Engineer's written approval. 5. CODES AND ORDINANCES: A. The installation of the electrical system shall conform to the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, and shall comply with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code ' as well as with local and state codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Codes having jurisdiction over the work shall serve as minimum requirements; but, in areas where there are no codes having jurisdiction, then the minimum requirements shall ' be set by the latest edition of the National Electrical Code. If Specifications and Drawings show requirements that are in ex- cess of the codes, then the Specifications and Drawings shall be followed. Should there be any conflicts between the Specifications i . and Drawings and the codes having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall report these with his bid. Any modifications required by the inspecting authority shall be made by the Contractor without cost to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall determine the requirements for the service as set by the utility serving the facility and he shall comply ' with these requirements in every respect. 6. QUALITY OF WORK: The work shall be executed in the best and most workmanlike manner' by qualified, careful, and efficient mechanics skilled in their re- spective trades. The standards of work required throughout shall be of the first class only and mechanics whose work is unsatisfactory to the Owner's Representative shall be instantly dismissed from the work upon written notice from the Owner's Representative. All work must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. ' 7. COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES: A. The work to be done under this Section must be done in such manner that will cause the utmost cooperation with work to be done under ' other Sections of the Prime Contract. The mechanics shall be ex- pected to work with other trades in determining exact locations of outlets, conduits, fixtures and other pieces of equipment to avoid interference with lines as required to maintain proper grades and proper installation of other work. 4 l- A 1# P p. a :.tlall r. pc(2gi ~-,s in his work thi.t l;c will n,+t delay thc, ,oork o' a u.1,1 tir. H" shall furni!,o s,,f'- i rc•ient laLor or sh•4,, .,.,r r, ,re to ai ~ a)wplislc this et,,! If required tO do so, CMTRUCTION RLCUIREMENTS : A. Locations ano elevatir, is L.- c•i1t are -.,pprnxirilate anti are subject to -eviatonS al 1. i. - necessary or desirabl> at the time the work is 1nstP11ec', gt,uuld local conditions necessitate rearrangemecct of ecluipripol. , ni, should the Contractor propose to install equipment requieir.. ,t tie conditions other than those shown, t;._' s1-.311 obtain the approval of the Owner's Representative. B. Th, Contractor shall i)e r:s;xu iLle for tho proper location and size e>f .plots, holes, n,- nper.ings j,, the bi,:i!cling structure and. for the correct lovat iur, t is and ccanuuit sleeves for equip. ` rent furnished by him. .rtuinteiiarx. crevices apxl parts of e,luip- ment re%,c+iring adjustment shall Ui vasily "Leessiblu, i. h. 9; EU1. tEt~T PkUi: CTION : Installed work ano equipment- rind :{uipmgnt stored for the jr,:: shall he p.ote ted to prevent damage. Should any work or equip 4nt .i- come damged, the Contrscto, tlai!1 repair It to %he satitra( inn o' r the owner r s Represerkta t Ive or sha i 1 completely replace it. JC, CUTTING A14P_ tATCh1T14G : L %ecessary drillin;,, cutting, ar.d patching of galls, floors, p<rti- t:iono and coilingG, as recluitr,. i-t• the proper installation of tho 4 wnrk, shall 11,nr t 1, ? rl r C, nt rac l e- , : i) Gllal l ' r c1c r, at the Con'iraCroC,s :11rl..iP n.11 u: o- 1 i , l,rii t(';} ti""(1, of sttuctttrai wor}. s',all !le lornnl(t(-I i•xcept with, the virilLen ap- nrova) n, tthe Ownerls Re;~reseutaricr_, 11, EXCAVAILo'G % ND BACKrrULING: The Contractor shah cto al l -•xc jv--i :.v- as required for the elec- trical y: lFn. E>cavrtions hl1 L 1" -.,scathed or bracn(t, awl pumpin", bone as --ray be re,:,tlirel to ,)rntr-ct t;te ar.rkmen and Arijacc .-It structures, Backf :11 ing, shall he made wit h clip same type of dir!: c,xcavat ec1 or with an appro t.W ma:c rtal , at;,' i s s'.nll be thoroughly cc.mt actcd, Cinder 1,ackfi is w: ; l rot fie p,?rnitted. le. !:)AMY GuARV: Ine C.rncract:or s=hall install all afOy ,^.uards rc- ; ~ir~ 1 to of tgin c ert i "i ores c,f inspection fr,rn. tnc city, state, and lfi,lijctrtal Ar.- cid?nt t'ctkvissioners. v Ark, .0 ~1! " I , A-41i - J- itdP. iv la' new a rb ~s + e- E-6 13. D W CGS : A. The Drawings are diagrammatic, aut shall be followed as closely as actual construction and work of other Sections will permit. All deviations from the Drawings required to make the work of the Contractor conform to the facility as constructed, and to the work of other Sectionsi shall be made Ly the Contractor with- out any additional cost to the Owner. B. The Drawings indicate the general arrangement of the work and the Contractor shall consult the appropriate detail drawings for the exact location of all equipment outlets. 14. FM AND PERMIM The Contractor shall pay all taxes and fees for permits and inspections as required In his work. l5. SHOP DRAWINGS: A. The Contractor shall submit guinliplicate 'I copies) prints of ' drawings and details of electrical equipment as called for in Section 16B of these Specifications and as may be required by the Owner's Representative. B. Approval of the shop drawings by the Owner's Representative shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing equipment of proper dimensions, quantity, and quality, nor will such approval relieve 1 . the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in the shop drawings. C. The Contractor shall bear all costs or damages which may result from the ordering of any equipment prior to the approval of the shop drawings; and no work shall be done until the shop drawings ' have been approved. In case of correction or rejection, the Contractor shall resubmit shop drawings until such time as they ara acceptable to the Owner's Representative, and such procedure will not be considered as a cause for delay. After approval of ' shop drawings, the Contractor shawl supply as many prints of the approved drawings as may be ordered. ' 16. PAINTING: All manufactured equipment that is to be installed exposed shaU be 1 factory painted by the manufactLrer, unless otherwise noted. In the event that manufactured equipment is to be field painted, it shall be furnished by the manufacturer with a prime coat or protected by corrosion resistant metal plating. Shop-built or assembled equipment shall be primed and finish painted with two coats of ASA 044 stan- dard grey paint. If this equilynent is to be field painted on the 3rb site, it shall be furnished to the site with prime coat. Con- cealed equipment shall be primed and painted as above when noted or when requested by the Owner's Representative, E-7 17, CLEAN-UP AND TEST: A. The entire installation shall. be cleaned up by the Contractor after he finished his worn and shall be acceptable to the Owners ' Representative. All loose parts or scraps of equipment shall be cleaned of sthina,.grease, and marks that may be made during the installation. Paint scars cb&ll be repaired by the ' Contractor and the equipment brought back to first-class condition. B. The f.ntire installation shall be free from grounds and short circuits. Tests shall be made on existing wiring, that may be I affected by this contract. Each panel shall be tested with mains disconnected from the feeder, brandu connected, and swat,:hes closed all fixtures in place and permanently connected, ' lamps removed and wall switches closed. Feeders shall be tested with the feeders disconnected from the branch circuit panels. Each individual power circuit shall be tested at the panel with the power device connected for proper operation. In no case shall the Insulation be less than that specified by the N.E.C. 1 e 1 1 E'l 1 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ' Table of Contents 1 Item Page No, 1. General E-2 20 Job Scope £-2 3. Utility Services E-2 4. Installation and Material Specification E-3 5. Equipment Specifications E-9 1 1 1 i 1 o'. ~~.t rs`] Al S~`L r~~. t{nG .S ITEM NO. 34 Page E 2 Item 2 - B change reference to "120/240 single phase, three wire" to ! "120/208 three phase four wire" , 1 -1 I 1 1 I 1 1 .I t ~E-2 TECHNICAL REOUIREMENTS ' 1. GENERAL: Technical requirements shall be made a part of the Contract Documents ' along with General Requirements and the Drawings. 2. JOB OPE: 1 The work shall consist of electrical requirements for the city of Denton Community House. The following systems and work shall be rc- quired for this building and its site: A. 277/480Y main service including wiring and conduit underground ' from the utilities pad-rj-~,>unted transformer to the distribution equipment in the building. go AAUENDUM No. 3 B. Main distribution facilities including systems of distribution ' at 120/240 single phase, three wire and 277ASOY9 three phase, four wire. ' C. Systems of feeder wiring, conduit, including conductors, conduit. equipment and appurtenances. D. Systems of brpnch circuit wiring, including conductors', conduit, boxes, deviyss, switches, receptacles, and the like for a com- plete system, ' E. Systems of lighting fixtures including wiring, lamps, and ap- purtenances. F. Exit and emergency lighting system. G. Sound system. AW&NDUAd NO. 4 - ~j H. Systems of duct heaters including heating elements, contactors and control wiring. I. Contactor assembled stage lighting control system. J. Dimmer System. ' K. Systems of empty conduit. 3. UTILITY SERVICES: A. Power - The Contractor shall consult Stith the power company serving the fooility and determine th~ requirements for' the power service end he shall comply xit I&se in every respect. 1 Be Telephone - The Contractor shall consult with the telephone empany serving the facility and determine their requirements for the telephone service, and he shall comply with these in every respect. 1 ti7'1 It ':t~•! ]IP.1~"`'211''i'I .~r~~tL 1 . , ,~it'• J ~'rU ri `.l!"t 1lr,';root .,1r. Pap E-3 of 8p~elfiea!! ~ Artide i-A(=) • bmlditft Tw9 s«otim "be dh.aIpd to "W as bit wl AU oom" bWt&W is 006= t ~ w Imp "be sfo~ burry wan slid pWsmh od "a ar AMAA bm «s.n.rt a•~ , aid llttLI946 No tWA wau M., hk " ~ ~ convotg ac mdwrwm& AU M.rtwe .bw rat intaw in oorwite cc uido fitaw at .caned ooupli~s )+u~i littirrt6 '•l~4 ~Vy...;.:1 ~;~:il. "•1r ~1i1 VV1 Jill. r.a }:.l1 XL} ~;ltl }Ir~tl~ 1Ct c'I;I~J1~1~C;' ~ ' ze) nc!'o inr}q rii lrlgi i ~'~r; i;t lynr~ I:ne fix:l .1 , 2'ttlJ':ctno~ ~aJnsm'~t3 ;nilr.:r; rli[u. nr sr),Y r,tlrf, o Srl~Y1r;yP,, ,F ,;;rli'li',! IG'1tf:n3 I)rlFi ~41191ak(a lU'r~1103 >nlJli oFii2 6tn9?,26 '1o11F, 1floI) .,T I. I?'Jk 'r'Y:Yr11( .~a .Jir}E~r~o3 ~~Jg~r,3 30 2rr1312r~?, .ii ' ' Pap Pr3 of apacMiOatioaso Asliola 40AM 11 t~ 10 Olt ! ~.i )ofjg9I9J 9fif HJIVI 3ir!J2noo IIr•n' 'j~,Jor'itnol s14T - 3norip.13T' s i n,im~)ilvpsn 7igdl 3niftnuloI) bob yliaion7 )ri f ~;rtiwr92 ~(nl;yrr>73 oaorif rifiw yfgmo tlrrie s:: bris ~9.3Yv lga snorfg3dsl 9111 103 , J 99gaot; yi9vq ILI E-3 ' 4. LNS, _A MLON hTF.RIAL SPECIFICATIONS: A. Conduit: The Contractor shall install the conduit system in all ways to give the facility the utmost degree of reliability and ' maintenance-free operation. The conduit shall have an appearance of having been constructed by competent worlown. "ed conduit, conduit inadequately protected or swa~bed, carelessly threaded ' and joined do not rive such roWbil ty and maintenance-free operat an and will not be accepted. Exposed conduit out of square with the building lines will not be accepted. (1) All interior wiring shall be run in steel conduit, and-con- cealed unless otherwise indicated. All conduit 2" and smal- ler that is not run in concrete slabs or run underground shall be E.M.T. (2) Conduit 2j" in size and larger and conduit that is installed AUllEt..,~,A idngallvanizedcoconduit with screwed couplings and ittings, t (3) Both E.M.T. and rigid conduit shall be galvanized and the fittings for both types shall be galvanized or cadmium plated. All fittings shall be compression type as manufactured by Appleton, T S B, or Steel City. Conduit runs into fittings ' shall be straight and true and cocked joints will not be allowed. 1 (4) Conduit seals shall be installed where conduits pass from non-cooled areas into cooled areas, for examples fan plenums and cold rooms. 1 ; F A . ~ r, t Y 1. (5) All ed t !IM rpa"d,l4 'Alxep, ring and kept cork and dry during constructfon, ! con t shall be swabbed out before the wires are pulled in. Bends in rigid ' conduit or tubing shall be made with an approved bending device, unless factory bends are called for. ' (6) All conduit where they enter panel boxes, pull boxes, or outlet boxes, shall be secured in place by galvanized lock- nuts, inside and outside, and shall have bushings inside. ' (7) The Contractor shall so lay out conduit runs as to avoid proximity to hot pipes. In no cases shall a conduit be run within three inches of such pipes, except where crossings ' are unavoidable, and then the conduit shall be kept at least V from the covering of the pipe crossed. ' (8) Metallic-flexible conduit shall be used inside buildings to extend conduit connections to motors, unit heaters, and other pieces of equipment that may have to be removed for ' servicing. Flexible conduit may be used with equipment. But, in no case shall the length of flexible conduit exceed 48" for connection to any one piece of equipment. f Pap E-4 elf Specifieatio'ns. \rti6.. 4-A(!) \ ChaW to read: ' Neoprena jacketed flexible steal cosduit ei+sll be used belle for inside and outside coa+ectione to sm!t d conduit eonwatiom ' to motorst unit heaterep nwtw drives equipment, fbctmmo, - i lroosd equipment, and th; t1a. All ear+eetions shall be at ' Yeast Is' long but no loner than 01. Fittitgis for jacketed fledble steel conduit sMU be conpeessba type, suitaHe far ' the purpose. ,I)')1rfh~)G ?(1 tor, fl!',~ .'.wlil ;,.f'II'JlJllaf `,wj rfli'l.' -flQ'). fYlri ~lillfl i'J1 huli'. nl r!!17 '1'i tf~~; 1'J 'I 1'vl 'f'~i"'11f'1 -!['.Pr? fJnti nr 1LIJr;nO'3 !il"X1,7 fri'.>.[li:i f. 'f,'. .:I'•klllo r,'J Lf!II 'lf:;'j'.1 lifluo'l"noliliu r'tU"S '1u ::(11;1 n 0r;'rr',)l14'I 111 f;11'r Sell /J '1'3f Iloiiani .^t Jrfli ltL;bfion fors n,7~;'.al,.[ tx11i is ni liLif.o'J lluw yvcwl frisbncle 1)n-'w1 ''l'.i:f1U ':V `JJ )1'1f1 l'k bna ainilquuo bvr07~2 rfli•:r lisibno') L~:in1.rls;; fJi rf l-11 1)ns [lor,'cnl.vf!:;, o(d 11r,1i2 lirJ'rlu:7 I'i;,f f Inf .T .:1 f!.u' .Ir.)1slff mLj!mbs-r zo lJosinsvlw, 011 llbrla e~q-(l rllod jol Inillil >),d f)o'iulo4luni~l3 21. ')rI'(1 fIOL~?'!'f1:R!)'7 !ifl I f f.lf0 :','~nI 1 11 I f I .r:,ni1111 olni .'nu't litilmul .'~fi7 1,u1c 'JU ,fl Z, ~rt~J;')lr~r1l; ?)a JO-1 IfLSi '111!ioj f)'3 if'~u! fJftl; 'll ;I- 1 i!.'r I. ' r.. oe h far pap E-4 of Specificationsp Article 4-A(M Addl. f AMY buried conduit located outside tiw bm8ft ps+opsr shall be bulriid at'a ti 42 tiucl+s bdoM► Eisteirl ' bt i7 ni CIhnoa ni b9liuq sza a37 w 0ri1 ),1019d 11jo ',~~1I'_lr.~rs ~;ni-f.lioc! b.3votiggr, nn d-11 w ~)bsrn Od llnrlr ;;,ni.ciu3 Stu lirlfmor) ' .761 b311e~ )~s CJ;I v'Jolor i aaolnlJ kn~,i. Jf, 'to ,2)xod ILfIrI ~a)XOCI 1011lsq 1!q.f113 'lI,rll -)1J!1ricr 111iLn03 Ifs.( - 001 b3sinsvls~~ yd )or,iq n1 bo wu ),)e '-)rf f r -,,la ;9rod 1,111uC obiant a,?J111felld wnrl flrff;: bns ~961~il:x) Imr. ',i i,>.ei Jft'1 biova o3 as enu'1 fiuhnoo lilo 'ls1 ua llrr!? 7ol~)wimo3 DdT nui 3d ltubnoo a !kris aoa o on nI .r!o(lic, loci o1 viiwi)rrj'trI a,ifltazo7~3 '4.10dw 1(0oxo jasgiq II.)rJa ill aolfoni '39•1U rlilitiia jr, 1goA 9d 1lsrfa 1iui)noo oril n9ii1 IJnr ,,)ldcb!uvnr.u 9-m ' .6til2aono ogiq MJ to 70,n!,i9vo-j oril rwil "1 lac-ol. "SntbIlud abiani 1)0zu c)d llf,rfa :tiubnu-j r~Icfix3ii-aillr.l'~I'; (ri} ' bnc i d ligle9ff lieu , c'iolof1 of an() i 1'~ ~rirt0 3 1irJbno') I"-n,)1x3 o) ,rol bgvom9'L Sri o1 3vrri vsm 1ar11 1r19tngi p9 3o e9o9iq 'iolfJa .1nOmg1Upo dl:w b9au fci v_ISf;I lluflnoo CJd!xo11 .Z~nloiv•ioa bnlo0x0 31ubnoo oldix413 la JiJ;ln~i nrii 115dp, uaro on a.1 ~JJJFI r ' .1nOrg1.upg 3o 9oo111 9no ens 01 floij~*nrloo 'sod "FW ;3J ' SM ADDENDUM NO. E-4 ' (4) Neoprene jacketed flexible steel conduit shall be used for connection to motor driven equipment and, motors, located outdoors. It shall also be used for connections to other outdoor fixed utilization equipment where an exposed con- nection must be made, such as solenoids, alarm and signal sensing equipment. ' (10) All empty conduit, shall have a 414 galvanized steel pull wire left for later pulling of conductors. Conduit Stubouts for future use shall be suitably capped, All conduit shall be Triangle, or equal. (11) Conduit smaller than 3/4" shall not be used. All conduit shal3 be 3/4" or larger. ' (12) Suspended, exposed multiple runs of conduit shall be supported at 12 foot maximum intervals by means of Steel City Xindorf ' pipe hangers. Conduit shall be strappsd to the hangers with Steel City conduit straps. (13) Suspended exposed individual runs shall be supported by means ' of Steel City adjustable hangerse k" through 2" conduit shall require 3/8" rod hangers; 2i" and larger shall require k" rod hangers. ' • (14) Strap iron hangers will not be permitted. (15) C~i~ Neater all panelboards, pull boxes, junction ' boxes, outlet boxes and the like straight and true. Con- duit installed cocked or not plumb will not be accepted. Any work so installed shall be replaced by the Contractor. (16) All buried conduit in the ground shall either be installed within a 3" envelope of concrete or shall be wrapped with a ' waterproof protective covering. (17) Rigid, heavy wall conduit shall be National "Sheraduct" and E.M.T. shall be "X-Duct, Jr." or equal products by Triangle or Republic. B. Outlet Boxes: (1) In wall and ceiling, outlet boxes shall be of sherardized or galvanized pressed steel and shall be provided with gal- vanizeC steel extension rings or plaster covers to bring expo.-d surfaces flush with wall or ceiling faces without the necessity of bending conduits to do so. Outlet boxes in suspended ceilings shall be deep boxes allowing horizontal runs of conduit to enter the sides of the boxes. All outlet boxes shall be as manufactured by Appleton, Steel City, or National. 1 t E-5 ' (2) All outlet boxes shall be of one piece construction. Types of box covers selected shall meet the conditions imposed in every case. All such boxes shall be left in a neat, clean, and workmanlike manner. No plaster covers shall have a depth greater than 111. Outlets shall be finished to 1/8" of the finished surface. ' (3) When "Gang" arrangements of outlets are employed, "gang" boxes shall have dimensions which are not smaller than those shown on the following table: ' Number in Gang Size ' 3 44" x 8-V depth 4 44" x 10- " " 5 44"x12•" " 6 44"x14" " ' 7 4-k" x 16" " 8 44" x 17 3/4 " (4) Switch boxes shall not be used as junction boxes. (S) On ceiling outlets involving fixtures hanging from boxes, 3/8" no-bolt fixture studs shall be used for light loads ' and k" no-bolt fixture studs shall be used for heavy loads. (6) In instances in which fixtures are hung from pipe stems, ' swivel hanger covers shall be used. These swivel fittings shall have cushioned mechanisms, permitting natural swing- ing of fixtures, such as Appleton No. 7165. ' (7) Exposed outlets except where otherwise noted, shall be mal- leable cast iron Crouse-Rinds "Conduleta", Appleton "Unilets" or Pyle National "Pylets". ' (8) Outlet boxes in floor shall be adjustable type with screw plug cover. All floor boxes and fittings shall be National ' 800 series, or equal products by Steel City, or T & B. (9) Ovitlet boxes in ceiling slabs shall be watertight or surface ' exposed to concrete. C. Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes: ' (1) Pull boxes and junction boxes used in walls and ceilings shall be of code-gage galvanized steel with sheet steel covers. Covers and boxes in exposed areas shall be painted with undercoat and then two coats finish paint. (2) Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be installed where shown and wherever required to overcome mechanical difficul- ties due to arrangement of conduit runs, the fixed character of the building or other obstructions which would cause extra conduit loads to reach the service outlets. £-6 ' Conduit runs indoors, and above floor slabs, shall have pull boxes installed at not more than 100 feet apart, where conduit runs are not broken by junction boxes or outlet boxes. ' (3) Pull boxes and junction boxes shall be of sizes and shapes to best meet the needs of both the purposes and locations, except that the sizes of such boxes shown dimensioned shall be as shown on the Drawings. (it) Pull boxes and junctior, boxes in concrete shall be designed ' to be watertight on the surfaces exposed to the concrete. D. Equipment Mounting: (1) Mounting heights of both outlets and apparatus shall be as follows: ' (2) Switch Outlets 41-6" Receptacle Outlets 19-011 Telephone Outlets (Walls) 11-0" Panelboards 41-611 Starters and Disconnects 514" (3) All receptacle and telephone outlets shall be mounted with ' their long axis parallel to the floor. (4) These mounting heights given above are to the horizontal ' centerline of the device. (5) These mounting heights shall be followed unless noted or directed otherwise, or unless special conditions require ' a different mounting height. H. Temperature Controls: The Contractor shall determine the wiring scheme for the air con- ditioning control equipment from the Mechanical Seztion. He shall install the control wiring as required for thermostats, interlocks, thermocouples, alarms, a:4 the like. I. Motors: (1) The handling, setting, adjustment, mounting of motor, motor base, and motor pulleys of motors that are not an integral ' part of the equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. (2) The Contractor shall be responsible for checking all over- load releases and holding coils in starters, interlocks, and control equipment and shall notify the trade furnishing these items concerning any changes that are found necessary for safe and satisfactory operation and maintenance of these items. {1 p 1 E-7 E. Equipment Marking: ' All disconnect switches, stsrtees, switchboards, and its individual cubicles, signal service cabinets, panelboards and the like shall have identification by means of black micarta nameplates with t white engraved letters, EaQh switchboard device shall be so mark- ed, t F. Grounding: (1) 411 conduit systems, equipment, fixtures, cabinet, boxes, motor frames, heating units, and the like shall be grounded by being connected to a common neutral grounding eyster. The neutral shall then be grounded at the load side of the main switch by means of a 5/8" x 8' driven copper clad ground rod. (2) Conduit systems shall provide a solid ground from start to finish, Ir the event an extension is made where metallic conduit Is not used, then a separate ground wire, apart from the neutral, shall be installed to form a continuous ' grounding means. G. Disconnect Switches: (1) Disconnect switches furnished by others shall be installed by the Contractor. All disconnect switches required by the ' N.E.C. which are not furnished by others shall be installed by the Contractor. (2) Un?.:as otherwise indicated, the disconnect switches used for single phase motors ~ hp and smaller shall be an enclosed type "on-off" snap switch in a NEMA enclosure and shall have a pU of light if noted. They shall be size 00 to take up to one horsepower. This switch shall have a thermal overload built-in heater element if the motor does not have a built- in overload protector. (3) Single phase motors larger than J-je hp and three phase motors shall have 250 volt, 2 or 3 pole, SIN, heavy duty single throw disconnect switches, (4) For three phase 480 volt motors, all disconnect switches shall be 600 volt, three pole, single throw, heavy-duty ype. (5) All disconnect switches shall be Square "D" type A80,000, Cutler Hamner, or ITE. ' H. Devices and Plates : Wiring devices and plates except where otherwise_r~o e,shall be Arrow Hart and Hegeman units, P & 8 or Hubbell a6' 11loae:, (1) amp, quit type, unless otherwise All switches shall be 20 indicated, , 01 ff,+~: ,n! GrIJOJ" L+ifc)t; t`1 i, Jr, f;tlr.,n , V.I 1 SGrJ~G W 'IiJV'rr'', ')lu'SIl1*J'' L f.'!fI ,i a.',II („l trl._i:J') 2UOJJrli~fiU7 f, o!'J'11 Of 1?`J.t.[li'1%,iE '1It ~ f!'1E:; , tF,'J,`.d',~r 1'fI fir,I :1f!nL ;!1 11 :,I. 7tJSIJn ~t'., L'..; tl;t riJ',r' J f ~ {1} .:i7:E,.J.r 'Ir11 1)-1 (1~11li1trlL ~)1 .~1Ct1: !I?iiJO f nl .:.n"Ii) ~1 .!'il!', 't 703 1)JPU iII:11 L5.'. J 1_ .C'r, r; ,i'1;, !ili! c , v.) I I 111 ;1s J (j jl O1 n l >Ff J)'Jc r r nvni1 IIr•r ..`I IS x':11 "1' lV . f1! iS. li? t r -jo 9rfl~~i n3 nr3 i o0 11rlE; 1'I IJ1'JrJL''✓U .~ri.'ri'17rIf ti ':,Vl;ri IfIAil~. JJf';'" ti1!'1 Jl, C'!!L) -11 i Lid r -!f-If 1!)rt ,rr)r. b 'to 7'., i fI r, r _ L i r-Jo Jo'7i "~r,rf~1 r. 11x11' t`r;., f.iE n:,fil rl' I.~f .,'rr)t(j.' ":'r:r~(E c• ) :J.r;,nL%; +~11;!) '(/h'r!: ~Yl~r`~, ,'i(nr, i. Ire i frf'J ~I~~~ •;JF:I'. i I :::`'1ti~J1S.4T: iCl`)llnOa~:i,F1 11.E ~i:'IR10r.1 1.x0'. l1i~41 9c^,(,i1(~ '.i~)'r!{~ 'fol (I)) ,`~~1'~ V1U~'-'.'J:J'Jf1 ~'v;•~+~f11 [irti ~n.[o(,, n'-p'f7i1 'jJov ;i0,~ f.1, f> (1~7 OCr I I !'f. in Tr . cO Ri~sts :,ap E.$ of 6p"ifi"tioaso nrtide r 9a;wx3+H7a ze3lnu <<lrgy1 Iir.r, ~qrs Oi od 116da 29r1 )jiw3 AV f,3Se3i:Lr.i 1. r E-8 a. SPST switches shall be AH 1991-I ' b. Three, way seftches &hull be AH 1997-I (4) Duplex receptacle, 15 amp AH 5262-I (5) Single receptacle a. 15 amp floor - AH 5284 b. 30 amp (power) - AH 9333-I c. 50 amp (power) - AH 7985-I (6) Weatherproof duplex receptacle, 15 amp - AH 5769 (7) All device plates shall be stainless steel a. Standard switch plates - AH 97071 b, Telephone & bushed hole plates - AH 97181 c. Duplex receptacle plates AH 97101 d. Power receptacle plates - AH 9336 Blank plates - AH 97121 ' (8) Device plates shall be so installed that they are straight and true to the lines of the building and flush and parallel to the walls. Plates mounted in a cocked position will not ' be accepted.. I. Low Voltage Conductors: (1) All conductors shall be soft drawn annealed copper, 98% con. ductivity, All conductors No. 6 and larger shall be stAMdd ` Wdess othb!r+ise indicated,? no conductor waller ' than No. 12 gage sha14•be used, 6xcept,t t,mitrol conduc- tors may be No. 14. All conductors e#~c+l meta applicable requirements of ASTM H-3 and 8-8. ' (2) All conductors shall be of the size as spawn and where no size is given, other than control wiring, the conductor size shall be No. 12. (3) All services and feeders shall be type M. thermoplastic insulated 600V conductors. ' (4) Outside direct-buried cable shall be type RRJM ADD£,NDU3,1 hu.I (5) Wire inaulation for branch circuits shall be color coded using black, white, and red colors for single phase, three wire systems. The white wires shall be Connected to the rWut~~~ end, the . la and red wires shall be connected to ' the' 4i~o hot leg'. y 81hk three phase, tour wlyd systaaw. the Refer: P&ge E-9 of Soecifkations, Article 4-I (6) Charge ,Matchlock" to red "S'k*W kk'. j Iv. NMI 11h - r1t,1.11 1t1,?[f,'I,%! '.)'7F, `J'A JIlil :77I.1[i.fiI i {I;'.i1;• ?).kGI'f ,.i.' (t3} [:.'S :i~~ I flfi fiul.l_[~[ x:111'. ~ ri1. 11.[11{(1 x'11 I~) 'f',11 'Jlif ri) `?flf; .,i, ,~)ll _I~.i~d l~Of.JS2C>tl i`•~'• ~~J') fi fil .:L,)1:U!l - f~,f') i','. i ' /k. Pais E-9 of 9p*cifications, Astfoh S-A(3) Delete ssere*e'to _rooaaealed trbu No is its plmw oiedicatits adJastabie,trim clar#&' ' ~l.i~. .i11.~4.°/'. ~!i ?'~i IL1'.ll f~~ CS'.i`L~).r ~:ll': ~fl•) ~ k •t)~~ '.~C~ ~1.~.'I rc.. nrr ~7~~JIw f fri3 r:,•'otJ;, al, gsta Dfil to I [f;rte! '1'.1=: '10171,' `f10') 9fi! ~;f11'Sl'~' 10'1Sl1rT7 11LIiJ Ir,rlk0 ~n9';S:'; : 1 L•: ~iJ~>;lr~o;.rtUfiJ e4,721' ~)flyJ nd 1!1:11•, 1>I;,. ~i i)(}E -~;~i.-~':~~ [if; ('r-) /vl JC~~(t c(I l.Isl Ia '.)J (ili'.) Il , l)I".I-.S%yyl1!. ' d r: i;;l r . r r , Re Pale E-9 of SQecificatiessr• A rtkle SPA(4) C] `Y ' 1 ' E-,9 same scheme shall be used and in addition, a blue wire shall be used for the other hot leg. The same color shall be used for one particular hot leg throughout the work on any one system. ME AM, MUM No. I (6) Splices and joints for branch circuit wiring shall be made with 3M "Skatchlock", or equal products by T & B or Ideal. (7) Splices and joints for feeders and power feeds shall be made with solderless connectors as manufactured by O.Z., t T. & B., or Sherman. (8) Splices and jolts shall not be pulled into conduits and raceways. ' (9) All low voltage conductors shall be as manufactured by Phelps Dodge, Triangle, or National. ' 5. QUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS: A. Branch Circuit Panelboards: (1) All panelboards shall have voltage ratings as required by Plans, shall be UL approved for applications, and have branch breakers as scheduled. (2) Panelboard boxes shall be made of code guage steel, shall be specifically designed to accomudate the breakers, contactors, or any other item required by the drawings so as to meet Code requirements. A minimum of seven inch elde gutters w:Jl be required where a feeder connecta to a panel and ex- tends to one or more panels. All paneiboards shall have hinged doors. ® ADDENDUM NO. (3) Panelboard"trims"shall be of full fashioned steel havilg con- cealed 'singes, concealed trim clamps, and a flush lock that securely latches the door to the trim. Use of screws to ' mount trim to box will not be acceptable. Trims shall be phosporized, as equal, and painted manufacturers standard cplorrs am A" (4) Circuit brea'ce ~ ~9hai1 meet, ,the follow ap a. Shall be UL approved for use in panelboard in which they are mounted, b. Multi-pole breakers shall be common trip with one handle. Internally tied breakers with two handles tied together are not acceptable, c. Breaker types shall be equal to the following: 1. 0-100 Amp, 1, 2, or 3 pole type QOB 2. 100-225 Amp, 1, 2, or 3 pole type KA r_ tIr c ; LAC Refer: Par E-40 of SlPociflcatfons• Asticle 5-A(7) Ada 'oe evalnatad *quaa o tb the last *800 `~li f)J'lLI1!)'~'1 =!i '`~cfr ~,'i '7"Cl3 ~.GY ",'I f~~ {..!!~"U'f li'Jll i'.~Il i'.~I 1fn r, q c~ vwi futr, ~~tr,~,i [r~'fi ir~r~[, 7u lr~i~-•,'[riyr~ ~Irr I fr ,,:ccrs;'7 J;jGI?!; 10 71;F t I ~f:! i cU/.(f Vd IIEd ,6lno~ l i,.Cl.I oj if, oe tt;r'tIi ~t1J •pi ~ ii! c~~r~,?1.<<, ~,t,iz rl ~i c'}v~,.! lip ifr~i ,'I❑ r1Lii ~r ~l,,;7 ! lim Pale E-10 of 9Pac~f~oat~s, AstioL W44) n, R Add "M w¢aated e9sW to Ho U4 Pkm^ 1Gri1 n air 1. ; ,.v ,..a t U1 e. 7,i 'I )a 'I r) qPU .f-11 [ rii cU l, Oll? ~NI•_) r ,•,tr,~,; Gvw- , Ardc4 S-D(1) a,b,o•ara• \ Rion Par E-IO of Valtag" ebatl be 400 vast Wtead 69 410 rf~lr!i: ;iL Jrrr;vrlf~fin~ nl y.tr -tn~ frf•,~~:~r:, ,1'i ~r (~i i ITEM NO. 36 Page E ].0 Item D Duct Heaters (1) ' Delete c, d, and a for 1-12 KW, 2 .415 11 and 1-6 KNV Heaters (ni'.~~Iio3 rA-1 u1 lr p: ) -,,d $0(1 ugvr oloq £ •fo c S , ( jfr,A f1(11-~! ..L AA gtl-p Ul oq f 'ro , S , } ~ r; to M-001 , S M r ' E-10 (5) Panelboards shall be oequenced bussed with breakers bolted to main bus. All space only requires that bus jtmpers are included so only the breaker need be added, Plug-in breakers are not acceptable. (6) All panelboards shall have a directory that identifies each breaker and a brief discription of the circuit served. This directory shall be installed in a plastic Sheath and attached to the panelbo&rd door. =ADDENDUM rru.I (7) All pane)-beards shall be Square D, type JQOB, or an equal ' product by Cutler-Hammer or ITE. B. Contactors: ' (1) All contactors shall be designed specifically for the loads si&-wn. Relay contactors will not be acceptable. ' (2) All contactors shall be Square D. class 8903, or an equal product by Cutler-Hammer, or Asco. C. Dry-Type Transformers: (1) AU dry-type transformers shall meet ASA - C 89.1 standards for noioe level. Ploor mounted units shall have built-in ' vibration isolators. Wall mounted units shall be installed on vibration dampers. ' (2) Transformer core iron shall be made of cold-rolled oriented grain silicon steel. ' (3) Transformer wiring compartments shall be front accessible. (4) ~ ry- D pe Yransformers shall be General Electric, Westing- house, or Hevi-Duty. D. Electric Duct Heaters ; A ' (1) The fo'iowtnguelc^tric duct neaters shall be required: a. 1-230 , 3 phase, 440v, 6 step, for 72" x 36" duct cfm max. be I.&Kwj 3 phase, 440v, 5 ste#, for 48" x 12" duct 9 4000 cfm max. 5E ADDENDUM No. It c. 1-12 Kw, 3 phase, 440v, for 36" x 8" duct @1500 cfm max. ' SEE AD M)UX lrv. 5 'd. 2-4 5 , 3 phase, 440v, in separate ducts measuring 36"ax 0" @ 500 cfmmax, SS+W ADDEJ 40v`r'"For 48" x 8" duet 0 700 /e. 1-6 Kw, 3 phase, , c-gym maY . y rr F 1. ✓P• Rem Page E-11 of Bpeeificationss Azticle 3-D(S) d.. ' All duct heater bvdlt-in magr*tie contaetoare shall be Mayr duty, ' tungsten-rated; relay type wM not be accepts" Contactors shall be sated to carry 60 anV Continuously Witlaut owAChsatieig, ✓9~ er; Page E-11 of OpeciHeatkne, Artide 5-DJ3) a Voltage @MU be 480 to 130 volts, ITEM NO. 37. , Page E 11 Item (3) d delete "built in magnetic contact ora'i and substitute therefor ' " Contaotorg for Duct Heater shall be in the main switchboard" Q) }lflf )af,'aI iDJ j . ~C'1`J(St1tf j(, IJG;~6 t'in'Il -:(ift'1) 'ill: It ~fl ~1~~ nr~ C1J0!)1;i ITEM NO. 35 Item G Sound System add "provide conduit only for this" t Y.6FTt +'F37 Oni' J~Ub • ; "dE Ib t 'ln~~'~ „ F ~ , . ` ITEM NO, 38 Page 111 F Sound System General Delete all references to sound system to pageE18 but provide conduit and wall boxes for same as shorn on drawings, _ r i E-11 (2) All duct heaters shall be furnished and installed by the t Contractor. He shall arrange for and pay to the Mechanical Division for the required duct work. The Contractor shall cooperate with them in the installation of this equipment. I S® ADDENDUM Nu. I (3) All duet heaters shall have the following catiponents: a. Basic duct heating element and integral control/Contactor housing with sheet metal housing, b. Auto reset thermal protector c. Fusible link heater element ' SPA AWE VDVX N0. / = ADLUWUA av. d. Built-in magnetic contactors SW AAAMU w n u. e. 440/120v fused control transformer ' f. Feeder connection terminals (4) The Contractor shall install all control wiring as required by the manufacturer of the equipment installed. Also, the Contractor shall coordinate his control wiring with the Mechanical Divisions air conditioning control system. ' . (5) All elect:-'c duct heaters shall be by Brask Manufacturing Company, Inc., or equal products by Chromolox, or Electro Mode. E. Dimmer: (1) One motorized dimmer shall be furnished. Motorized dimmer shall be a 1 phase, 3 wire unit rated 2,000 watts total. Control shall be by remote circuitry installed to the Control room and the two balcony control cabinets. (2) Motorized dimmer shall be a floor mounted unit installed in the equipment room. It shall be a Superior DM2000-2E, 14 second maximum dimming time from off to full on. F. Sound System: SEE ADDF.IVUUje NUS General The Sound Contractor shall furnish, install, finish and equalize for feedback reduction and ring mode control a sound reinforcing system as shown on the Plans and as hereinafter specified. The intent of these Specifications is to provide a complete and satis- factorily operating system designed to reinforce program material from locations as so indicated on the Plans. It is intended to do so at a quality level quite the equal of best broadcast practice and custom sound system practice. All equipment and installation material required shall be furnished whether or not enumerated herein or shown on the Plans. E-12 All equipment described herein shall be the product of one manu- ' facturer, and of established reputation and experience who shall have produced similar apparatus for a period of at least ten years and who shall be able to refer to similar installation now I rendering satisfactory service. All equipment shall bear the label of the Underwriter's Laboratories, and shall be listed under the Re-examination Service. All work shall be under the supervision of an ac:aredited factory sound engineer. It shall be the responsibility of this engineer ' to check and inspect this installation to the Owner's and Archi- tect's approval. He shall also train the Owner's operating per- sonnel on the proper operation and maintenance of this equipment. All work iii conjunction with this installation shall be in ac- cordance with good engineering practices as established by EIA. Bidders shall include the name of a qualified Registered Engineer, who will furnish the proper test equipment and who will perform the final egalization of the entire system. This Engineer must be approved by the Architect. During buds equalizaLlun the Sound Contractor shall have a man on the job, at his own expense for whatever time is necessary. The manufacturer and/or his ageuL tsloll sluw aaLlofartory vriann(.E; ' upon request that he maintains a fully equipped service organiza- tion capable of furnishing adequate inspection and service to the cgi01miwnL Innii0ing atnndard replacement parts. The Contractor shall furnish the Architect illustrations, descrip- tive specifications and engineering data sheets of the equipment he proposes to furnish under these specifications. Approval shall ' be received from the Architect before final purchase is made of this equipment. The manufacturer of this equipment shall provide a comple!e set of operating instructions including circuit diagrams and other information necessary for proper installation, operation and service maintenance. Four copies of this information shall be supplied to the Owner upon the delivery of the equipment. The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and labor for a per- iod of twenty-four months from final acceptance. He shall re- pair or replace any defective materials or labor during this guarantee period without cost to the Owner. Functions 1. Distribute program to any or all speakers. 2. Provide separate inputs, preamplifiers and volume controls for 14 low impedance microphones. 3. Provide separate inputs, preamplifiers and volume controls for two rarviliary inputs. w E-13 4. Provide for visual and aural monitoring of all program mater- 51 Provide individual base and treble tone controls. 6. Provide Master gain control. 7. Provide facilities for telephone communication to all locations where indicated on Plans. 80 Provide visual and audible signaling to other remote control ' stations for telephone communications. 91 Provide facilities for controlling one or all microphones which are used in conjunction with any of the three locations. 10. Provide warning lights and reset switched to indicate when any one of the program amplifiers are not functioning. 110 Provide automation electrinic switching when any amplifier fails to function, without interrupting program being trans- mitted, Equipment Specification: Master Console The Master Console shall consist of one vertical rack. Each rack shall be 67-3/4" high, 22-h".wide and 18-V deep. The rack shall provide 61-h" of mounting space and all mounting screws of the 19" panels shall be concealed when the unit is completely assembled. The hinged back cover of the rack shall provide adequate ventilation and shall be equipped with a power interlock switch. The unit shall be constructed of 16 gauge steel and shall be finished in dark gray baked enamel. The rack shall house the following equipment: Master Console Contd. The Panel shall incorporate a monitor speaker 8" in size, frequency response 30 to 15,000 cycles, and a monitor speaker volume con- trol. There shall be a VU meter, 2k" size, for visual monitorinew, together with a calibrating potentiometer acceWble only from the back. A monitor selector switch shall provide for connections of the monitor speaker and VI meter to any one of up to ten (10) separate amplifier outputs, or to any "OFF" position. There shall be a panel mounted designation card holder for identification of the monitoring circuits. There shall be two indicator lights, and two reset buttons to indicate malfunction of amplifiers. Three pushbuttons shall be provided for signalling remote control • stations for telephone communications. i I E-14 ' The control panel shall also contain two telephone jacks for headsets. The panel shall include a key-operated switch for control of pri- mary power to external equipment load of at least 20 amperes at 115 volts AC, both sides of the line being switched. A pilot light shall be provided. Screw terminals shall be provided at the rear of the panel for connection of audio lead, and primary power in and out. Mixer Amplifier The mixer preamplifier shall be of the rack mounting type. It shall consist of 16 high gain channels with gain of at least 97 db, and two low gain channels with a gain of at least 55 db. In addition to individual gain controls on each of these 18 channels, the mixer preamplifier shall have an over-all master gain.control, as well as over-all base treble con- trols. The frequency response shall be plus or minus 1 db 30 to 15,000 cps. The Input Impedance shall be 30/50 and 120/200 as provided by a plug-in input transformers. The low gain input shall have an input impedance of .25 megohns. The load impedance shall be 150 and 600 ohms as provided by a plug-in line transformer. In addition to this line output, the preamplifier shall be equipped ' with a recorder output. The recorder output shall be unaffected by adjustments of the master gain control or of the tone controls. The maximm output of the preamplifier shall be at least plus 18 dbm with the plug-in transformer, Equivalent input noise shall be not greater than minus 123 dbm. Input and output connections shall be made by means of screw terminals. (1) The preamplifier shall be equipped with W meter and range extending scale. (2) Channels 17 and l8 shall be equipped with passive equalizer providing proper equalization for a magnetic phonograph cartridge and represent RIAA equalization. The preamplifier shall measure 5k" high and shall weigh not more than 10-3/4 lbs. Power con- sumption shall not exceed 20 watts. Speaker Selector Panel The Speaker Selector Panel shall contain 5 two pole our position lever switches marked IC, OFF, CHANNEL A, CHANNEL H. A replaceable designation strip covered with a clear plastic magnifying lens shall permit identifying each switch. The panel shall be 2-7/8" high, 19" wide, 4-h" deep, finished in light gray, baked enamel. All external connections shall be to ' solder terminals. A common ground bus for gathering individual line shields shall be provided, Telephone IC Panel The Telephone IC Panel shall include a well Mtered heavy duty, 24 volt DC power supply for operating the telephone headsets, the buzzer and the annunciator light on the' associated control panels. It shall be equipped with a heavy duty, lever type switch marked AC power switch. All external E-IS connections shall be made to screw type terminals on the rear of the panel. The panel shall measure no more than 2-7/8" high, 19" wide and 7" deep and finished in light gray, baked enamel. Power Am llifier(2 required) The Power Amplifier shall be designed for standard RIA mounting and shall require no more than 10-k," of panel space. All tubes and fuses shall be removable from the front and all components accessible from the rear without removal from the mounting assembly. It shall produce 100 watts (rms) O output at less than 5% distortion from 100 to 5000 cycles, 200 watts continuous peak and 250 watts transient peak. At 80 watts output, the distortion shall be less than 3% from 40 to 20,000 cycles and less than 2% from 40 to 10,000 cycles. The frequency response shall be plus or minus 1 db from 20 to 40,000 cycles with a noise level at least 80 db below rated output. The gain shall be 78 db from a nominal 100,000 ohm bridging input; 150 ohm and 600 ohm inputs shall be available with plug-in transformers. The amplifier shall incorporate an input level control to permit matching input voltages from .4 volt.to 20 vojt6 with rated out- put achieved at .4 volt. An output selector switch shall select SO ohms (70 volts) balanced or unbalanced and 6.25 ohms (25 volts) balanced outputs at screw terminal strips. The amplifier shall consume no more than 400 watts at rated output and 200 watts when idling. It shall supply 225 volts DC at 7.5 ma, and 6.3 volts AC at 1.4 amperes to power auxiliary equipment. Supervisory Unit (1 required) The Supervisory Unit shall produce continuous monitoring of its associated power amplifier and the supersonic input signal for all other power amplifiers in the system. Interruption of amplifier function shall operate a re- lay within the unit to control the specified external circuits The unit shall be self-contained on a compact chassis with inte- gral power supply. Telephone Headsets The telephone headsets shall be the same as those used by Operator of PBX Boards. Microphones Broadcast Dynamic Microphones with Floor Sumde (3 Required) The microphones shat be a cardioid dynamic type, with uniform frequency response from 30 to 16,000 cps. The diaphragm shall be nonmetallic Acoustalloy and shall have a magnetic shield to prevent iron and dust particles from reaching the diaphragm. ' The available impedances shall be SO, ISO and 25O ohms. It shall be possible to select the impedance desired by changing microphone leads from one terminal to another at the microphone. ' Line shall be balanced to ground and phased. The microphone shall be provided with three sound-cancelling entrances located in the microphone case at different distances in the back of the diaphragm. These three entrances, each utilizing the proper acoustical impedance, shall combine to form one effective back entrance which varies in distance from the diaphragm inversely with the frequency. The resulting phase and amplitude conditions shall provide a uniform cardioid pattern over all frequencies. 1 "-16 The outp2t level shall be -55 db, with 0 db equalling kw/10 dynes/em . CIA Sensitivity rating shall be - 151 db for 50 ohm impedance; -152 db for 150 ohm impedance and -150 db for 250 ohm impedance. The mageetic circuit shall be a nonwelded circuit and employ Alnico Y and Armco magnetle iron. The microphone shall be equipped with a humbucking coil to prevent AC hum pickup. ' The case shall be made of pressure-cast aluminum. The microphone shall have a maximum diameter of 1-3/411, a length of 7-3/4" and a weight of 11 ounces (without cable). Finish shall be nonce- fleeting gray. A 20' three conductor, shielded neoprene jacketed, broadcast-type cable shall be provided. The microphone shall have a built-in cable connector similar or equivalent to Cannon UA-312 which aill mate with a connector similar or equivalent to Cannon UA-311 connector, The microphone shall include a stand coupler with a 5/8" -27 to k" pipe thread to permit use with detachable stand coupler, Microphone Floor Stands shall be a two section type with a heavy cast base, It shall adjust from 34" minimum height to 62" maximum height and shall be held at any height by a positive acting clutch. The shaft shall be full chrome with the base finished in black wrinkle, The floor stand shall weigh at least 13 pounds, It shall ' be furnished with a standard 5/8" -27 microphone coupling. Broadcast namic Micro hones-La eI type (2 Required) The micro- s phones shall be an omn rect ono , dynamic type with a non metal- lic Acoustalloy diaphragm. The microphone shall have a magnetic shield to prevent dust and magnetic particles from reaching the diaphragm. It shall have a built-in transformer. A uniform res- ponse from 60 to 12,000 cps shall be obtained. Line shall be balanced to ground and phaaed. The outpl4t level shall be - 60 db with 0 db equalling 1 mw/10 dynes/em, CIA Sensitivity rating shall be -154 db. The magnetic ' circuit shall be nonwelded circuit and employ Alnico V and Armco magnetic iron. The case shall be ~.iade of high-tensile, lathe turned aluminum. The microphone shall have a diameter of 3/4", M a length of 3-11/16" and a net weight of 2 ounces without cable or nevi. cord assembly. Finish of the microphone shall be nonre- flecting gray. A 30' two conductor, shielded brown synthetic 1 rubber jacketed cable shall be provided. The microphone shall be supplied with a neck cord and belt strain relief clip, Loudspeakers Cont'd ' The sit% column length of each is exactly twenty inches. The entire dual low frequency horn system is enclosed in a 3/4" ply- wood box which is reinforced, and is padded with fiberglass throughout the interior, ' A crossover network of the constant resistance type attenuating at the rite of 12 db per octave each direction from 600 cycles is installed in the back of this enclosure. Low frequency coil is wound of No. 14 soft copper and the shunt coil of No. 18 soft cop- per. Paper condensers are used throughout, • E-17 High frequency horn is designed to operate above 600 cycles and the air column length from -L-hroat to hell is 20 inches in length. Overall frequency response of the horn system is 32 cycles to 18,000 cycles, and power handling capacity is 20 watts continuous with peaks of forty watts. Efficiency is such that an electrical input of one watt will pro- duce a mean sound pressure level of 116 decibels at a distance of four feet on axis. Hikh-Rest, Horn This horn shall be designed to operate in a wide range loudspeaker system in the range above 600 cycles. Its taper rate shall be 300 cycles, and its air column length shall be 17 inches. Efficiency shall be such that an input of one watt electrical energy shall produce a mean sound level of 112 decibels at one meter distance from horn bell. Frequency espodse shall be flat Within the limits of plus or minus rom 600 cycles to 12;00 Cyeles on axis. Dispersion at 4,000 cycles shall be 90 degree: in the horizontal plane, and 40 degrees in the vertical plane. Power handling capeoty shall be 20 watts continuously above 600 cycles- when protected by a constant resistance network at- tenuating at the rats. if 12 dpribels per octave each direction from 600 eyelet. Connect horns to transformers and networks. rroperly match all impedances and insure proper phasing throughout. Sound Poessure Level Required% A.sound pressure level of not less they 8 m,qb above standard reference,,acou4tAp, level ,shall be delivered, using an octave band of random noise from 240D to 4800 cps as a test source. Variation in sclund pressure level from seat to seat shall not exceed plus or minus 4 db with the above test signal as input. Variation with frequency at a giv.n seat shall not exceed phis or' mfhus 3 db from ,100 cps to '2000 cps. Response from 2000 to 10,000 cps shall not vary from a wsiform straight line by more than plus or minus 3 db, w3tW roll off at 10,000 cps being 10 db. The print shows the locations of the loudspeakers more or less. The Contra%~tor shall adjust the positions and angles of these horns so as to meet the above coverage requirements. Cable" The Speakt►,% and Microphone cable chall be Belden 3760. Intereft W fAng'8731: Contractor shall install a plug receptacle or rediote amtrolling' bf preamp and master control panel. The plug receptacle shall be of the Cinch Jort9a type with contactors per soun/. system manufacturers recommendations. 4 Rsfor. Pap E-18 of Specifications, Article S-G(1) ` Clime first Phrase of Ou first senteacs to reads r: Fixtw*s type "An i, "an l 110" p •l VI p "E"g wA 'or ate ~ 1Qe 1 3113 i i. Fa71b J~!^II! lik-, +G illrll. CJ1•-'/'J lI j;1 0 1ki s. Re Pale E-18 of 9pecificatloas add Artials 5-0(3) The Comnatos shall ftisrnish plantar framws Soar every 0 R 10 ed ; f6dwe ar regwieed by the type of bug&" ooastruotioa. All :'1 hangers, bolts, hardware. and appuetsassnces required for a proper and Combo installatioA shall biffurnished. All fiactdess shoo be. funds with la e as ial UAW o6 the Arawir-$96 p~lY} 1ovl~ ~J'l!!2r'I"firj Fl,k114) 11 11 OfJ1 gf3'J IifW2 j%tr 2f. fl'J ','';rlr. 'i(i.t flY f:; i!r t11i,1.•I'~" ~ , ."l r ~ „ to Refen Pads E-18 of lpecifi 'O M, Aslf kla. S-8 rrl Change parapraph to rsa8 as foUmst Main switchboard shall be equal to Sqw* D QM8 style type n harrlsg witch widts as eallsd two T!* mWn wrifth shall be squd to 1?9dt. Dock" switch with ]W-C type Bass. The bkanch switclws shall be squat to Qb[9 type. 7% rwiteibood shall be tree staff. The bats bas " be based on 1000 war/ inch, and the switchboard shall be oomiftucted aocorditK r to hO► standas is and 11M TM Coafesotee soft fumIA all fwss as slow ad smich awes @W be dual also +t an6 all of otw tuwtl-t~ayt, „ i 4P E-18 Intercom Loudspeakers shall be flush wall mounted 8" speakers with JG8X grill and P90X back box. 'All intercom speakers shall be 10w, 70-13000 cps response, 44 db sensitivity, 3.2 ohme im- pedance, 2.15 oz, alnico V. 4 holes, equally spared a 7 5/8" circle, transformer primary impedance a 700/1400/4000/8000/16000. The Contractor shall inotall wiring and conduit from the various intercom speakers back to the Master Console. G. Fixture Schedule: (1) The fixtures are identified with a letter and the fixture schedule is shown on the Plans. The manufacturers fixtures listed shall be the type furnished, except that the Con- tractor may submit other brands adn these will be approved if they are considered an equal by the Architect. = AVOWUld No.I (2) Fixtures type "A'1 and type "8" and "D" are special ceramic fixtures, the ceramic shell of which will be furnished by another division. The Contractor shall refer to Division 25 and the details on the Electrical Drawings for work by him. SM t H. Main Switchboard: Hv. = AWRMW Main switchboard shall a Square D QMB power style type having switch units as called for. The main switch shall be equal to • "Bolt-Lock" switch with KRP-C fuses. The branch switches shall be QMB type. The switchboard shall be free standing. The bus bar shall be based on 1000 amp/inch, and switchboard shall be constructed according to NEMA standards and U. The Contractor shall furnish all fuses as shown. I. Equipment Submittal: The Contractor shall submit for approval, within the conditions set forth in the General Section of the Electrical Division, the following: 1. Sound System 2. Main Switchboard 3. Lighting Fixtures 4. Panelboard S. Electric Duct Heaters 6. Dimmers J.~ The.£ollowing shop drawings shall be submitted according to fhe conditior•a set forth in the General Section of the Electrical -division. Stage Control Panel + 2. Main Sv itchbo~r l nI N ~2 if i - 1 "Ooe 1 I ill l t .-IJt,'c~~l:+ sill 1.fC':i )1 ),11 fl{I,1 ~llrll'.l11 111{1t.1 li+lj+! 1 f (1I.Ytf. Oll) ~d 11;Li [II, f) > L,G+.. l•, 1'. ,.1 ! 71 fto )..11rii: '.J'11+ "fl'~ })r171 x'11 " ;ff brlf,sin'I:1! 'xl .ifiw r!'~.iri'.t 1c> Si')I i,r)r zv') ~rIS )'Intri~ tl+)i.?rviC o.t 11LAP, •101,-r,'riiin) )dT '(cf o w •!n? 2:,uiwc'!tl .rr.')1'i1•_,*Df:i t)lP no cJin7')f) olif tlnr, 2 , m.t rl :L'Irur r{r,)io;?, l~ir;i9 H „nivsrl >rf(J ~J~1a r~':rorf PH") (I ,.r, 'xf JLr;rf frsr; +Irf') t imp, C1 :1 JrU;.'7 ?t! IfI,Iia r1`)1tY!e niI-arl `,IiT '!ol f)-)JIvcl ?G r'}Jrllr If'aJl4Jz 1f~.Ilr rMIhIlf'1(f') ti'," )-;UI 1 %I II)1W r1)1iora I-Ii.oW, n{ r0), ,};f7Cflrinl? ~r)I1I O(f f r.rfe f) II{I')11.r.1,,. n1I'i ft's) V;19 gri (.I f'! i.',jinlf&)Iil. tr,l1:. ~ri'.oil i01101 I:n 1), ),.r,ff ~:(1 Ifr,rl" Ind c.rtll(~~ aril' ,.I( l fill ?IIn;1111,r+~ ,'1+f, 1 ~'nif)rrl'~x li~~1c)1ril~no~ ,n, Lul al: )a1ll f fr. rf: i.rrtu'! IJr.rf :J. r, indu%; i,l9,nr Plr)I'f ,1 faIL1Lf?I'.1)a I LiLIijiw Mfr.. Z), f C( I; 'lo 11 '1r )j, );,'III ~rI1 ~rIoiv1(1 JG t'!)3s.i:i )III iu I I f I ",a? Jri'!`.)II')i) )rlJ ui rl1'rr)~ Jrlr : 11mo f 10'1 fl'1Gi)Ifl;')s laG ntl,14 , •:J'IIIJ)'.r.~ rl!'1if71.J ,f b.I OrIrA , {l ~:'3)1n'"I!i ~J.)u(.t cli'sl•)~rJ;I r,'! ~+9I:11Q (7J ,;fe11) vo-D )r. bqJ )Irpflr2 3(' SJr,fl:? ~r;rIP:~G'Ifl r1O11,: "ir1tV•! 1 rf01:►I) ?AL ~ I ")i.'11.)oIJ' 'AI 3o r1o1},'~? Inlrylrrl,) trfJ Ill I!J•lo1 Ina en')iti [ifI 1i 9~ .{101::i~c1 ~~~~C~~odrfa3i.'•r~; nir~t9 ,S ~d r . . {